engine control system section ec

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

SECTION

EC GI

MA

EM

CONTENTS

DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE INDEX.........................4

Alphabetical & P No. Index for DTC ...........................4

PRECAUTIONS AND PREPARATION............................8

Special Service Tool ....................................................8

Commercial Service Tools ...........................................8

Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)

″

AIR

BAG

″ and

″

SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER

″

.............10

Precautions for On Board Diagnostic (OBD)

System of Engine and A/T.........................................10

Engine Fuel & Emission Control System .................. 11

Precautions ................................................................12

ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL OVERALL

SYSTEM.........................................................................14

Circuit Diagram ..........................................................14

System Diagram ........................................................16

Engine Control Component Parts Location...............17

Vacuum Hose Drawing ..............................................19

System Chart .............................................................20

ENGINE AND EMISSION BASIC CONTROL

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ...............................................21

Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System .......................21

Electronic Ignition (EI) System ..................................23

Air Conditioning Cut Control......................................24

Fuel Cut Control (at no load & high engine speed) ........................................................................25

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ...........................26

Description .................................................................26

Inspection...................................................................26

Evaporative Emission Line Drawing..........................29

On Board Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR) ..........31

POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION......................36

Description .................................................................36

Inspection...................................................................36

BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ...................................37

Fuel Pressure Release ..............................................37

Fuel Pressure Check .................................................37

Injector Removal and Installation ..............................38

Throttle Opener..........................................................39

Fast Idle Cam (FIC) Inspection and Adjustment .......40

Direct Ignition System - How to Check Idle

Speed and Ignition Timing.........................................40

LC

Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio

Adjustment .................................................................42

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM

DESCRIPTION ...............................................................49

Introduction ................................................................49

Two Trip Detection Logic ...........................................49

Emission-related Diagnostic Information ...................50

Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)..............................65

OBD System Operation Chart ...................................69

CONSULT-II ...............................................................74

Generic Scan Tool (GST) ..........................................85

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - Introduction ........................87

Introduction ................................................................87

Diagnostic Worksheet................................................87

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - Work Flow...........................89

Work Flow..................................................................89

Description for Work Flow .........................................90

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - Basic Inspection ................91

Basic Inspection.........................................................91

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - General Description...........97

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Inspection

Priority Chart..............................................................97

Fail-Safe Chart...........................................................98

Symptom Matrix Chart...............................................99

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor

Mode ........................................................................102

Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor

Mode ........................................................................105

ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................107

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT

INCIDENT..................................................................... 117

Description ............................................................... 117

Common I/I Report Situations ................................. 117

Diagnostic Procedure .............................................. 117

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY ........ 118

Main Power Supply and Ground Circuit.................. 118

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC P0100..................124

Mass Air Flow Sensor (MAFS) ................................124


Absolute Pressure Sensor.......................................132

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC P0110 ..................140

Intake Air Temperature Sensor................................140

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

CONTENTS

(Cont’d)


Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor (ECTS) .........145


Throttle Position Sensor ..........................................150


Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor ...........161

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC P0130 (B1),

P0150 (B2) ...................................................................166

Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 (Front) (P0130: Bank

1), (P0150: Bank 2) (Circuit) ...................................166


P0151 (B2) ...................................................................174


1), (P0151: Bank 2) (Lean shift monitoring)............174


P0152 (B2) ...................................................................180


1), (P0152: Bank 2) (Rich Shift Monitoring) ............180


P0153 (B2) ...................................................................187


1), (P0153: Bank 2) (Response monitoring) ...........187


P0154 (B2) ...................................................................196


1), (P0154: Bank 2) .................................................196


P0155 (B2) ...................................................................204

Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater (Front) (P0135:

Bank 1), (P0155: Bank 2)........................................204


P0157 (B2) ...................................................................210

Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 (Rear) (P0137: Bank

1), (P0157: Bank 2) (Min. Voltage Monitoring)........210


P0158 (B2) ...................................................................218


1), (P0158: Bank 2) (Max. Voltage Monitoring).......218


P0159 (B2) ...................................................................226


1), (P0159: Bank 2) (Response Monitoring) ...........226


P0160 (B2) ...................................................................233


1), (P0160: Bank 2) (High voltage) .........................233


P0161 (B2) ...................................................................239

Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heaters (Rear)

(P0141: Bank 1), (P0161: Bank 2) ..........................239


P0174 (B2) ...................................................................245

Fuel Injection System Function (Lean side)

(P0171: Bank 1), (P0174: Bank 2) ..........................245


P0175 (B2) ...................................................................251

Fuel Injection System Function (Rich side)

(P0172: Left bank), (P0175: Right bank) ................251


Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor ...............................257

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC P0300 - P0308....262

No. 1 - 8 Cylinder Misfire, Multiple Cylinder

Misfire ......................................................................262


P0330 (B2) ...................................................................267

Knock Sensor (KS) (P0325: Left bank), (P0330:

Right bank) ..............................................................267


Crankshaft Position Sensor (CKPS) (OBD) ............270


Camshaft Position Sensor (CMPS) .........................275


EGR Function (Close) .............................................281


EGRC-BPT Valve Function .....................................290


P0430 (B2) ...................................................................295

Three Way Catalyst Function (P0420: Left bank),

(P0430: Right bank).................................................295


Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control System

(Small Leak) (Negative Pressure) ...........................298


Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge

Volume Control Valve (Circuit) ................................309


Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent

Control Valve (Circuit)..............................................315



Pressure Sensor ......................................................320



(Gross Leak) ............................................................326


Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) ..................................335


Idle Air Control Valve (IACV) - Auxiliary Air

Control (AAC) Valve ................................................340


Closed Throttle Position Switch...............................346

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC P0600, P1605 .....352

A/T Communication Line (P0600) and A/T

Diagnostic Communication Line (P1605) ................352

EC-2

CONTENTS

(Cont’d)


Engine Control Module (ECM) ................................355


Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP)/Barometric

Pressure (BARO) Switch Solenoid Valve................358


P1135 (B2) ...................................................................367

Intake Valve Timing Control (P1110: Left bank),

(P1135: Right bank).................................................367


Secondary Throttle Position Sensor (STPS)...........375


Tandem Throttle Position Sensor ............................381


P1145 (B2) ...................................................................382

Intake Valve Timing Control Position Sensor

(P1140: Left bank), (P1145: Right bank) .................382


P1168 (B2) ...................................................................388

Closed Loop Control (P1148: Left bank), (P1168:

Right bank) ..............................................................388


Traction Control System (TCS) Signal Circuit.........390


Fuel Pump Control Module (FPCM)........................393


Ignition Signal ..........................................................399


Crankshaft Position Sensor (CKPS) (OBD)

(COG) ......................................................................407


EGRC-solenoid Valve ............................................412


EGR Temperature Sensor .......................................417


EGR Function (Open)..............................................423



(Small Leak) (Positive Pressure).............................432



Volume Control Valve ..............................................444



Control Valve (Close)...............................................452



Purge Flow Monitoring.............................................457



Control Valve (Open) ...............................................464


Vacuum Cut Valve Bypass Valve (Circuit)...............470


Vacuum Cut Valve Bypass Valve ............................475



Control Valve/Solenoid Valve (Circuit).....................481



Control Valve/Solenoid Valve ..................................487


Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch ........................494

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR ABS/TCS C/U

SIGNAL ........................................................................499

ABS/TCS Control Unit .............................................499

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR ECM - ABS/TCS

COMM NG....................................................................500

ABS/TCS Communication Line ...............................500

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR OVERHEAT .................503

Overheat ..................................................................503

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR NON-DETECTABLE

ITEMS...........................................................................515

Injector .....................................................................515

Start Signal ..............................................................521

Fuel Pump Control...................................................523

Power Steering Oil Pressure Switch .......................527

Electrical Load Signal ..............................................532

MIL & Data Link Connectors ...................................535

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ........536

General Specifications.............................................536

Inspection and Adjustment ......................................536

When you read wiring diagrams:

I Read GI section, “HOW TO READ WIRING DIAGRAMS”.

I See EL section, “POWER SUPPLY ROUTING” for power distribution circuit.

When you perform trouble diagnoses, read GI section, “HOW TO FOLLOW FLOW CHART IN

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES” and “HOW TO PERFORM EFFICIENT DIAGNOSIS FOR AN ELECTRICAL

INCIDENT”.

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-3

DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE INDEX

Alphabetical & P No. Index for DTC

Items

(CONSULT-II screen terms)

*COOLAN T SEN/CIRC

A/T 1ST GR FNCTN

A/T 2ND GR FNCTN

A/T 3RD GR FNCTN

A/T 4TH GR FNCTN

A/T COMM LINE

A/T DIAG COMM LINE

A/T TCC S/V FNCTN

ABS-TCS C/U SIGNAL

ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC

AIR TEMP SEN/CIRC

ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC

CAM POS SEN/CIR

CLOSED LOOP-B1

CLOSED LOOP-B2

CLOSED TP SW/CIRC

COOLANT T SEN/CIRC

CPS/CIRC (OBD) COG

CPS/CIRCUIT (OBD)

CYL 1 MISFIRE

CYL 2 MISFIRE

CYL 3 MISFIRE

CYL 4 MISFIRE

CYL 5 MISFIRE

CYL 6 MISFIRE

CYL 7 MISFIRE

CYL 8 MISFIRE

ECM

ECM-ABSTCS COMM

NG

EGR SYSTEM

EGR SYSTEM

EGR TEMP SEN/CIRC

EGRC SOLENOID/V

EGRC-BPT VALVE

ENGINE SPEED SIG

EVAP PURG FLOW/

MON

EVAP SMALL LEAK

EVAP SMALL LEAK

EVAP SYS PRES SEN

EVAP GROSS LEAK

ALPHABETICAL INDEX FOR DTC

P1148

P1168

P0510

P0115

P1336

P0335

P0301

P0302

P0303

P0304

P0305

P0306

P0307

P0308

P0605

DTC*6

CONSULT-II

GST*2

ECM*1

P0125

P0731

0908

1103

P0732

P0733

P0734

P0600

1104

1105

1106

0504

P1605

P0744

—

P0105

P0110

P0710

P0340

0804

1107

0107

0803

0401

1208

0101

0307

0308

0203

0103

0905

0802

0608

0607

0606

0605

0604

0603

0602

0601

0301

—

P0400

P1402

P1401

P1400

P0402

P0725

P1447

P1440

P0440

P0450

P0455

0404

0302

0514

0305

1005

0306

1207

0111

0213

0705

0704

0715

Reference page

EC-500

EC-281

EC-423

EC-417

EC-412

EC-290

AT-92

EC-457

EC-500

EC-132

EC-140

AT-85

EC-275

EC-388

EC-388

EC-346

EC-145

EC-161

AT-95

AT-100

AT-104

AT-108

EC-352

EC-352

AT-118

EC-407

EC-270

EC-262

EC-262

EC-262

EC-262

EC-262

EC-262

EC-262

EC-262

EC-355

EC-432

EC-298

EC-320

EC-326

Items


FPCM/CIRCUIT

FUEL SYS LEAN/BK1

FUEL SYS LEAN/BK2

FUEL SYS RICH/BK1

FUEL SYS RICH/BK2

FUEL TEMP SEN/CIRC

HO2S1 (B1)

HO2S1 (B1)

HO2S1 (B1)

HO2S1 (B1)

HO2S1 (B1)

HO2S1 (B2)

HO2S1 (B2)

HO2S1 (B2)

HO2S1 (B2)

HO2S1 (B2)

HO2S1 HTR (B1)

HO2S1 HTR (B2)

HO2S2 (B1)

HO2S2 (B1)

HO2S2 (B1)

HO2S2 (B1)

HO2S2 (B2)

HO2S2 (B2)

HO2S2 (B2)

HO2S2 (B2)

HO2S2 HTR (B1)

HO2S2 HTR (B2)

IACV/AAC VLV/CIRC

IGN SIGNAL-PRIMARY

INT/V TIM CONT-B1

INT/V TIM CONT-B2

INTK TIM S/CIRC-B1

INTK TIM S/CIRC-B2

KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1

KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2

L/PRESS SOL/CIRC

MAF SEN/CIRCUIT*3

MAP/BAR SW SOL/CIR

MULTI CYL MISFIRE

NATS MALFUNCTION

P0151

P0150

P0154

P0135

P0155

P0137

P0140

P0139

P0138

DTC*6

CONSULT-II

GST*2

ECM*1

P1220

P0171

1305

0115

P0174

P0172

P0175

P0180

0210

0114

0209

0402

P0130

P0133

P0132

P0131

P0134

P0153

P0152

0303

0409

0410

0411

0412

0413

0414

0415

0503

0509

0901

1001

0511

0512

0707

0510

P1145

P0325

P0330

P0745

P0100

P1105

P0300

—

P0158

P0157

P0160

P0159

P0141

P0161

P0505

P1320

P1110

P1135

P1140

1304

0304

0212

1205

0102

1302

0701

—

0313

0314

0315

0708

0902

1002

0205

0201

0805

1301

1303

EC-4

Reference page

EC-204

EC-210

EC-233

EC-226

EC-218

EC-218

EC-210

EC-233

EC-226

EC-239

EC-239

EC-340

EC-399

EC-367

EC-367

EC-382

EC-382

EC-267

EC-267

AT-125

EC-124

EC-358

EC-262

EC-69

EC-180

EC-174

EC-196

EC-187

EC-180

EC-174

EC-166

EC-196

EC-204

EC-393

EC-245

EC-245

EC-251

EC-251

EC-257

EC-166

EC-187


Alphabetical & P No. Index for DTC (Cont’d)

Items


DTC*6

CONSULT-II

GST*2

ECM*1

Reference page

NO DTC IS DETECTED,

FURTHER TESTING

MAY BE REQUIRED.

NO DTC IS DETECTED,

FURTHER TESTING

MAY BE REQUIRED.

O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC

OVER HEAT

P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT

PNP SW/CIRC

PURG CONT/V & S/V

PURG CONT/V S/V

PURG VOLUME

CONT/V

PURG VOLUME

CONT/V

SFT SOL A/CIRC*3

SFT SOL B/CIRC*3

TACM SW SIGNALS

TANDEM TP SEN/CIRC

TCC SOLENOID/CIRC

THRTL POS SEN/

CIRC*3

TP SEN/CIRC A/T*3

TP SEN2/CIRCUIT

TW CATALYST SYS-B1

TW CATALYST SYS-B2

Unable to access ECM

VC CUT/V BYPASS/V

VC/V BYPASS/V

VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT*4

VEH SPEED SEN/

CIRC*4

VENT CONTROL VALVE

VENT CONTROL VALVE

VENT CONTROL VALVE

P0000

No DTC

P1444

P0443

P0750

P0755

P1210

P1125

P0740

P0120

P1705

P1120

P0420

P0430

—

P1491

P1490

P0720

P1760

—

P1706

P0705

P1493

P1492

P0500

0505

Flashing*5

0214

1008

1206

0406

0702

0703

—

0311

0801

1102

1108

1201

0106

0110

1204

1203

0208

1003

1101

0312

0807

0403

0104

—

EC-65

AT-143

EC-503

EC-494

AT-81

EC-487

EC-481

EC-444

EC-309

AT-129

AT-133

EC-390

EC-381

AT-114

EC-150

EC-335

P1446

P1448

P0446

0215

0309

0903

EC-452

EC-464

EC-315

*1: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). These numbers are controlled by NISSAN.

*2: These numbers are prescribed by SAE J2012.

*3: When the fail-safe operation occurs, the MIL illuminates.

*4: The MIL illuminates when both the “Revolution sensor signal” and the “Vehicle speed sensor signal” meet the failsafe condition at the same time.

*5: While engine is running.

*6: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.

NOTE: Regarding Y33 models, “B1” and “BK1” indicates left bank and “B2” and “BK2” indicates right bank.

AT-137

EC-375

EC-295

EC-295

EC-98

EC-475

EC-470

AT-89

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-5

P NO. INDEX FOR DTC



P0150

P0151

P0152

P0153

P0154

P0155

P0157

P0158

P0159

P0160

P0161

P0171

P0172

P0174

P0125

P0130

P0131

P0132

P0133

P0134

P0135

P0137

P0138

P0139

P0140

P0141

0503

0415

0414

0413

0509

1001

0314

0313

0708

0315

1002

0115

0114

0210

0908

0303

0411

0410

0409

0412

0901

0511

0510

0707

0512

0902

DTC*6

CONSULT-II

GST*2

ECM*1

—

—

—

—

—

No DTC

P0000

P0100

P0105

P0110

P0115

P0120

—

0107

0208

0404

—

Flashing*5

0505

0102

0803

0401

0103

0403

Items



ABS-TCS C/U SIGNAL

OVER HEAT

ECM-ABSTCS COMM

NG

NATS MALFUNC

NO DTC IS DETECTED,

FURTHER TESTING

MAY BE REQUIRED.

NO DTC IS DETECTED,

FURTHER TESTING

MAY BE REQUIRED.

MAF SEN/CIRCUIT*3

ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC

AIR TEMP SEN/CIRC

COOLANT T SEN/CIRC

THRTL POS SEN/

CIRC*3

*COOLAN T SEN/CIRC

HO2S1 (B1)

HO2S1 (B1)

HO2S1 (B1)

HO2S1 (B1)

HO2S1 (B1)

HO2S1 HTR (B1)

HO2S2 (B1)

HO2S2 (B1)

HO2S2 (B1)

HO2S2 (B1)

HO2S2 HTR (B1)

HO2S1 (B2)

HO2S1 (B2)

HO2S1 (B2)

HO2S1 (B2)

HO2S1 (B2)

HO2S1 HTR (B2)

HO2S2 (B2)

HO2S2 (B2)

HO2S2 (B2)

HO2S2 (B2)

HO2S2 HTR (B2)

FUEL SYS LEAN/BK1

FUEL SYS RICH/BK1

FUEL SYS LEAN/BK2

Reference page

EC-98

EC-500

EC-503

EC-500

EC-69

EC-65

—

EC-124

EC-132

EC-140

EC-145

EC-150

EC-166

EC-174

EC-180

EC-187

EC-196

EC-204

EC-210

EC-218

EC-226

EC-233

EC-239

EC-245

EC-251

EC-245

EC-161

EC-166

EC-174

EC-180

EC-187

EC-196

EC-204

EC-210

EC-218

EC-226

EC-233

EC-239

DTC*6

CONSULT-II

GST*2

ECM*1

P0175

P0180

P0300

P0301

0209

0402

0701

0608

P0302

P0303

P0304

P0305

P0306

P0307

P0308

P0325

P0330

P0335

P0340

P0400

P0402

P0420

P0430

P0440

0802

0101

0302

0306

0702

0703

0705

0607

0606

0605

0604

0603

0602

0601

0304

0212

P0443

P0446

P0450

P0455

1008

0903

0704

0715

P0500

P0725

P0731

P0732

P0733

P0734

P0740

P0744

P0745

P0750

P0505

P0510

P0600

P0605

P0705

P0710

P0720

0104

1207

1103

1104

1105

1106

1204

1107

1205

1108

0205

0203

0504

0301

1101

1208

1102

Items


FUEL SYS RICH/BK2

FUEL TEMP SEN/CIRC

MULTI CYL MISFIRE

CYL 1 MISFIRE

CYL 2 MISFIRE

CYL 3 MISFIRE

CYL 4 MISFIRE

CYL 5 MISFIRE

CYL 6 MISFIRE

CYL 7 MISFIRE

CYL 8 MISFIRE

KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1

KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2

CPS/CIRCUIT (OBD)

CAM POS SEN/CIR

EGR SYSTEM

EGRC-BPT VALVE

TW CATALYST SYS-B1

TW CATALYST SYS-B2

EVAP SMALL LEAK

PURG VOLUME

CONT/V

VENT CONTROL VALVE

EVAPO SYS PRES SEN

EVAP GROSS LEAK

VEH SPEED SEN/

CIRC*4

IACV/AAC VLV/CIRC

CLOSED TP SW/CIRC

A/T COMM LINE

ECM

PNP SW/CIRC

ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC

VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT*4

ENGINE SPEED SIG

A/T 1ST GR FNCTN

A/T 2ND GR FNCTN

A/T 3RD GR FNCTN

A/T 4TH GR FNCTN

TCC SOLENOID/CIRC

A/T TCC S/V FNCTN

L/PRESS SOL/CIRC

SFT SOL A/CIRC*3

Reference page

EC-251

EC-257

EC-262

EC-262

EC-262

EC-262

EC-262

EC-262

EC-262

EC-262

EC-262

EC-267

EC-267

EC-270

EC-275

EC-281

EC-290

EC-295

EC-295

EC-298

EC-309

EC-315

EC-320

EC-326

EC-335

AT-92

AT-95

AT-100

AT-104

AT-108

AT-114

AT-118

AT-125

AT-129

EC-340

EC-346

EC-352

EC-355

AT-81

AT-85

AT-89

EC-6



DTC*6

CONSULT-II

GST*2

P0755

ECM*1

P1105

P1110

P1120

P1125

1201

1302

0805

0406

0110

P1135

P1140

P1145

P1148

P1168

P1210

P1220

P1320

P1336

P1400

P1401

P1402

P1440

0201

0905

1005

0305

0514

0213

1301

1303

1304

0307

0308

0106

1305

Items


Reference page

P1444

P1446

P1447

P1448

P1490

P1491

P1492

P1493

P1605

P1705

P1706

P1760

0214

0215

0111

0309

0801

0311

0807

0312

0804

1206

1003

1203

SFT SOL B/CIRC*3

MAP/BAR SW SOL/CIR

INT/V TIM CONT-B1

TP SEN2/CIRCUIT

TANDEM TP SEN/CIRC

INT/V TIM CONT-B2

INTK TIM S/CIRC-B1

INTK TIM S/CIRC-B2

CLOSED LOOP-B1

CLOSED LOOP-B2

TACM SW SIGNALS

FPCM/CIRCUIT

IGN SIGNAL-PRIMARY

CPS/CIRC (OBD) COG

EGRC SOLENOID/V

EGR TEMP SEN/CIRC

EGR SYSTEM

EVAP SMALL LEAK

PURG VOLUME

CONT/V

VENT CONTROL VALVE

EVAP PURG FLOW/

MON

VENT CONTROL VALVE

VC/V BYPASS/V

VC CUT/V BYPASS/V

PURG CONT/V S/V

PURG CONT/V & S/V

A/T DIAG COMM LINE

TP SEN/CIRC A/T*3

P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT

O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC

EC-444

EC-452

EC-457



*3: When the fail-safe operation occurs, the MIL illuminates.

*4: The MIL illuminates when both the “Revolution sensor signal” and the “Vehicle speed sensor signal” meet the failsafe condition at the same time.

*5: While engine is running.


NOTE: Regarding Y33 models, “B1” and “BK1” indicates left bank and “B2” and “BK2” indicates right bank.

EC-464

EC-470

EC-475

EC-481

EC-487

EC-352

AT-137

EC-494

AT-143

AT-133

EC-358

EC-367

EC-375

EC-381

EC-367

EC-382

EC-382

EC-388

EC-388

EC-390

EC-393

EC-399

EC-407

EC-412

EC-417

EC-423

EC-432

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-7

PRECAUTIONS AND PREPARATION

Special Service Tool

The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.

Tool number

(Kent-Moore No.)

Tool name

(J38365-A)

Heated oxygen sensor wrench

Description

Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensor

NT636

3/8 drive a: 22 mm (0.87 in)

Commercial Service Tools

Tool name

(Kent-Moore No.)

Leak detector

(J41416)

Description

Locating the EVAP leak

EVAP service port adapter

(J41413-OBD)

NT703

NT704

Hose clipper

Applying positive pressure through EVAP service port

Clamping the EVAP purge hose between the fuel tank and EVAP canister applied to DTC

P1440 [(EVAP small leak positive pressure)].

Fuel filler cap adapter

NT720

Checking fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening pressure

NT653

Socket wrench Removing and installing engine coolant temperature sensor

NT705

EC-8

Tool name

(Kent-Moore No.)

Oxygen sensor thread cleaner

(J-43897-18)

(J-43897-12)

Anti-seize lubricant

(Permatex TM 133AR or equivalent meeting MIL specification MIL-A-907)


Commercial Service Tools (Cont’d)

Description

NT778

Reconditioning the exhaust system threads before installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with anti-seize lubricant shown below.

a: J-43897-18 18 mm dia. for Zirconia Oxygen

Sensor b: J-43897-12 12 mm dia. for Titania Oxygen

Sensor

Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool when reconditioning exhaust system threads.

GI

MA

EM

LC

NT779

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-9


Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR

BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” used along with a seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. The SRS system composition which is available to INFINITI Q45 is as follows:

I For a frontal collision

The Supplemental Restraint System consists of driver air bag module (located in the center of the steering wheel), front passenger air bag module (located on the instrument panel on passenger side), seat belt pre-tensioners, a diagnosis sensor unit, warning lamp, wiring harness and spiral cable.

I For a side collision

The Supplemental Restraint System consists of front side air bag module (located in the outer side of front seat), satellite sensor, diagnosis sensor unit (one of components of air bags for a frontal collision), wiring harness, warning lamp (one of components of air bags for a frontal collision).

Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the RS section of this Service Manual.

WARNING:

I To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance should be performed by an authorized INFINITI dealer.

I

Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air

Bag Module, see the RS section.

I

Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this

Service Manual. Spiral cable and wiring harnesses (except satellite sensor and side air bag module) covered with yellow insulation tape either just before the harness connectors or for the complete harness are related to the SRS.

Precautions for On Board Diagnostic (OBD)

System of Engine and A/T

The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.

CAUTION:

I Be sure to turn the ignition switch “OFF” and disconnect the negative battery terminal before the repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of the related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will cause the MIL to light up.

I

Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after the work. The loose (unlocked) connector will cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure to connect the connector without water, grease, dirt, bent terminals, etc. in it.)

I

Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slidelocking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to EL section,

“Description”, “HARNESS CONNECTOR”.

I Be sure to route and clamp the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit.

I

Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after the work. The misconnected or disconnected rubber tube may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the EGR system or the fuel injection system, etc.

I Be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) malfunction information in the ECM and TCM

(Transmission Control Module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.

EC-10


Engine Fuel & Emission Control System

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

GI

MA

EM

LC

SEF345WA

EC-11


Precautions

I

Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness connector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative battery terminal. Failure to do so may damage the

ECM. Because battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is turned off.

SEF289H

I

When connecting ECM harness connector, tighten securing bolt until the gap between the orange indicators disappears.

: 3 - 5 N

⋅ m (0.3 - 0.5 kg-m, 26 - 43 in-lb)

SEF308Q

I

When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or break).

Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin terminal, when connecting pin connectors.

SEF291H

I

Before replacing ECM, perform ECM input/output signal inspection and make sure whether ECM functions prop-

erly or not. (See page EC-107.)

MEF040D

I

After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform

“OVERALL FUNCTION CHECK” or “DTC (Diagnostic

Trouble Code) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”.

The DTC should not be displayed in the “DTC CONFIRMA-

TION PROCEDURE” if the repair is completed. The

“OVERALL FUNCTION CHECK” should be a good result if the repair is completed.

SEF217U

EC-12


Precautions (Cont’d)

I

When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never bring the two tester probes into contact.

Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and damage the ECM power transistor.

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

SEF348N

AT

I

Regarding model Y33, “B1” indicates the left bank and

“B2” indicates the right bank as shown in the figure.

PD

FA

SEF202UB

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-13

ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL OVERALL SYSTEM

Circuit Diagram

EC-14

TEC038M


Circuit Diagram (Cont’d)

TEC782

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

GI

MA

EM

LC

EC-15


System Diagram

EC-16

SEF870Z


Engine Control Component Parts Location

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

GI

MA

EM

LC

SEF347WA

EC-17


Engine Control Component Parts Location

(Cont’d)

SEF348WA SEF037T

SEF554T

SEF392WA

SEF386X

EC-18

SEF038TA

SEF039TA

SEF349W


Vacuum Hose Drawing

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

SEF208U

BR

Intake air duct to vacuum gallery A

Fuel pressure regulator to vacuum gallery B

Vacuum gallery A to EGRC-solenoid valve, MAP/BARO switch solenoid valve and EVAP canister purge control solenoid valve

Intake manifold collector to EGRC-solenoid valve

EVAP canister purge control valve to EVAP canister purge control solenoid valve

Intake manifold collector to One-way valve

One-way valve to EVAP canister purge control solenoid valve

EGRC-BPT valve to EGRC-solenoid valve

Intake manifold collector to MAP/BARO switch solenoid valve

Absolute pressure sensor to MAP/BARO switch solenoid valve

Refer to “System Diagram”, EC-16, for vacuum control system.

ST

RS

BT

HA

Note: Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hoses or purge hoses.

EL

IDX

GI

MA

EM

LC

EC-19


Camshaft position sensor

Mass air flow sensor

Engine coolant temperature sensor

Heated oxygen sensors 1 (front)

System Chart

E

Fuel injection & mixture ratio control

E

E

E

E

Electronic ignition system

Idle air control system

E

Intake valve timing control

E Injectors

E Power transistor

E IACV-AAC valve

Ignition switch

Throttle position sensor

*4

Closed throttle position switch

E

E

Intake valve timing control solenoid valve

EGR control E EGRC-solenoid valve

Park/Neutral position (PNP) switch (TCM)

Vehicle speed sensor

Air conditioner switch

Knock sensor

Battery voltage

Electrical load

Intake air temperature sensor

*1

I

EGR temperature sensor

I Crankshaft position sensor (OBD)

I

Intake valve timing control position sensor

I Absolute pressure sensor

I

EVAP control system pressure sensor

I Fuel tank temperature sensor

Heated oxygen sensors 2 (rear)*3

TCM (Transmission Control Module)*2

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

ECM

E

Fuel pump control E

Fuel pump relay and

Fuel pump control module

Heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) monitor & on board diagnostic system

E

Malfunction indicator lamp

(On the instrument panel)

Acceleration cut control E Air conditioner relay

EVAP canister purge flow control

E

I

EVAP canister purge volume control valve

I

EVAP canister purge control solenoid valve

Heated oxygen sensors 1 & 2 heaters (front and rear) control

E

Heated oxygen sensors 1 & 2 heaters (front and rear)

Power steering oil pressure switch

E

E

E

Cooling fan control

Secondary throttle position sensor E

TAC module

E

TCS signal E

*1: These sensors are not used to control the engine system. They are used only for the on board diagnosis.

*2: The DTC related to A/T and gear position will be sent to ECM.

*3: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.

*4: This switch will operate in place of the throttle position sensor to control EVAP parts if the sensor malfunctions.

E Cooling fan relay

E

I

EVAP canister vent control valve

I

Vacuum cut valve bypass valve

I MAP/BARO switch solenoid valve

EC-20

ENGINE AND EMISSION BASIC CONTROL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL LINE


Engine speed and piston position

E


Amount of intake air

E


Heated oxygen sensor 1 (front)


PNP switch (TCM)


Ignition switch

Battery

Heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear)*

Secondary throttle position sensor

Engine coolant temperature

E

Density of oxygen in exhaust gas

Throttle position

Throttle valve idle position

Park/Neutral position

E

E

E ECM

Vehicle speed

E

Start signal

E

Battery voltage

E


E

E

TAC module

Secondary throttle valve opening angle

E

E

Injector

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

*: Under normal conditions, this sensor is not used to control the engine system.

BASIC MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION

SYSTEM

The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions.

These conditions are determined by input signals

(for engine speed and intake air) from both the camshaft position sensor and the mass air flow sensor.

BR

VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION

INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION

The amount of fuel injected is compensated for to improve engine performance. This will be made under various operating conditions as listed below.

<Fuel increase>

I

During warm-up

I When starting the engine

I During acceleration

I

Hot-engine operation

I

When selector lever is changed from “N” to “D”

I

High-load, high-speed operation

<Fuel decrease>

I

During deceleration

I

During high speed operation

I

Extremely high engine coolant temperature

I During TCS operation

I During high engine speed operation

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-21


SEF973Z

Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System (Cont’d)

MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL

The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control. The three way catalyst can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses a heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) in the exhaust manifold to monitor if the engine is rich or lean. The ECM adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about heated oxygen sensors 1 (front), refer to pages

EC-166. This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichio-

metric (ideal air-fuel mixture).

This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.

Heated oxygen sensors 2 (rear) is located downstream of the three way catalyst. Even if the switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensors 1 (front) shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from the heated oxygen sensors 2 (rear).

OPEN LOOP CONTROL

The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.

I

Deceleration and acceleration

I

High-load, high-speed operation

I Malfunction of heated oxygen sensors 1 (front) or its circuit

I Insufficient activation of heated oxygen sensors 1 (front) at low engine coolant temperature

I

High-engine coolant temperature

I

During warm-up

I When starting the engine

MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL

The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from the heated oxygen sensors 1 (front).

This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to the theoretical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as originally designed. Both Manufacturing differences (i.e.

mass air flow sensor hot film) and characteristic changes during operation (i.e. injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.

Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between the two ratios.

“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim includes short-term fuel trim and long-term fuel trim.

“Short-term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical value. The signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared to the theoretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an increase in fuel volume if it is lean.

“Long-term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out longterm to compensate for continual deviation of the short-term fuel trim from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differences, wear over time and changes in the usage environment.

EC-22


Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System (Cont’d)

FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM

Two types of systems are used.

Sequential multiport fuel injection system

Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used when the engine is running.

Simultaneous multiport fuel injection system

Fuel is injected simultaneously into all six cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals of the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM.

The six injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle.

This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail-safe mode (CPU) or crankshaft position sensor (REF) is operating.

GI

MA

EM

LC



MEF404E

FUEL SHUT-OFF

Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration or operation of the engine at excessively high speeds.

FE

AT

Electronic Ignition (EI) System

PD


E

FA

RA



E





Throttle position

Throttle valve idle position

Vehicle speed

E

E

BR

ST

Ignition switch

Start signal

E

ECM

E

E

Power transistor

RS

Knock sensor

Engine knocking

E

BT

PNP switch (TCM)


E

HA

Battery

Battery voltage

E

EL


E

TAC module

Throttle position

(Secondary throttle position sensor)

E

IDX

EC-23


SEF742M

Electronic Ignition (EI) System (Cont’d)

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-fuel ratio for every running condition of the engine.

The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM. This data forms the map shown below.

The ECM detects information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor signal. Responding to this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor.

e.g.

N: 1,800 rpm, Tp: 1.50 msec

A °BTDC

During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the

ECM according to the other data stored in the ECM.

1 At starting

2 During warm-up

3 At idle

4 Hot engine operation

5 At acceleration

The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies.

The basic ignition timing is programmed within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not operate under normal driving conditions.

If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.

The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.

Air Conditioning Cut Control


Air conditioner “ON” signal


E

Throttle valve opening angle


E


Engine speed

E ECM E

Air conditioner relay

Start signal

Ignition switch

E


E

TAC module

Secondary throttle valve opening angle

E


This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.

Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off.

I

When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.

I

When cranking the engine.

I

At high engine speeds.

I After a few seconds when the TCS has started operating.

EC-24


Fuel Cut Control (at no load & high engine speed)



PNP switch (TCM)




Vehicle speed

GI

E

Park/Neutral position MA

E

Throttle position

E ECM E Injectors

EM


E LC


E

If the engine speed is above 1,400 rpm with no load (for example, in neutral and engine speed over 1,400 rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off varies based on engine speed.

Fuel cut will operate until the engine speed reaches 1,000 rpm, then fuel cut is cancelled.

NOTE:

This function is different than deceleration control listed

under multiport fuel injection on EC-21.

FE

AT

PD

FA

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

RA

BR

ST

EC-25

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM

Description

SEF523Y

The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the

EVAP canister.

The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon. This is where the vapor is stored when the engine is not operating.

The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air flowing through the EVAP canister purge volume control valve which is controlled by engine control module. When the engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by the EVAP canister purge volume control valve is proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.

The EVAP canister purge control valve shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and idling; under normal operating conditions the valve is usually open.

SEF210U

Inspection

EVAP CANISTER

Check EVAP canister as follows:

1.

Pinch the fresh air hose.

2.

Blow air into port q and check that it flows freely out of port

.

EC-26


Inspection (Cont’d)

TIGHTENING TORQUE

Tighten EVAP canister as shown in the figure.

Make sure new O-ring is installed properly between EVAP canister and EVAP vent control valve.

GI

MA

SEF231SA

SEF427N

EM

FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (Built into fuel filler cap)

1.

Wipe clean valve housing.

2.

Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.

Pressure:

15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm 2 , 2.22 - 2.90

psi)

Vacuum:

−6.0 to −3.3 kPa (−0.061 to −0.034 kg/cm

2

, −0.87 to

−0.48 psi)

3.

If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly.

CAUTION:

Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may come on.

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

SEF943S

RA

BR

ST EVAP CANISTER PURGE CONTROL VALVE

Refer to EC-488.

VACUUM CUT VALVE AND VACUUM CUT VALVE

BYPASS VALVE

Refer to EC-475.

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) CANISTER PURGE

VOLUME CONTROL VALVE

Refer to EC-444.

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) CANISTER PURGE

CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EC-488.

FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-257.

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-27


Inspection (Cont’d)

EVAP SERVICE PORT

Positive pressure is delivered to the EVAP system through the

EVAP service port. If fuel vapor leakage in the EVAP system occurs, use a leak detector to locate the leak.

SEF462UA

SEF200U

HOW TO DETECT FUEL VAPOR LEAKAGE

CAUTION:

I

Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.

I Do not start engine.

I Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm 2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in EVAP system.

NOTE:

I

Improper installation of adapter to the service port may cause a leak.

1.

Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the

EVAP SERVICE port.

2.

Also attach the pressure pump and hose.

3.

Turn ignition switch “ON”.

4.

Select the “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUP-

PORT MODE” with CONSULT-II.

5.

Touch “START”. A bar graph (Pressure indicating display) will appear on the screen.

6.

Apply positive pressure to the EVAP system until the pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph.

7.

Remove adapter and hose with pressure pump.

8.

Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to “Evapo-

rative Emission Line Drawing”, EC-29.

PEF658U

SEF598U

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1.

Attach the adapter securely to the EVAP service port and pressure pump with pressure gauge to the EVAP service port.

2.

Apply battery voltage to between the terminals of both

EVAP canister vent control valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve to make a closed EVAP system.

3.

To locate the leak, deliver positive pressure to the EVAP system until pressure gauge points reach 1.38 to 2.76

kPa (0.014 to 0.028 kg/cm

2

, 0.2 to 0.4 psi).

4.

Remove adapter and hose with pressure pump.

5.

Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to “Evapo-

rative Emission Line Drawing”, EC-29.

SEF599U

EC-28


Evaporative Emission Line Drawing

RS

BT

HA

SEF211U

Note: Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hoses or purge hoses.

EL

IDX

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

GI

MA

EM

LC

EC-29


Evaporative Emission Line Drawing (Cont’d)

EC-30

SEF369U



On Board Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR)

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

SEF206V

From the beginning of refueling, the fuel tank pressure goes up. When the pressure reaches the setting value of the refueling control valve (RCV) opening pressure, the RCV is opened. After RCV opens, the air and vapor inside the fuel tank go through refueling EVAP vapor cut valve, RCV and refueling vapor line to the EVAP canister. The vapor is absorbed by the EVAP canister and the air is released to the atmosphere.

When the refueling has reached the full level of the fuel tank, the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve is closed and refueling is stopped because of auto shut-off. The vapor which was absorbed by the EVAP canister is purged during driving.

The RCV is always closed during driving and the evaporative emission control system is operated the same as conventional system.

WARNING:

When conducting inspections below, be sure to observe the following:

I

Put a “ CAUTION: INFLAMMABLE” sign in workshop.

I Do not smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from work area.

I Be sure to furnish the workshop with a CO

2 fire extinguisher.

CAUTION:

I Before removing fuel line parts, carry out the following procedures: a. Put drained fuel in an explosion-proof container and put lid on securely.

b. Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to “Fuel Pressure Release”, EC-37.

c. Disconnect battery ground cable.

I Always replace O-ring when the fuel gauge retainer is removed.

I Do not kink or twist hose and tube when they are installed.

I

Do not tighten hose and clamps excessively to avoid damaging hoses.

I

After installation, run engine and check for fuel leaks at connection.

I

Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically.

I Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire.

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-31



(Cont’d)

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE

SYMPTOM: Fuel odor from EVAP canister is strong.

INSPECTION START

H

CHECK COMPONENT

(EVAP canister).

Check EVAP canister for water.

Weigh the EVAP canister with vent control valve attached.

If the weight is:

More than 1.8 kg (4.0 lb)

→

NG

Less than 1.8 kg (4.0 lb)

→

OK

If OK, check that water drains from the canister.

Water should not drain from the EVAP canister.

H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT

(Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve).

Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for open.

Refer to “COMPONENT INSPECTION”,

EC-34.

H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT

(Refueling control valve).

Check refueling control valve diaphragm for damage. Blow air into hose end q

, and check that there is no air flow. Refer

to “COMPONENT INSPECTION”, EC-34.

H

OK

INSPECTION END

NG

E

Replace EVAP canister.

NG

E

Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.

NG

E

Replace refueling control valve with fuel tank.

EC-32



(Cont’d)

SYMPTOM: Cannot refuel/Fuel odor from the fuel filler opening is strong while refueling.

INSPECTION START

GI

H

CHECK COMPONENT

(Water separator and EVAP canister).

1. Check water separator for insect nests or debris. Refer to “COMPONENT

INSPECTION”, EC-441.

2. Weigh the EVAP canister with vent control valve attached.

If the weight is:


→

NG


→

OK

If OK, check that water drains from the canister.

Water should not drain from the

EVAP canister.

H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT

(Vent hoses and vent tubes).

Check hoses and tubes between EVAP canister and refueling control valve for clogging, kink, looseness and improper connection.

H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT

(Filler neck tube).

Check signal line and recirculation line for clogging, dents and cracks.

H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT


Refer to “COMPONENT INSPECTION” on next page.

H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT

(Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve).


H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT

(Fuel filler tube).

1. Check filler neck tube and hose connected to the fuel tank for clogging, dents and cracks.

2. Check one-way fuel valve for clogging.


H

OK

INSPECTION END

NG

E

Replace water separator or

EVAP canister.

NG

E

Repair or replace hoses and tubes.

NG

E

Replace filler neck tube.

NG

E

Replace refueling control valve with fuel tank.

NG

E

Replace fuel tank with refueling EVAP vapor cut valve.

NG

E

Replace fuel filler tube or replace one-way fuel valve with fuel tank.

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-33



(Cont’d)

COMPONENT INSPECTION

Refueling control valve

Check refueling control valve as follows:

1. Remove fuel filler cap.

2. Check air continuity between hose ends q

Blow air into the hose end q

3. Blow air into hose end q and q

.

. Air should flow freely into the fuel tank.

and check there is no leakage.

4. Apply pressure to both hose ends q and q

[20 kPa (150 mmHg, 5.91 inHg)] using a pressure pump and a suitable 3-way connector. And check there is no leakage.

If NG, replace refueling control valve with fuel tank.

SEF816X

SEF817X

Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve

1.

Remove fuel tank. Refer to “FUEL SYSTEM” in FE section.

Drain fuel from the tank as follows: a. Remove fuel feed hose located on the fuel gauge retainer.

b. Connect a spare fuel hose, one side to fuel gauge retainer where the hose was removed and the other side to a fuel container.

c.

Drain fuel using “FUEL PUMP RELAY” in “ACTIVE

TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------a. Remove fuel gauge retainer.

b. Drain fuel from the tank using a hand pump into a fuel container.

2.

Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows.

Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from hose end q

), and check that the air flows freely into the tank.

3.

Check EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as followa.

ing.

Connect vacuum pump to hose ends q able 3-way connector.

and q b.

Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit.

using a suit-

Always replace O-ring with new one.

EC-34



(Cont’d) c.

Put fuel tank upside down.

d.

Apply vacuum pressure to both hose ends q and q

[−13.3

kPa (−100 mmHg, −3.94 inHg)] with fuel gauge retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.

If NG, replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.

GI

MA

SEF818X

EM

One-way fuel valve

1.

Drain fuel from the tank.

Refer to “COMPONENT INSPECTION” of refueling EVAP vapor cut valve on previous page.

2.

Remove fuel filler tube and hose.

3.

Check one-way fuel valve for operation as follows.

When pushing with finger, the valve should open; when finger is released, the valve should shut.

Do not drop any material into the tank.

If NG, replace one-way fuel valve with fuel tank.

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-35

POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION

Description

This system returns blow-by gas to both the intake manifold and air cleaner.

The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake manifold.

During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the

PCV valve.

Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air.

The ventilating air is then drawn from the air cleaner, through the hose connecting air cleaner to rocker cover, into the crankcase.

Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve, and its flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction.

On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by some of the flow will go through the hose connection to the air cleaner under all conditions.

SEF110T

Inspection

PCV (Positive Crankcase Ventilation) VALVE

With engine running at idle, remove ventilation hose from PCV valve; if valve is working properly, a hissing noise will be heard as air passes through it and a strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is placed over valve inlet.

SEF244Q

PCV HOSE

1.

Check hoses and hose connections for leaks.

2.

Disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air. If any hose cannot be freed of obstructions, replace.

ET277

EC-36

BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE

SEF394X

Fuel Pressure Release

Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger.

1.

Start engine.

2.

Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK

SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.

(Touch “START” and after engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure.)

3.

Turn ignition switch off.

GI

MA

EM

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1.

Remove fuse for fuel pump.

2.

Start engine.

3.

After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure.

4.

Turn ignition switch off and reconnect fuel pump fuse.

LC

FE

SEF111T

SEF112T

AT

Fuel Pressure Check

I

When reconnecting fuel line, always use new clamps.

I

Make sure that clamp screw does not contact adjacent parts.

I Use a torque driver to tighten clamps.

I

Use Pressure Gauge to check fuel pressure.

1.

Release fuel pressure to zero, refer to previous page.

2.

Disconnect fuel hose between fuel filter and fuel tube (engine side).

3.

Install pressure gauge between fuel filter and fuel tube.

4.

Start engine and check for fuel leakage.

5.

Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.

At idling:

Approximately 235 kPa (2.4 kg/cm 2 , 34 psi)

A few seconds after ignition switch is turned OFF to

ON:

Approximately 294 kPa (3.0 kg/cm

2

, 43 psi)

6.

Stop engine and disconnect fuel pressure regulator vacuum hose from intake manifold.

7.

Plug intake manifold with a rubber cap.

8.

Connect variable vacuum source to fuel pressure regulator.

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

SEF718B

9.

Start engine and read indication of fuel pressure gauge as vacuum is changed.

Fuel pressure should decrease as vacuum increases. If results are unsatisfactory, replace fuel pressure regulator.

EL

IDX

SEF114T

EC-37


Injector Removal and Installation

SEF245QB

SEF113T

1.

Release fuel pressure to zero, refer to previous page.

2.

Remove intake manifold collector. Refer to EM section (“TIM-

ING CHAIN”).

3.

Disconnect vacuum hose from pressure regulator.

4.

Disconnect fuel hoses from fuel tube assembly.

I

Do not disassemble fuel tube assembly.

5.

Disconnect injector harness connectors.

6.

Remove injectors with fuel tube assembly.

I Push injector tail piece.

I

Do not pull on the connector.

7.

Push out any malfunctioning injector from fuel tube assembly.

8.

Replace or clean injector as necessary.

9.

Install injector to fuel tube assembly.

I Always replace O-rings with new ones.

I

Lubricate O-rings with a smear of engine oil.

10. Install injectors with fuel tube assembly to intake manifold.

Tighten in numerical order shown in the figure.

a) First, tighten all bolts to 9.3 to 10.8 N

⋅ m (0.95 to 1.1 kg-m, 6.9

to 8.0 ft-lb).

b) Then, tighten all bolts to 21 to 26 N

⋅ m (2.1 to 2.7 kg-m, 15 to

20 ft-lb).

11. Install fuel hoses to fuel tube assembly.

12. Reinstall any parts removed in reverse order of removal.

CAUTION:

After properly connecting fuel hose to injector and fuel tube assembly, check connection for fuel leakage.

EC-38


Throttle Opener

INSPECTION

1.

Start engine and let it idle.

2.

Confirm the amount of the rod moves “L” more than 1.65 mm

(0.0650 in), the throttle drum becomes free from the rod of the throttle opener.

If NG, go to next step.

If OK, inspection is end.

GI

MA

SEF910X

SEF109L

EM

3.

Turn ignition switch “OFF”.

4.

Check vacuum source to throttle opener.

a.

Check vacuum hose for disconnection or improper connection.

b.

Remove vacuum hose connected to throttle opener.

c.

Attach a vacuum gauge to vacuum hose, which is disconnected.

d.

Start engine and let it idle.

e.

Make sure that the vacuum is more than −40.0 kPa (−300 mmHg, −11.81 inHg).

f.

Remove the vacuum gauge from intake manifold.


If OK, go to step 7.

5.

Check vacuum hose for clogging and cracks.

If NG, replace or clean vacuum hose.

If OK, go to next step.

6.

Blow air into the intake manifold and make sure air flows freely.

If NG, replace or clean intake manifold.


LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

SEF368U

SEF793W

7.

Check throttle opener.

a.

Connect suitable vacuum hose to vacuum pump as shown at left.

b.

Apply vacuum [more than −40.0 kPa (−300 mmHg, −11.81

inHg)] until the throttle drum becomes free from the rod of the throttle opener.

c.

Confirm the amount of the rod moves more than 1.65 mm

(0.0650 in), and also the throttle drum becomes free from the rod of the throttle opener.


8.

Check visually for cracking and/or distortion of throttle opener and rod.

If NG, replace throttle opener.

If OK, install the vacuum hose and repeat from step 1 to 2.

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-39


Fast Idle Cam (FIC) Inspection and Adjustment

1.

Remove throttle body from engine.

2.

Wait for at least 3 hours.

(This step is necessary to bring the temperature of the thermoelement to the room temperature

SEF292TA

3.

Measure thermo-element stroke (L) and room temperature.

4.

Check thermo-element stroke (L) as shown in the figure.

CAUTION:

Do not adjust TAS.

L: Thermo-element stroke

Within oblique line

Out of oblique line

Judgement

Thermo-element is normal , Adjust

FI cam (go to step 5).

Replace thermo-element , Adjust FI cam (go to step 2).

5.

Measure clearance between stopper and throttle adjusting screw (TAS) as shown in the figure. If out of specification, adjust the clearance using adjusting screw.

CAUTION:

Do not adjust throttle adjusting screw (TAS).

6.

After adjustment, tighten lock nut of adjusting screw.

: 1.5 - 2.0 N

⋅ m (0.15 - 0.2 kg-m, 13.0 - 17.4 in-lb)

7.

Reinstall throttle body.

8.

After warming up engine, check that there is a clearance between FI cam and roller.

SEF293T

SEF294T

Direct Ignition System — How to Check Idle

Speed and Ignition Timing

IDLE SPEED

I

Method A (Using CONSULT-II)

Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.

SEF392X

EC-40


Direct Ignition System — How to Check Idle

Speed and Ignition Timing (Cont’d)

I

Method B (Using check connector)

Check the idle speed using check connector as shown in the figure. (Check connector is located in the harness protector).

GI

SEF553T

IGNITION TIMING

Any of the following two methods may be used.

I

Method A

1.

Attach timing light to loop wire as shown.

2.

Check ignition timing.

FE

AT

SEF295T

I

Method B

1.

Remove intake air duct.

2.

Remove No. 1 ignition coil.

PD

FA

RA

SEF296T

BR

3.

Connect No. 1 ignition coil and No. 1 spark plug with suitable high-tension wire as shown, and attach timing light clamp to this wire.

4.

Install air duct.

5.

Check ignition timing.

ST

RS

BT

MA

EM

LC

SEF297T

HA

EL

IDX

SEF011V

EC-41


PREPARATION

I Make sure that the following parts are in good order.

(1) Battery

(2) Ignition system

(3) Engine oil and coolant levels

(4) Fuses

(5) ECM harness connector

(6) Vacuum hoses

(7) Air intake system

(Oil filler cap, oil level gauge, etc.)

(8) Fuel pressure

(9) Engine compression

(10) EGR valve operation

(11) Throttle valve

(12) EVAP system

Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio

Adjustment

I

On air conditioner equipped models, checks should be carried out while the air conditioner is “OFF”.

I

When checking idle speed, ignition timing and mixture ratio of A/T models, shift lever to

“N” position.

I

When measuring “CO” percentage, insert probe more than 40 cm (15.7 in) into tail pipe.

I

Turn off headlamps, heater blower, rear window defogger.

I

Keep front wheels pointed straight ahead.

I

Make the check after the cooling fan has stopped.

Overall inspection sequence

INSPECTION START

H

Perform diagnostic test mode II (Self-diagnostic results).

OK

H

Check & adjust ignition timing.

OK

G

NG

H

Check & adjust idle speed.

F

H

OK

Check function of heated oxygen sensors 1 (front).

F

NG

E

Check harnesses of heated oxygen sensors 1

(front).

NG

H

Repair or replace harness(es).

OK

H

INSPECTION END

F

NG

E

Repair or replace.

H

OK

E

Check CO%.

OK

NG

E

H

OK

I Replace heated oxygen sensor 1 (front).

I

Check function of heated oxygen sensor

1 (front).

NG

E

Check emission control parts and repair or replace if necessary.

EC-42



Adjustment (Cont’d)

START

Visually check the following:

I

Air cleaner clogging

I

Hoses and ducts for leaks

I

EGR valve operation

I

Electrical connectors

I

Gasket

I

Throttle position

H

SEF246F

H

Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of gauge and ensure that engine speed is below 1,000 rpm.

H

Open engine hood and run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load.

SEF247F

H

Perform diagnostic test mode II (Self-diagnostic results).

OK

H

NG

Repair or replace components as necessary.

SEF217U

H

Does engine run smoothly?

F

OK

H

H

NG

Clean injectors.

H

Race engine two or three times under no-load, then run engine at idle speed.

F

H

1. Turn off engine and disconnect throttle position sensor harness connector.

2. Start engine.

SEF248F

H

Check ignition timing with a timing light.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

15°±2° BTDC (in “N” position)

OK

H

NG

Adjust ignition timing by turning camshaft position sensor after loosening securing bolts which secures camshaft position sensor.

H

H

Connect throttle position sensor harness connector.

E q

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

SEF212U

EC-43




H

Connect throttle position sensor harness connector.

SEF043T

H

Check target idle speed.

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II

SEF392X

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Check idle speed.

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

650±50 rpm (in “N” position)

OK NG

H

Disconnect throttle position sensor harness connector.

H

Adjust base idle speed by turning idle speed adjusting screw.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

600±25 rpm (in “N” position)

H

1) Connect throttle position sensor harness connector.

2) Erase diagnostic trouble code, EC-67.

H q

SEF212U

H

Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load.

H

F

SEF115T

SEF247F

EC-44




H

Set on board diagnostic system of ECM to Diagnostic Test Mode II

(Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor).*

GI

MA

SEF957D

H

Check heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) (B1) signal.

1) See “HO2S1 MNTR (B1) and (B2) (left and right sides)” in “Data monitor” mode.

2) Maintaining engine at 2,000 rpm under no-load (engine is warmed up sufficiently.), check that the monitor fluctuates between “LEAN” and “RICH” more than 5 times during 10 seconds.

1 cycle: RICH

→

LEAN

→

RICH

2 cycles: RICH

→

LEAN

→

RICH

→

LEAN

→

RICH

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Make sure that malfunction indicator lamp goes on and off more than 5 times during

10 seconds at 2,000 rpm.

Monitor does not fluctuate. Malfunction indicator lamp does not blink.

H

SEC042C

OK

H

Less than 5 times

Replace heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) (B1).

F

SEF217U

F

OK

F

H


1) See “HO2S1 MNTR (B1) and (B2) (right and left sides)” in “Data monitor” mode.


1 cycle: RICH

→

LEAN

→

RICH

2 cycles: RICH

→

LEAN

→

RICH

→

LEAN

→

RICH

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



NG

H q

H

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

*: If the battery is weak, heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor may not function properly. Use this function after fully charging battery.

HA

EL

IDX

EC-45




SEC042C

H




1 cycle: RICH

→

LEAN

→

RICH

2 cycles: RICH

→

LEAN

→

RICH

→

LEAN

→

RICH

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Monitor does not fluctuate.

Malfunction indicator lamp does not blink.

H

H

OK

Less than 5 times

SEF217U

END

Replace heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) (B2).

H q

G

H




1 cycle: RICH

→

LEAN

→

RICH

2 cycles: RICH

→

LEAN

→

RICH

→

LEAN

→

RICH

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



NG

H

OK

END

EC-46




SEF213UA

Check heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) (B2) harness:

1) Turn off engine and disconnect battery ground cable

2) Disconnect ECM harness connector from ECM.

3) Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) (B2) harness connector.

4) Check for continuity between terminal No. 82 of ECM harness connector and harness connector for heated oxygen sensor 1

(front).

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Continuity exists. ........................................................................OK

Continuity does not exist. ..........................................................NG

F

OK q

G

H

Repair or replace ECM harness.

SEF214UA

H

Connect ECM harness connector to ECM.

Check heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) (B1) harness:

1) Turn off engine and disconnect battery ground cable

2) Disconnect ECM harness connector from ECM.

3) Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) (B1) harness connector.

4) Check for continuity between terminal No. 83 of ECM harness connector and harness connector for heated oxygen sensor 1

(front).

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Continuity exists. ........................................................................OK

Continuity does not exist. ..........................................................NG

F

OK NG

H

Repair or replace ECM harness.

H

Connect ECM harness connector to ECM.

H

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-47




SEF760X

H

1) Select “ENG COOLANT TEMP” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.

2) Set “COOLANT TEMP” to 5°C (41°F) by touching “DWN” and “Qd”.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1) Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.

2) Connect a resistor (4.4 k

Ω

) between terminals of engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.

H

Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of gauge.

H

Race engine two or three times under no-load, then run engine at idle speed.

SEF858QA

H

Check “CO” %.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Idle CO: 0.4 - 9.4% with engine running smoothly

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

After checking CO%,

1) Disconnect the resistor from terminals of engine coolant temperature sensor.

2) Connect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector to engine coolant temperature sensor.

OK q

G

H

NG

Connect heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) harness connectors to heated oxygen sensors 1 (front).

SEF246F

H

Check fuel pressure regulator.

F

H

Check mass air flow sensor.

H

Check injector.

Clean or replace if necessary.

SEF248F H

Check engine coolant temperature sensor.

H

Check ECM function* by substituting another known-good ECM.

*: ECM may be the cause of a problem, but this is rarely the case.

Note: If a vehicle contains a part which is operating outside of design specifications with no MIL illumination, the part shall not be replaced prior to emission testing unless it is determined that the part has been tampered with or abused in such a way that the diagnostic system cannot reasonably be expected to detect the resulting malfunction.

EC-48

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Introduction

The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actuators. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including:

I

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) .................................................................................Mode 3 of SAE J1979

I Freeze Frame data .....................................................................................................Mode 2 of SAE J1979

I System Readiness Test (SRT) code ..........................................................................Mode 1 of SAE J1979

I

1st Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC) .......................................................Mode 7 of SAE J1979

I

1st Trip Freeze Frame data

I

Test values and Test limits .........................................................................................Mode 6 of SAE J1979

The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below.

GI

MA

DTC 1st trip DTC

—

—

X

—

Freeze Frame data

1st trip Freeze

Frame data

—

X

SRT code

X*1

X

Test value

—

X

EM

Diagnostic test mode II (Selfdiagnostic results)

CONSULT-II

GST

X

X

X

X*1

X

X*2

—

X

X

—

X

—

—

X

X

—

—

X

LC

FE

*1: When DTC and 1st trip DTC simultaneously appear on the display, they cannot be clearly distinguished from each other.

*2: 1st trip DTCs for self-diagnoses concerning SRT items cannot be shown on the GST display.

AT

The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected

in two consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode (Refer to EC-98.).

Two Trip Detection Logic

When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the ECM memory. The MIL will not light up at this stage. <1st trip>

If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL lights up. The MIL lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to light up or blink the MIL and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.

PD

FA

RA

BR

Items

MIL

Blinking

1st trip

Lighting up

2nd trip lighting up

1st trip displaying

DTC

2nd trip displaying

1st trip DTC

1st trip displaying

2nd trip displaying

ST

Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage)

— DTC: P0300 - P0308 (0701,

0608 - 0601) is being detected

Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage)

— DTC: P0300 - P0308 (0701,

0608 - 0601) has been detected

Closed loop control — DTC: P1148

(0307), P1168 (0308)

Fail-safe items (Refer to EC-98.)

Except above

*1: Except “ECM”.

X

—

—

—

X

X

—

—

—

X

X

X

X

X*1

—

—

—

X

X

X

—

—

—

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-49


Emission-related Diagnostic Information

DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC

The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the first trip DTC did not reoccur, the first trip

DTC will not be displayed. If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory. The MIL will not light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip, both the first trip DTC and DTC are stored in the ECM memory and the

MIL lights up. In other words, the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consecutive trips. If a first trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or light up the MIL during the 1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory.

Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described in “HOW TO

ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION”. Refer to EC-63.

For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to EC-60. These items are required by legal

regulations to continuously monitor the system/component. In addition, the items monitored non-continuously are also displayed on CONSULT-II.

1st trip DTC is specified in Mode 7 of SAE J1979. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without lighting up the MIL and therefore does not warn the driver of a problem. However, 1st trip DTC detection will not prevent the vehicle from being tested, for example during Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) tests.

When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame

data as specified in “Work Flow” procedure Step II, refer to page EC-89. Then perform “Diagnostic trouble code

confirmation procedure” or “Overall function check” to try to duplicate the problem. If the malfunction is duplicated, the item requires repair.

How to read DTC and 1st trip DTC

DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods.

1. The number of blinks of the malfunction indicator lamp in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results) Examples: 0101, 0201, 1003, 1104, etc.

These DTCs are controlled by NISSAN.

2. CONSULT-II or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0340, P1320, P0705, P0750, etc.

These DTCs are prescribed by SAE J2012.

(CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)

I

1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.

I

Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, Mode II and GST do not indicate whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal.

CONSULT-II can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-II (if available) is recommended.

A sample of CONSULT-II display for DTC is shown at left. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunction is displayed in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode of CONSULT-II. Time data indicates how many times the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC.

If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be “0”.

If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be “[1t]”.

SEF698X

EC-50



(Cont’d)

FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA

The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant temperature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed and vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected.

Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data.

The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and are displayed on CONSULT-II or GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, not on the GST. For

details, see EC-77.

Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data of freeze frame data) can be stored in the

ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the following priorities to update the data.

GI

MA

EM

LC

Priority

1

Freeze frame data

Items

Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0308 (0701, 0608 - 0601)

Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171 (0115), P0172 (0114)

Except the above items (Includes A/T related items)

FE

2

3 1st trip freeze frame data

AT

For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was stored in the 2nd trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different malfunction is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the ECM memory.

Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM memory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in “HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-

RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION”. Refer to EC-63.

PD

FA

RA

BR

SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE

System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Mode 1 of SAE J1979.

As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of

SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and components. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed.

If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.

In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains

“CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased.

Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer’s normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items.

NOTE:

The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM memory power supply is interrupted for several hours.

If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will continue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the

SRT items the vehicle is returned to the customer untested.

If MIL is “ON” during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check

SRT (“CMPLT”) and DTC (No DTCs) before the inspection.

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-51



(Cont’d)

SRT Item

The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.

SRT item

(CONSULT-II indication)

CATALYST

Performance

Priority*2

3

EVAP SYSTEM

O2 SENSOR

O2 SEN HEATER

EGR SYSTEM

2

—

3

3

3

3

1

Required self-diagnostic items to set the

SRT to “CMPLT”

Three way catalyst function

EVAP control system (small leak) (negative pressure)

EVAP control system (small leak) (positive pressure)

EVAP control system purge flow monitoring

Heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) (circuit)

Heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) (lean shift monitoring)

Heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) (rich shift monitoring)

Heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) (response monitoring)

Heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) (high voltage)

Heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) (min. voltage monitoring)

Heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) (max. voltage monitoring)

Heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) (response monitoring)

Heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) (high voltage)

Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater (front)

Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (rear)

EGR function (close)

EGRC-BPT valve function

EGR function (open)

Corresponding DTC No.

P0420, P0430

P0440

P1440*1

P1447

P0130, P0150

P0131, P0151

P0132, P0152

P0133, P0153

P0134, P0154

P0137, P0157

P0138, P0158

P0139, P0159

P0140, P0160

P0135, P0155

P0141, P0161

P0400

P0402

P1402

*1: P1440 [EVAP control system (small leak) (positive pressure) diagnosis] is one type of SRT related diagnosis. This diagnosis, however, does not contribute to setting the SRT as “CMPLT”, when no malfunction exists in the EVAP system. Therefore, P0440 must be used instead of P1440.

*2: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure), one by one based on the priority for models with CONSULT-II.

EC-52



(Cont’d)

SRT Set Timing

SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and is shown in the table below.

GI

All OK

NG exists

Self-diagnosis result

Case 1

Case 2

Case 3

Diagnosis

P0400

P0402

P1402

SRT of EGR

P0400

P0402

P1402

SRT of EGR

P0400

P0402

P1402

(1st trip)

DTC

SRT of EGR

Example

Ignition cycle

+ ON , OFF + ON , OFF + ON , OFF + ON ,

OK (1)

OK (1)

OK (1)

“CMPLT”

— (1)

— (1)

OK (2)

“CMPLT”

OK (2)

— (1)

— (2)

“CMPLT”

— (2)

OK (2)

— (2)

“CMPLT”

OK (1)

— (0)

OK (1)

“INCMP”

OK

—

NG

1st trip DTC

“INCMP”

— (1)

— (0)

OK (2)

“INCMP”

OK

—

—

—

“INCMP”

— (1)

OK (1)

— (2)

“CMPLT”

—

—

NG

1st trip DTC

“INCMP”

— (1)

— (1)

— (2)

“CMPLT”

—

—

NG

(Consecutive

NG)

DTC

(= MIL “ON”)

“CMPLT”

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK.

NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG.

—: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.

FA

When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will indicate “CMPLT”.

, Case 1 above

When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result.

, Case 2 above

If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses showed NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indicate “CMPLT”.

, Case 3 above

The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is one (1) for each self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in preparation for the state emissions inspection, it is unnecessary of each self-diagnosis to be executed twice (Case 3) for the following reasons:

I The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.

I The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results.

I

When, during SRT driving pattern, 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT, the self-diagnosis memory must be erased from ECM after repair.

I

If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”.

NOTE:

SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”.

SRT Service Procedure

If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, review the flowchart diagnostic sequence on the next page.

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-53



(Cont’d)

SEF573XA

*1 EC-50

*2 EC-54

*3 EC-55

How to display SRT code

1. Selecting “SRT STATUS” in “DTC CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-II

For items whose SRT codes are set, a “CMPLT” is displayed on the CONSULT-II screen; for items whose SRT codes are not set, “INCMP” is displayed.

2. Selecting Mode 1 with GST (Generic Scan Tool)

EC-54



(Cont’d)

A sample of CONSULT-II display for SRT code is shown at left.

“INCMP” means the self-diagnosis is incomplete and SRT is not set. “CMPLT” means the self-diagnosis is complete and SRT is set.

GI

MA

PEF215U

EM

How to Set SRT Code

To set all SRT codes, self-diagnosis for the items indicated above must be performed one or more times. Each diagnosis may require a long period of actual driving under various conditions.

With CONSULT-II

LC

Perform corresponding DTC Confirmation Procedure one by one based on “Performance Priority” in the table

on EC-52.

Without CONSULT-II

FE

The most efficient driving pattern in which SRT codes can be properly set is explained on the next page. The driving pattern should be performed one or more times to set all SRT codes.

AT

PD

FA

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

RA

BR

ST

EC-55

Driving pattern



(Cont’d)

EC-56

SEF676Y



(Cont’d)

I

The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driving habits, etc.

Zone A refers to the range where the time required, for the diagnosis under normal conditions*, is the shortest. Zone B refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed within zone A.

*: Normal conditions refer to the following:

— Sea level

— Flat road

— Ambient temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)

— Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions.

Under different conditions [For example: ambient temperature is other than 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)], diagnosis may also be performed.

Pattern 1:

I

The engine is started at the engine coolant temperature of −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F) (where the voltage between the ECM terminal q and ground is 3.0 - 4.3 V.)

I

The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than

70°C (158°F) (where the voltage between the

ECM terminal q and ground is lower than 1.4 V.)

I

The engine is started at a fuel tank temperature warmer than 0°C (32°F) (where the voltage between the ECM terminal q and ground is less than 4.1V).

Pattern 2:

I

When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be conducted. In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended.

Pattern 3:

I

The driving pattern outlined in *2 must be repeated at least 3 times.

Pattern 4:

I

Tests are performed after the engine has been operated for at least 17 minutes.

I

The accelerator pedal must be held very steady during steady-state driving.

I

If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted all over again.

*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then release the accelerator pedal and keep it released for more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH) again.

*2: Operate the vehicle in the following driving pattern.

1) Decelerate vehicle to 0 km/h (0 MPH) and let it idle.

2) Repeat driving pattern shown below at least 10 times.

I

During acceleration, hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.

3) Repeat steps and 2 until the EGR system SRT is set.

Suggested transmission gear position

Set the selector lever in the “D” position with “OD”

ON.

Suggested maximum speed in each gear

Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly, or if you need to accelerate.

Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed

(shown below) in any gear. For level road driving, use the highest gear suggested for that speed.

Always observe posted speed limits, and drive according to the road conditions, which will ensure safe operation. Do not over-rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause engine damage or loss of vehicle control.

Gear

1st km/h (MPH)

50 (30)

2nd

3rd

4th

5th

95 (60)

145 (90)

—

—

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

SEF414S

*3: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.

EC-57



(Cont’d)

TEST VALUE AND TEST LIMIT (GST only — not applicable to CONSULT-II)

The following is the information specified in Mode 6 of SAE J1979.

The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is “OK” or “NG” while being monitored by ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored.

Items for which these data (test value and test limit) are displayed are the same as SRT code items (14 test items).

These data (test limit) are specified by Test ID (TID) and Component ID (CID). These data can be displayed on the GST screen.

SRT item

Test value

Test limit

X: Applicable

—: Not applicable

Application

CATALYST

EVAP SYSTEM

Self-diagnostic test item


(Left bank)


(Right bank)

EVAP control system

(Small leak)

EVAP control system purge flow monitoring

TID

01H

03H

05H

06H

CID

01H

02H

03H

83H

Max.

Max.

Max.

Min.

X

X

X

X

O2 SENSOR

Heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) (B1)

Heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) (B2)

Heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) (B1)

Heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) (B2)

14H

15H

19H

1AH

1BH

1CH

21H

09H

0AH

0BH

0CH

0DH

11H

12H

13H

22H

23H

24H

05H

05H

86H

86H

06H

06H

87H

04H

05H

85H

05H

04H

84H

04H

04H

87H

07H

07H

Max.

Max.

Min.

Min.

Max.

Max.

Min.

Max.

Min.

Max.

Max.

Max.

Max.

Min.

Max.

Min.

Max.

Max.

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

EC-58

EGR SYSTEM



(Cont’d)

SRT item

O2 SENSOR

HEATER

Self-diagnostic test item


(B1)


(B2)


(B1)


(B2)

EGR function


2CH

2DH

2EH

2FH

30H

31H

32H

33H

34H

35H

36H

37H

TID

29H

2AH

2BH

Test value

89H

0AH

8AH

0BH

8BH

8CH

8CH

8CH

8CH

0CH

0CH

8CH

CID

08H

88H

09H

Test limit

Max.

Min.

Max.

Min.

Min.

Min.

Min.

Min.

Max.

Max.

Min.

Max.

Min.

Max.

Min.

Application

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-59



(Cont’d)

EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS

X: Applicable

—: Not applicable

DTC*4

Items


CONSULT-II

GST*2

ECM*1

SRT code

Test value/

Test limit

(GST only)

1st trip DTC*4 Reference page

NO DTC IS DETECTED,

FURTHER TESTING

MAY BE REQUIRED.

MAF SEN/CIRCUIT

P0000

P0100

0505

0102

—

—

—

—

—

X

—

EC-124

ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC

AIR TEMP SEN/CIRC

COOLANT T SEN/CIRC

THRTL POS SEN/CIRC

*COOLAN T SEN/CIRC

HO2S1 (B1)

HO2S1 (B1)

HO2S1 (B1)

HO2S1 (B1)

HO2S1 (B1)

HO2S1 HTR (B1)

HO2S2 (B1)

HO2S2 (B1)

HO2S2 (B1)

HO2S2 (B1)

HO2S2 HTR (B1)

HO2S1 (B2)

HO2S1 (B2)

HO2S1 (B2)

HO2S1 (B2)

HO2S1 (B2)

HO2S1 HTR (B2)

HO2S2 (B2)

HO2S2 (B2)

HO2S2 (B2)

HO2S2 (B2)

HO2S2 HTR (B2)

FUEL SYS LEAN/BK1

FUEL SYS RICH/BK1

FUEL SYS LEAN/BK2

FUEL SYS RICH/BK2

FUEL TEMP SEN/CIRC

MULTI CYL MISFIRE

CYL 1 MISFIRE

CYL 2 MISFIRE

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

—

—

—

—

—

X

X

—

—

—

—

—

—

X

X

—

—

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

—

—

—

—

—

X

X

—

—

—

—

—

—

X

X

—

—

X

X

X

X

X

0410

0409

0412

0901

0511

0510

0707

0512

0902

0503

0415

0414

0413

0803

0401

0103

0403

0908

0303

0411

0315

1002

0115

0114

0210

0209

0402

0701

0608

0607

0509

1001

0314

0313

0708

P0132

P0133

P0134

P0135

P0137

P0138

P0139

P0140

P0141

P0150

P0151

P0152

P0153

P0105

P0110

P0115

P0120

P0125

P0130

P0131

P0154

P0155

P0157

P0158

P0159

P0160

P0161

P0171

P0172

P0174

P0175

P0180

P0300

P0301

P0302

X*3

X*3

X*3

X*3

X*3

X*3

X*3

X*3

X*3

X*3

X*3

X*3

X*3

X

X

X

X

X

X*3

X*3

X

X

X

X

X*3

X*3

X

X

X

X

X*3

X*3

X*3

X*3

X*3

EC-180

EC-187

EC-196

EC-204

EC-210

EC-218

EC-226

EC-233

EC-239

EC-204

EC-174

EC-180

EC-187

EC-132

EC-140

EC-145

EC-150

EC-161

EC-166

EC-174

EC-196

EC-204

EC-210

EC-218

EC-226

EC-233

EC-239

EC-245

EC-251

EC-245

EC-251

EC-257

EC-262

EC-262

EC-262



*3: These are not displayed with GST.


EC-60



(Cont’d)

X: Applicable

—: Not applicable

DTC*4

Items


CYL 3 MISFIRE

CONSULT-II

GST*2

P0303

ECM*1

0606

SRT code

—

Test value/

Test limit

(GST only)

—

1st trip DTC*4

X

Reference page

EC-262

GI

MA

CYL 4 MISFIRE

CYL 5 MISFIRE

CYL 6 MISFIRE

CYL 7 MISFIRE

CYL 8 MISFIRE

KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1

KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2

CKP SEN/CIRCUIT

CMP SEN/CIRCUIT

EGR SYSTEM

EGRC-BPT VALVE

TW CATALYST SYS-B1

TW CATALYST SYS-B2

EVAP SMALL LEAK

PURG VOLUME CONT/V

VENT CONTROL VALVE

EVAPO SYS PRES SEN

EVAP GROSS LEAK

VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC

IACV/AAC VLV/CIRC

CLOSED TP SW/CIRC

A/T COMM LINE

ECM

PNP SW/CIRC

ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC

VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT

ENGINE SPEED SIG

A/T 1ST GR FNCTN

A/T 2ND GR FNCTN

A/T 3RD GR FNCTN

A/T 4TH GR FNCTN

TCC SOLENOID/CIRC

A/T TCC S/V FNCTN

L/PRESS SOL/CIRC

SFT SOL A/CIRC

SFT SOL B/CIRC

MAP/BAR SW SOL/CIR

INT/V TIM CONT-B1

P0400

P0402

P0420

P0430

P0440

P0443

P0446

P0450

P0455

P0500

P0505

P0510

P0600

P0605

P0705

P0710

P0304

P0305

P0306

P0307

P0308

P0325

P0330

P0335

P0340

P0720

P0725

P0731

P0732

P0733

P0734

P0740

P0744

P0745

P0750

P0755

P1105

P1110

1008

0903

0704

0715

0104

0205

0203

0504

0301

1101

1208

0302

0306

0702

0703

0705

0605

0604

0603

0602

0601

0304

0212

0802

0101

1102

1207

1103

1104

1105

1106

1204

1107

1205

1108

1201

1302

0805

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

X

X

X

X

X

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

X

X

X

X

X

X

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

X

—

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X*3

X*3

X*3

X*3

X*3

X*3

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

EC-281

EC-290

EC-295

EC-295

EC-298

EC-309

EC-315

EC-320

EC-326

EC-335

EC-340

EC-346

EC-352

EC-355

AT-81

AT-85

EC-262

EC-262

EC-262

EC-262

EC-262

EC-267

EC-267

EC-270

EC-275

AT-89

AT-92

AT-95

AT-100

AT-104

AT-108

AT-114

AT-118

AT-125

AT-129

AT-133

EC-358

EC-367

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX





EC-61



(Cont’d)

X: Applicable

—: Not applicable

DTC*4

Items


TP SEN2/CIRCUIT

CONSULT-II

GST*2

P1120

ECM*1

0406

SRT code

—

Test value/

Test limit

(GST only)

—

1st trip DTC*4

X

Reference page

EC-375

MOT THRT SEN/CT

INT/V TIM CONT-B2

INTK TIM S/CIRC-B1

INTK TIM S/CIRC-B2

CLOSED LOOP-B1

CLOSED LOOP-B2

TACM SW SIGNALS

FPCM/CIRCUIT

IGN SIGNAL-PRIMARY

CKP SENSOR (COG)

EGRC SOLENOID/V

EGR TEMP SEN/CIRC

EGR SYSTEM

EVAP SMALL LEAK

PURG VOLUME CONT/V

VENT CONTROL VALVE

EVAP PURG FLOW/MON

VENT CONTROL VALVE

VC/V BYPASS/V

VC CUT/V BYPASS/V

PURG CONT S/V

PURG CONT/V & S/V

A/T DIAG COMM LINE

TP SEN/CIRC A/T

P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT

O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC

—

—

—

—

—

—

X

—

—

—

—

X

X

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

X

—

—

—

—

X

X

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

0214

0215

0111

0309

0801

0311

0807

0312

0905

1005

0305

0514

0213

0804

1206

1003

1203

0110

1301

1303

1304

0307

0308

0106

1305

0201

P1336

P1400

P1401

P1402

P1440

P1444

P1446

P1447

P1448

P1490

P1491

P1492

P1493

P1605

P1705

P1706

P1760

P1125

P1135

P1140

P1145

P1148

P1168

P1210

P1220

P1320

X

X

X

X

X

X

X*3

X

X

X

X

X*3

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

EC-407

EC-412

EC-417

EC-423

EC-432

EC-444

EC-452

EC-457

EC-464

EC-470

EC-475

EC-481

EC-487

EC-352

AT-137

EC-494

AT-143

EC-381

EC-367

EC-382

EC-382

EC-388

EC-388

EC-390

EC-393

EC-399





EC-62



(Cont’d)

HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION

How to erase DTC (With CONSULT-II)

Note: If the diagnostic trouble code is not for A/T related items (see EC-4), skip steps 2 through 4.

1. If the ignition switch stays “ON” after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch “OFF” once. Wait at least

5 seconds and then turn it “ON” (engine stopped) again.

2. Turn CONSULT-II “ON” and touch “A/T”.

3. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.

4. Touch “ERASE”. [The DTC in the TCM (Transmission Control Module) will be erased.] And touch “BACK” twice.

5. Touch “ENGINE”.

6. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.

7. Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)

I

If DTCs are displayed for both ECM and TCM (Transmission Control Module), they need to be erased individually for both ECM and TCM (Transmission Control Module).

GI

MA

EM

LC

RS

BT

HA

SEF823YE

EL

The emission-related diagnostic information can be erased by selecting “ERASE” in the “SELF-DIAG

RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.

IDX

How to erase DTC (With GST)

Note: If the diagnostic trouble code is not for A/T related items (see page EC-4), skip step 2.


5 seconds and then turn it “ON” (engine stopped) again.

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

EC-63



(Cont’d)

2. Perform “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-II)” in AT section titled “TROUBLE

DIAGNOSIS”, “Self-diagnosis”. (The engine warm-up step can be skipped when performing the diagnosis only to erase the DTC.)

3. Select Mode 4 with GST (Generic Scan Tool).

How to erase DTC (No Tools)

Note: If the diagnostic trouble code is not for A/T related items (see EC-4), skip step 2.


5 seconds and then turn it “ON” again.

2. Perform “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-II)” in AT section titled “TROUBLE

DIAGNOSIS”, “Self-diagnosis”. (The engine warm-up step can be skipped when performing the diagnosis only to erase the DTC.)

3. Change the diagnostic test mode from Mode II to Mode I by turning the mode selector on the ECM. (See

EC-66.)

NOTE:

I

If the battery terminal is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost within 24 hours.

I Erasing the emission-related diagnostic information, using CONSULT-II or GST is easier and quicker than switching the mode selector on the ECM.

The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.

1. Diagnostic trouble codes

2. 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes

3. Freeze frame data

4. 1st trip freeze frame data

5. System readiness test (SRT) codes

6. Test values

7. Others

Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.

EC-64


SEF217U

Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)

The malfunction indicator lamp is located on the instrument panel.

1.

The malfunction indicator lamp will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON without the engine running. This is a bulb check.

I

If the malfunction indicator lamp does not light up, refer to EL

section WARNING LAMPS or see EC-535.

2.

When the engine is started, the malfunction indicator lamp should go off.

If the lamp remains on, the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine system malfunction.

GI

MA

EM

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM FUNCTION

The on board diagnostic system has the following four functions.

LC

Diagnostic Test Mode I

1. BULB CHECK

2. MALFUNCTION

WARNING

: This function checks the bulb for damage (blown, open circuit, etc.) of the malfunction indicator lamp.

If the MIL does not come on, check MIL circuit and ECM test mode.

(See next page.)

: This is a usual driving condition. When a malfunction is detected twice in two consecutive driving cycles (2 trip detection logic), the MIL will light up to inform the driver that a malfunction has been detected.

The following malfunctions will light up or blink the MIL in the 1st trip.

I “Misfire (possible three way catalyst damage)”

I

“Closed loop control”

I

Fail-safe mode

Diagnostic Test Mode II

3. SELF-DIAGNOSTIC

RESULTS

4. HEATED OXYGEN

SENSORS 1 MONI-

TOR (FRONT)

: This function allows DTCs and 1st trip DTCs to be read.

: This function allows the fuel mixture condition (lean or rich), monitored by heated oxygen sensors 1 monitor (front), to be read.

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

MIL Flashing without DTC

If the ECM is in Diagnostic Test Mode II, the MIL may flash when the engine is running. In this case, check

ECM test mode selector following “HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODES” on next page.

How to switch the diagnostic test (function) modes and details of the above functions are described later. (See

page EC-66.)

ST

RS

Condition

Diagnostic

Test Mode I

Diagnostic

Test Mode II

BT

Engine stopped

BULB CHECK

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC

RESULTS

HA

Ignition switch in “ON” position

Engine running

MALFUNCTION

WARNING

HEATED OXYGEN

SENSOR 1 MONI-

TOR (FRONT)

EL

IDX

EC-65


Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) (Cont’d)

HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODES

Turn ignition switch

“ON”. (Do not start engine.)

E

Check MIL circuit. (See

EC-535.)

NG

E Repair harness or connector

Yes

H

OK

Check whether ECM test mode selector can be turned counterclockwise.

No

E Repair or replace ECM test mode selector.

E

H

Mode I — MALFUNCTION INDICA-

TOR LAMP CHECK. Refer to EC-65.

MIL should come on.

NG

F E

G

Start engine.

E

Diagnostic Test Mode I

— MALFUNCTION WARNING

H

OK

NG

NG

E Repair harness or connectors.

OK

E Check MIL circuit. (See

EC-535.)

E

Diagnostic Test Mode II*1

— HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 MONI-

TOR (FRONT) (B1)

(Turn diagnostic test mode selector on ECM fully clockwise.)

MIL should come off.

OK

H

Check ECM fail-safe. (See

EC-98.)

H

Turn diagnostic test mode selector on ECM fully clockwise.

OK

H

OK

Wait at least 2 seconds.

F F

H


H

H

Turn diagnostic test mode selector on ECM fully counterclockwise.

H

Diagnostic Test Mode II

— HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 MONI-

TOR (FRONT) (B2)

(Turn diagnostic test mode selector fully counterclockwise.)

H

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II

— SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

H

(ERASING ECM

MEMORY.)

E G

Start engine.

H

Turn diagnostic test mode selector on ECM fully clockwise.

H


H


H

If the selector is turned fully counterclockwise at this time, the emission-related diagnostic information will be erased from the backup memory in the ECM.

H

Turn diagnostic test mode selector on ECM fully counterclockwise.

*1: If the battery is weak, heated oxygen sensors 1 monitor (front) may not function properly. Use this function after fully charging battery.

The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.






6. Test values

7. Others

I Switching the modes is not possible when the engine is running.

I When ignition switch is turned off during diagnosis, power to ECM will drop after approx. 5 seconds.

The diagnosis will automatically return to Diagnostic Test

Mode I.

I

Turn back diagnostic test mode selector to the fully counterclockwise position whenever vehicle is in use.

EC-66



DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I—BULB CHECK

In this mode, the MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP on the instrument panel should stay ON. If it remains

OFF, check the bulb. (See the WARNING LAMPS in the EL section. Or see EC-535.)

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I—MALFUNCTION WARNING

GI

MALFUNCTION

INDICATOR LAMP

ON

Condition

When the malfunction is detected or the ECM’s CPU is malfunctioning.

OFF No malfunction

I These Diagnostic Trouble Code Numbers are clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC

RESULTS).

MA

EM

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II—SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

In this mode, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MALFUNCTION INDI-

CATOR LAMP as shown below.

The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MIL does not illuminate in diagnostic test mode 1 (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTC’s. If only one code is displayed when the

MIL illuminates in diagnostic test mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS), it is a DTC; if two or more codes are displayed, they may be either DTC’s or 1st trip DTC’s. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These unidentified codes can be identified by using the consult or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to read a code.

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

SEF298Q

BR

ST

RS

BT

SEF162PA

Long (0.6 second) blinking indicates the two LH digits of number and short (0.3 second) blinking indicates the two RH digits of number. For example, the malfunction indicator lamp blinks 10 times for 6 seconds (0.6 sec x 10 times) and then it blinks three times for about 1 second (0.3 sec x 3 times). This indicates the DTC “1003” and refers to the malfunction of the park/neutral position switch.

In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their diagnostic trouble code numbers. The DTC

“0505” refers to no malfunction. (See DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE INDEX, refer to page EC-4.)

HA

EL

IDX

HOW TO ERASE DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II (Self-diagnostic results)

The diagnostic trouble code can be erased from the backup memory in the ECM when the diagnostic test mode is changed from Diagnostic Test Mode II to Diagnostic Test Mode I. (Refer to “HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOS-

TIC TEST MODES”.)

I If the battery terminal is disconnected, the diagnostic trouble code will be lost from the backup memory within 24 hours.

I

Be careful not to erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses.

EC-67



DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II—HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 MONITOR (FRONT)

In this mode, the MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP displays the condition of the fuel mixture (lean or rich) which is monitored by the heated oxygen sensors 1 (front).

MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP Fuel mixture condition in the exhaust gas

Air fuel ratio feedback control condition

ON

OFF

*Remains ON or OFF

*: Maintains conditions just before switching to open loop.

Lean

Rich

Any condition

Closed loop control

Open loop control

To check the heated oxygen sensors 1 (front) function, start engine in the Diagnostic Test Mode II and warm it up until engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of the gauge.

Next run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load conditions. Then make sure that the

MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP comes ON more than 5 times every 10 seconds when measured at 2,000 rpm under no-load.

If the battery is weak, heated oxygen sensors 1 monitor (front) may not function properly. Use this function after fully charging battery.

How to switch monitored sensor from left bank to right bank or vice versa

I

The following procedure should be performed while the engine is running.

1. Turn diagnostic test mode selector on ECM fully clockwise.

2. Wait at least 2 seconds.

3. Turn diagnostic test mode selector on ECM fully counterclockwise.

SEF134M

EC-68


SEF543X


IVIS (Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System — NATS)

I

If the security indicator lights up with the ignition switch in the “ON” position or “NATS MALFUNCTION” is displayed on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” screen, perform selfdiagnostic results mode with CONSULT-II using NATS program card. Refer to “IVIS (Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System — NATS” in EL section.

I

Confirm no self-diagnostic results of NATS is displayed before touching “ERASE” in “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.

I

When replacing ECM, initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs must be carried out with CONSULT-II using NATS program card.

Therefore, be sure to receive all keys from vehicle owner.

Regarding the procedures of NATS initialization and NATS ignition key ID registration, refer to CONSULT-II operation manual, NATS.

GI

MA

EM

LC

OBD System Operation Chart

RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS

I When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are stored in the ECM memory.

I

When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on. For details, refer to “Two Trip Detection Logic” on

EC-49.

I The MIL will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 times with no malfunction. The drive is counted only when the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs while counting, the counter will reset.

I

The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A) without the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel injection system). For Misfire and Fuel

Injection System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times (driving pattern C) without the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” IN “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CONSULT-II will count the number of times the vehicle is driven.

I

The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in “OK” for the 2nd trip.

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

SUMMARY CHART

MIL (goes off)

Items

DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no display)

1st Trip DTC (clear)

Fuel Injection System

3 (pattern B)

80 (pattern C)

Misfire

3 (pattern B)

80 (pattern C)

1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern C), *1

1st Trip Freeze Frame Data

(clear)

*1, *2 *1, *2

For details about patterns “B” and “C” under “Fuel Injection System” and “Misfire”, see EC-71.

For details about patterns “A” and “B” under “Other”, see EC-71.

*1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected.

*2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip.

Other

3 (pattern B)

40 (pattern A)

1 (pattern B)

1 (pattern B)

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-69


OBD System Operation Chart (Cont’d)

RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS FOR

“MISFIRE” <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”

*1: When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, MIL will light up.

*2: MIL will go off after vehicle is driven 3 times (pattern B) without any malfunctions.

*3: When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored in

ECM.

*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data will not be displayed any longer after vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) without the same malfunction.

(The DTC and the freeze frame data still remain in ECM.)

EC-70

SEF392S

*5: When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data will be stored in ECM.

*6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data will be cleared at the moment OK is detected.

*7: When the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip, the

1st trip freeze frame data will be cleared.

*8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when vehicle is driven a time

(pattern C) without the same malfunction after DTC is stored in ECM.



EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY

DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”

<Driving pattern B>

Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:

All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.

I The B counter will reset when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.

I

The B counter will count up times driving pattern B is satisfied without the malfunction.

I

The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3. (*2 in “OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART”)

<Driving pattern C>

Driving pattern C means the vehicle operation as follows:

(1) The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:

Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ±375 rpm

Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (1±0.1) [%]

Engine coolant temperature (T) condition:

I

When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), “T” should be lower than 70°C (158°F).

I

When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), “T” should be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F).

Example:

If the stored freeze frame data is as follows:

Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F)

To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions:

Engine speed: 475 - 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 - 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than 70°C (158°F)

I

The C counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1).

I

The C counter will be counted up when (1) is satisfied without the same malfunction.

I

The DTC will not be displayed after C counter reaches 80.

I The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted a time without the same malfunction after DTC is stored in ECM.

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

RA

BR

ST

EC-71



RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR

“MISFIRE” <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”

*1: When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, MIL will light up.

*2: MIL will go off after vehicle is driven 3 times (pattern B) without any malfunctions.

*3: When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored in

ECM.

*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data will not be displayed any longer after vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A) without the same malfunction.

(The DTC and the freeze frame data still remain in ECM.)

SEF393S

*5: When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data will be stored in ECM.

*6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after vehicle is driven a time

(pattern A) without the same malfunction.

*7: When the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip, the

1st trip freeze frame data will be cleared.

EC-72


EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY

DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”

<Driving pattern A>


GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

AEC574

I

The A counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4).

I The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction.

I The DTC will not be displayed after the A counter reaches 40.

<Driving pattern B>

Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:

All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.

I The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.

I The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunctions.

I

The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3 (*2 in “OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART”).

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-73


CONSULT-II

CONSULT-II INSPECTION PROCEDURE

1.

Turn off ignition switch.

2.

Connect “CONSULT-II” to data link connector which is located beside the hood lock release handle.

SEF046TA

3.

Turn on ignition switch.

4.

Touch “START”.

PBR455D

5.

Touch “ENGINE”.

PEF895K

6.

Perform each diagnostic test mode according to each service procedure.

For further information, see the CONSULT-II Operation

Manual.

SEF824Y

EC-74


CONSULT-II (Cont’d)

ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION

INPUT

Item





Heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear)



Fuel tank temperature sensor


Absolute pressure sensor



Crankshaft position sensor (OBD)

Knock sensor

Ignition switch (start signal)


Closed throttle position switch (throttle position sensor signal)


Park/Neutral position switch



Battery voltage

Ambient air temperature switch

Injectors

WORK

SUP-

PORT

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC

RESULTS*1

FREEZE

FRAME

DATA*2

DATA

MONITOR

ACTIVE

TEST

X

X X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

DTC & SRT

CONFIRMATION

SRT STA-

TUS

DTC

WORK

SUPPORT

X

X

X

X

OUTPUT

Power transistor (Ignition timing)

IACV-AAC valve



Fuel pump relay

EGRC-solenoid valve






MAP/BARO switch solenoid valve

Calculated load value

X

X

X

(Ignition signal)

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X: Applicable

*1: This item includes 1st trip DTCs.

*2: This mode includes 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data. The items appear on CONSULT-II screen in freeze frame

data mode only if a 1st trip DTC or DTC is detected. For details, refer to EC-51.

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-75



FUNCTION

Diagnostic test mode

Work support

Self-diagnostic results

Data monitor

Active test

DTC & SRT confirmation

ECM part numbers

Function

This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the indications on the CONSULT-II unit.

Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data can be read and erased quickly.*1

Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.

Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-II drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also shifts some parameters in a specified range.

The status of system monitoring tests and the selfdiagnosis status/result can be confirmed.

ECM part numbers can be read.

*1 The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.






6. Test values

7. Others

WORK SUPPORT MODE

WORK ITEM

TP SW/TP SEN IDLE POSI ADJ

IACV-AAC/V ADJ

FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE

SELF-LEARNING CONT

EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE

CONDITION

I FOLLOW THE BASIC INSPECTION IN THE SERVICE

MANUAL.

When adjusting the idle throttle position.

USAGE

SET ENGINE SPEED AT THE SPECIFIED VALUE UNDER THE

FOLLOWING CONDITIONS.

I ENGINE WARMED UP

I

NO-LOAD

I FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING “START” DURING

IDLING.

CRANK A FEW TIMES AFTER ENGINE STALLS.

I

THE COEFFICIENT OF SELF-LEARNING CONTROL MIXTURE

RATIO RETURNS TO THE ORIGINAL COEFFICIENT.

When adjusting ignition timing and idle speed

When releasing fuel pressure from fuel line

When releasing fuel pressure from fuel line

OPEN THE VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE AND CLOSE

THE EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE IN ORDER TO

MAKE THE EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE UNDER THE FOLLOWING

CONDITIONS.

I

IGN SW “ON”

I

ENGINE NOT RUNNING

I

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS ABOVE 0°C (32°F).

I NO VACUUM AND NO HIGH PRESSURE IN EVAP SYSTEM

I FUEL TANK TEMP. IS MORE THAN 0°C (32°F).

I

WITHIN 10 MINUTES AFTER STARTING “EVAP SYSTEM

CLOSE”

I

WHEN TRYING TO EXECUTE “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE”

UNDER THE CONDITION EXCEPT ABOVE, CONSULT-II WILL

DISCONTINUE IT AND DISPLAY APPROPRIATE INSTRUC-

TION.

NOTE:

WHEN STARTING ENGINE, CONSULT-II MAY DISPLAY “BAT-

TERY VOLTAGE IS LOW. CHARGE BATTERY”, EVEN IN

USING CHARGED BATTERY.

When detecting EVAP vapor leak point of EVAP system

EC-76



SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

DTC and 1st trip DTC

Regarding items of “DTC and 1st trip DTC”, refer to “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE INDEX” (See

EC-4.).

GI

Freeze frame data and 1st trip freeze frame data

MA

Freeze frame data item*1

DIAG TROUBLE

CODE

[PXXXX]

I

Engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as “PXXXX”. [Refer to

“Alphabetical & P No. Index for DTC (EC-4).]

Description

FUEL SYS-B1*2

FUEL SYS-B2*2

I

“Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.

I

One mode in the following is displayed.

“MODE 2”: Open loop due to detected system malfunction

“MODE 3”: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enrichment)

“MODE 4”: Closed loop - using heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) as feedback for fuel control

“MODE 5”: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop

I

The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.

CAL/LD VALUE [%]

COOLANT TEMP

[°C] or [°F]

I

The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.

S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%]

S-FUEL TRM-B2 [%]

L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%]

L-FUEL TRM-B2 [%]

I

“Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.

I

The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule.

I

“Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.

I

The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule than short-term fuel trim.

ENGINE SPEED

[rpm]

VEHICL SPEED

[km/h] or [mph]

ABSOL PRESS [kPa] or [kg/cm 2 ] or [psi]

I

I

I

The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.

The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.

The absolute pressure at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.

B/FUEL SCHDL

[msec]

INT/A TEMP SE [°C] or [°F]

I

I

The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.

The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.

*1: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.

*2: Regarding model Y33, “B1” indicates left bank and “B2” indicates right bank.

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-77



DATA MONITOR MODE

Monitored item

[Unit]

CMPS

⋅

RPM

(POS) [rpm]

MAS AIR/FL SE [V]

B/FUEL SCHDL

[msec]

A/F ALPHA-B1 [%]

A/F ALPHA-B2 [%]

COOLAN TEMP/S

[°C] or [°F]

HO2S1 (B1) [V]

HO2S1 (B2) [V]

HO2S2 (B1) [V]

HO2S2 (B2) [V]

HO2S1 MNTR (B1)

[RICH/LEAN]

HO2S1 MNTR (B2)

[RICH/LEAN]

HO2S2 MNTR (B1)

[RICH/LEAN]

HO2S2 MNTR (B2)

[RICH/LEAN]

VHCL SPEED SE

[km/h] or [mph]

BATTERY VOLT [V]

THRTL POS SEN [V]

THRTL/P SEN2 [V]

FUEL T/TMP SE [°C] or [°F]

ECM input signals

Main signals

Description q q I

Indicates the engine speed computed from the POS signal (1° signal) of the crankshaft position sensor (POS).

q q

I

The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor is displayed.

q

I

“Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel injection pulse width programmed into

ECM, prior to any learned on board correction.

q

I

The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle is indiq cated.

q q

I

The engine coolant temperature (determined by the signal voltage of the engine coolant temperature sensor) is displayed.

Remarks

I

When the engine is stopped, a certain value is indicated.

I


I

This data also includes the data for the air-fuel ratio learning control.

I

When the engine coolant temperature sensor is open or short-circuited, ECM enters fail-safe mode. The engine coolant temperature determined by the ECM is displayed.

q q

I

The signal voltage of the heated oxygen sensors 1 (front) is displayed.

q q q q

I

The signal voltage of the heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) is displayed.

q q q q q q

I

Display of heated oxygen sensors 1

(front) signal during air-fuel ratio feedback control:

RICH ... means the mixture became

“rich”, and control is being affected toward a leaner mixture.

LEAN ... means the mixture became

“lean”, and control is being affected toward a rich mixture.

q q q

I

Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) signal during air-fuel ratio feedback control:

RICH ... means the amount of oxygen after three way catalyst is relatively large.

LEAN ... means the amount of oxygen after three way catalyst is relatively small.

q q

I

The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle speed sensor signal is displayed.

q q

I

The power supply voltage of ECM is displayed.

q q I

The throttle position sensor signal voltage is displayed.

q I

Secondary throttle position sensor signal voltage is displayed.

q I

The fuel tank temperature judged from the tank fuel temperature sensor signal voltage is displayed.

I

After turning ON the ignition switch,

“RICH” is displayed until air-fuel mixture ratio feedback control begins.

I

When the air-fuel ratio feedback is clamped, the value just before the clamping is displayed continuously.

I


NOTE:

Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.

Regarding Y33 model, “B1” indicates left bank and “B2” indicates right bank.

EC-78



Monitored item

[Unit]

EGR TEMP SEN [V]

INT/A TEMP SE [°C] or [°F]

START SIGNAL

[ON/OFF]

CLSD THL POS

[ON/OFF]

CLSD THL/P SW

[ON/OFF]

AIR COND SIG

[ON/OFF]

P/N POSI SW

[ON/OFF]

PW/ST SIGNAL

[ON/OFF]

LOAD SIGNAL

[ON/OFF]

AMB TEMP SW

[ON/OFF]

IGNITION SW

[ON/OFF]

A/C PRESS SW

[ON/OFF]

INJ PULSE-B1 [msec]

INJ PULSE-B2 [msec]

ECM input signals q

Main signals

Description

I

The signal voltage of the EGR temperature sensor is displayed.

q q q q

I

The intake air temperature determined by the signal voltage of the intake air tem-

I perature sensor is indicated.

Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the starter signal.

q q I

Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] computed by ECM according to the throttle position sensor signal.

q q q q q

I

Indicates mechanical contact [ON/OFF] condition from the closed throttle position switch signal.

I

Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air conditioner switch as determined by the air conditioner signal.

I

Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the park/neutral position switch signal.

q q q q q

I

[ON/OFF] condition of the power steering oil pressure switch determined by the power steering oil pressure signal is indicated.

I

Indicate [ON/OFF] condition from the electrical load signal and/or lighting switch.

ON ... rear defogger is operating.

OFF ... rear defogger is not operating.

I

Indicate [ON/OFF] condition from the ambient temperature signal.

ON ... When the ambient temperature is lower than specified value.

OFF ... When the ambient temperature is higher than specified value.

I

Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ignition switch.

Remarks

I

After starting the engine, [OFF] is displayed regardless of the starter signal.

q

I

Indicate [ON/OFF] condition of air conditioner pressure switch signal.

ON ... A/C pressure is higher than specified value.

OFF ... A/C pressure is lower than specified value.

I

Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse width compensated by ECM according to the input signals.

I

When the engine is stopped, a certain computed value is indicated.

IGN TIMING [BTDC]

IACV-AAC/V [step]

PURG VOL C/V [step]

EVAP SYS PRES [V]

AIR COND RLY

[ON/OFF] q q q

I

Indicates the ignition timing computed by

ECM according to the input signals.

I

Indicates the IACV-AAC valve control value computed by ECM according to the input signals.

I

Indicates the EVAP canister purge volume control valve computed by the ECM according to the input signals.

I

The opening becomes larger as the value increases.

I

The signal voltage of EVAP control system pressure sensor is displayed.

I

The air conditioner relay control condition

(determined by ECM according to the input signal) is indicated.

I


EC-79

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

Monitored item

[Unit]

FUEL PUMP RLY

[ON/OFF]

INT/V SOL-B1

INT/V SOL-B2

[ON/OFF]

INT/V TIM-B1

INT/V TIM-B2

[deg]

COOLING FAN

[HI/OFF]

EGRC SOL/V

[ON/OFF] (flow/cut)

VENT CONT/V

[ON/OFF]

HO2S1 HTR (B1)

[ON/OFF]

HO2S1 HTR (B2)

[ON/OFF]

HO2S2 HTR (B1)

[ON/OFF]

HO2S2 HTR (B2)

[ON/OFF]

VC/V BYPASS/V

[ON/OFF]

PURG CONT S/V

[ON/OFF]

CAL/LD VALUE [%]

ABSOL TH

⋅

P/S [%]

MASS AIRFLOW

[g

⋅ m/s]

FPCM DR VOLT [V]



ECM input signals

Main signals

Description

I

Indicates the fuel pump relay control condition determined by ECM according to the input signals.

I

The control condition of the intake valve timing control solenoid valve is indicated.

ON ... Intake valve timing control is operating.

OFF ... Intake valve timing control is not operating.

I

Indicate [deg] of intake camshaft advanced angle.

Remarks

I

The control condition of the cooling fan

(determined by ECM according to the input signal) is indicated.

HI ... High speed operation

OFF ... Stop

I

The control condition of the EGRC-solenoid valve (determined by ECM according to the input signal) is indicated.

I

OFF ... EGR is cut-off

ON ... EGR is operational

I

The control condition of the EVAP canister vent control valve (determined by

ECM according to the input signal) is indicated.

I ON ... Closed

OFF ... Open

I

Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated oxygen sensors 1 (front)’s heater determined by ECM according to the input signals.

I

Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear)’s heater determined by ECM according to the input signals.

I

The control condition of the vacuum cut valve bypass valve (determined by ECM according to the input signal) is indicated.

I

ON ... Open

OFF ... Closed

I

The control condition of the EVAP canister purge control solenoid valve (computed by the engine control module according to the input signals) is indicated.

I

ON ... Canister purge is operational

OFF ... Canister purge operation is cutoff

I

“Calculated load value” indicates the value of the current airflow divided by peak airflow.

I

“Absolute throttle position sensor” indicates the throttle opening computed by

ECM according to the signal voltage of the throttle position sensor.

I

Indicates the mass airflow computed by

ECM according to the signal voltage of the mass airflow sensor.

I

The voltage between fuel pump and

FPCM is displayed.

EC-80

Monitored item

[Unit]

FPCM [LOW/HI]

MAP/BARO SW/V

[MAP/BARO]

ABSOL PRES/SE [V]



ECM input signals

Main signals q

Description

I

The control condition of the fuel pump control module (FPCM) (determined by


LOW ... Low amount of fuel flow

HI ... High amount of fuel flow

I

The control condition of the MAP/BARO switch solenoid valve (determined by


MAP ... Intake manifold absolute pressure

BARO ... Barometric pressure

I

The signal voltage of the absolute pressure sensor is displayed.

I

Voltage measured by the voltage probe.

Remarks

VOLTAGE

[V]

Frequency

[msec] or [Hz] or [%]

I

Pulse width, frequency or duty cycle measured by the pulse probe.

I

Only “#” is displayed if item is unable to be measured.

I

Figures with “#”s are temporary ones.

They are the same figures as an actual piece of data which was just previously measured.

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

EC-81



ACTIVE TEST MODE

TEST ITEM

FUEL INJECTION

IGNITION TIMING

IACV-AAC/V

OPENING

POWER BALANCE

COOLING FAN

ENG COOLANT

TEMP

FUEL PUMP RELAY

EGRC SOLENOID

VALVE

VALVE TIMING SOL

CONDITION

I

Engine: Return to the original trouble condition

I Change the amount of fuel injection using CONSULT-II.

I


I Timing light: Set

I Retard the ignition timing using

CONSULT-II.

I

Engine: After warming up, idle the engine.

I Change the IACV-AAC valve opening step using CONSULT-II.

I

Engine: After warming up, idle the engine.

I A/C switch “OFF”

I

Shift lever “N”

I

Cut off each injector signal one at a time using CONSULT-II.

I Ignition switch: ON

I Turn the cooling fan “ON” and “OFF” using CONSULT-II.

I


I Change the engine coolant temperature using CONSULT-II.

I

Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped)

I

Turn the fuel pump relay “ON” and

“OFF” using CONSULT-II and listen to operating sound.


I

Turn solenoid valve “ON” and “OFF” with CONSULT-II and listen to operating sound.


I

Turn solenoid valve “ON” and “OFF” with CONSULT-II and listen to operating sound.

If trouble symptom disappears, see

CHECK ITEM.

Fuel pump relay makes the operating sound.

Solenoid valve makes an operating sound.


JUDGEMENT


CHECK ITEM.

Engine speed changes according to the opening percent.

Engine runs rough or dies.

Cooling fan moves and stops.


CHECK ITEM.

PURG VOL CONT/V

I Engine: After warming up, run engine at 1,500 rpm.

I

Change the EVAP canister purge volume control valve opening step using CONSULT-II.

Engine speed changes according to the opening step.

FUEL/T TEMP SEN I Change the fuel tank temperature using CONSULT-II.

VENT CONTROL/V

I Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped)

I

Turn the VENT CONT/V “ON and

OFF” with CONSULT-II and listen for operating sound.


PURG CONT S/V

I

I

Engine: Run engine at 2,000 rpm.

Turn the EVAP canister purge control solenoid valve “ON” and “OFF” using

CONSULT-II and listen for operating sound.

EVAP canister purge control solenoid valve makes an operating sound.

Check vacuum signal for EVAP canister purge control valve.

VC ON ... Vacuum exists.

VC OFF ... Vacuum does not exist.

MAP/BARO SW/V

FPCM

VC/V BYPASS/V

I

Ignition switch: ON

(Engine stopped)

I Turn the MAP/BARO switch solenoid valve between “MAP” and “BARO” using CONSULT-II and listen for operating sound.


I Select “LOW” and “HI” with

CONSULT-II and check that “FPCM

D/R VOLT” of CONSULT-II changes.

I


I Turn the VC/V BYPASS/V “ON and

OFF” with CONSULT-II and listen for operating sound.

MAP/BARO switch solenoid valve makes an operating sound.

“FPCM D/R VOLT” of CONSULT-II changes as follows;

LOW ... Approx. 4.7V

HI ... Approx. 0.4V


CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)

I Harness and connector

I

Fuel injectors

I


I

Adjust ignition timing (by moving camshaft position sensor)

I

Harness and connector

I IACV-AAC valve


I

Compression

I

Injectors

I Ignition coil with power transistor

I Spark plugs

I


I

Cooling fan motor


I


I

Fuel injectors

I


I Fuel pump relay

I


I

EGRC-solenoid valve

I


I Intake valve timing control solenoid valve

I


I


I

Harness or connector

I


I


I


I Vacuum hose


I



I

FPCM

I Harness or connector

I

Vacuum cut bypass valve

EC-82



DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE

SRT STATUS mode

For details, refer to “SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE”, EC-51.

SRT WORK SUPPORT mode

This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status.

DTC WORK SUPPORT mode

Test mode

EVAPORATIVE

SYSTEM

HO2S1

HO2S2

EGR SYSTEM

Test item

EVAP SML LEAK P0440

EVAP SML LEAK P1440

PURG VOL CN/V P1444

PURGE FLOW P1447

VC CUT/V BP/V P1491

PURG CN/V & S/V P1493

HO2S1 (B1) P0130

HO2S1 (B1) P0131

HO2S1 (B1) P0132

HO2S1 (B1) P0133

HO2S1 (B2) P0150

HO2S1 (B2) P0151

HO2S1 (B2) P0152

HO2S1 (B2) P0153

HO2S2 (B1) P0137

HO2S2 (B1) P0138

HO2S2 (B1) P0139

HO2S2 (B2) P0157

HO2S2 (B2) P0158

HO2S2 (B2) P0159

EGR SYSTEM P0400

EGRC-BPT/VLV P0402

EGR SYSTEM P1402

Condition

Refer to corresponding trouble diagnosis for DTC.

Reference page

EC-298

EC-432

EC-444

EC-457

EC-475

EC-488

EC-166

EC-174

EC-180

EC-187

EC-166

EC-174

EC-180

EC-187

EC-210

EC-218

EC-226

EC-210

EC-218

EC-226

EC-281

EC-290

EC-423

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-83


DATA MONITOR

Recording Data...11%

CMPS-RPM (POS)

MAS AIR/FL SE

COOLAN TEMP/S

HO2S1 (B1)

VHCL SPEED SE

NO DTC

XXX rpm

XXX V

XXX ˚C

XXX V

XXX km/h

SEF974Z

SEF707X


REAL TIME DIAGNOSIS IN DATA MONITOR MODE

(Recording Vehicle Data)

CONSULT-II has two kinds of triggers and they can be selected by touching “SETTING” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.

1) “AUTO TRIG” (Automatic trigger):

I

The malfunction will be identified on the CONSULT-II screen inreal time.

In other words, DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will be displayed if the malfunction is detected by ECM.

At the moment a malfunction is detected by ECM, “MONITOR” in “DATA MONITOR” screen is changed to “Recording Data

...xx%” as shown at left, and the data after the malfunction detection is recorded. Then when the percentage reached

100%, “REAL-TIME DIAG” screen is displayed. If “STOP” is touched on the screen during “ Recording Data ... xx%”,

“REAL-TIME DIAG” screen is also displayed.

The recording time after the malfunction detection and the recording speed can be changed by “TRIGGER POINT” and

“Recording Speed”. Refer to CONSULT-II OPERATION

MANUAL.

2) “MANU TRIG” (Manual trigger):

I

DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will not be displayed automatically on CONSULT-II screen even though a malfunction is detected by ECM.

DATA MONITOR can be performed continuously even though a malfunction is detected.

Use these triggers as follows:

1) “AUTO TRIG”

I

While trying to detect the DTC/1st trip DTC by performing the

“DTC Confirmation Procedure”, be sure to select to “DATA

MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” mode. You can confirm the malfunction at the moment it is detected.

I

While narrowing down the possible causes, CONSULT-II should be set in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” mode, especially in case the incident is intermittent.

When you are inspecting the circuit by gently shaking (or twisting) the suspicious connectors, components and harness in the “DTC Confirmation Procedure”, the moment a malfunction is found the DTC/1st trip DTC will be displayed. (Refer to GI

Section, “Incident Simulation Tests”.)

2) “MANU TRIG”

I

If the malfunction is displayed as soon as “DATA MONITOR” is selected, reset CONSULT-II to “MANU TRIG”. By selecting

“MANU TRIG” you can monitor and store the data. The data can be utilized for further diagnosis, such as a comparison with the value for the normal operating condition.

EC-84



FE

AT

PD

SEF720X

FA

RA

BR

Generic Scan Tool (GST)

DESCRIPTION

Generic Scan Tool (OBDII scan tool) complying with SAE J1978 has 8 different functions explained on the next page.

ISO9141 is used as the protocol.

The name “GST” or “Generic Scan Tool” is used in this service manual.

ST

RS

BT

HA

SEF139P

GST INSPECTION PROCEDURE

1.

Turn off ignition switch.

2.

Connect “GST” to data link connector which is located under

LH dash panel near the hood lock release handle.

EL

IDX

GI

MA

EM

LC

SEF046TA

EC-85


Generic Scan Tool (GST) (Cont’d)

3.

Turn ON ignition switch.

4.

Enter the program according to instruction on the screen or in the operation manual.

(*: Regarding GST screens in this section, sample screens are shown.)

SEF398S

5.

Perform each diagnostic mode according to each service procedure.

For further information, see the GST Operation Manual of the tool maker.

FUNCTION

Diagnostic test mode

MODE 1 READINESS TESTS

MODE 2

MODE 3

(FREEZE DATA)

DTCs

SEF416S

MODE 4

MODE 6

MODE 7

MODE 8

MODE 9

CLEAR DIAG INFO

(ON BOARD TESTS)

(ON BOARD TESTS)

—

(CALIBRATION ID)

Function

This mode gains access to current emission-related data values, including analog inputs and outputs, digital inputs and outputs, and system status information.

This mode gains access to emission-related data value which were stored by ECM

during the freeze frame. [For details, refer to “Freeze Frame Data” (EC-77).]

This mode gains access to emission-related power train trouble codes which were stored by ECM.

This mode can clear all emission-related diagnostic information. This includes:

I

Clear number of diagnostic trouble codes (MODE 1)

I

Clear diagnostic trouble codes (MODE 3)

I

Clear trouble code for freeze frame data (MODE 1)

I

Clear freeze frame data (MODE 2)

I

Reset status of system monitoring test (MODE 1)

I

Clear on board monitoring test results (MODE 6 and 7)

This mode accesses the results of on board diagnostic monitoring tests of specific components/systems that are not continuously monitored.

This mode enables the off board test drive to obtain test results for emission-related powertrain components/systems that are continuously monitored during normal driving conditions.

This mode can close EVAP system in ignition switch “ON” position (Engine stopped).

When this mode is performed, the following parts can be opened or closed.

I

EVAP canister vent control open

I

Vacuum cut valve bypass valve closed

In the following conditions, this mode cannot function.

I

Low ambient temperature

I

Low battery voltage

I

Engine running

I

Ignition switch “OFF”

I Low fuel temperature

I

Too much pressure is applied to EVAP system

This mode enables the off-board test device to request specific vehicle information such as Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) and Calibration IDs.

EC-86

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — Introduction

MEF036D

SEF233G

Introduction

The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel control, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECM accepts input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators.

It is essential that both input and output signals are proper and stable. At the same time, it is important that there are no problems such as vacuum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other problems with the engine.

It is much more difficult to diagnose a problem that occurs intermittently rather than continuously. Most intermittent problems are caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case, careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replacement of good parts.

A visual check only may not find the cause of the problems. A road test with CONSULT-II (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should

be performed. Follow the “Work Flow” on EC-89.

Before undertaking actual checks, take just a few minutes to talk with a customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The customer can supply good information about such problems, especially intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under what conditions they occur. A “Diagnostic Worksheet” like the example below should be used.

Start your diagnosis by looking for “conventional” problems first.

This will help troubleshoot driveability problems on an electronically controlled engine vehicle.

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

SEF234G

SEF907L

Diagnostic Worksheet

There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunctions of engine components. A good knowledge of such conditions can make troubleshooting faster and more accurate.

In general, each customer may feel differently about a given problem. It is important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a customer complaint.

Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one shown below in order to organize all the information for troubleshooting.

Some conditions may cause the malfunction indicator lamp to come on steady or blink and DTC to be detected. Examples:

I

Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused engine misfire.

I Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere [for models with EVAP

(SMALL LEAK)] diagnosis.

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-87

WORKSHEET SAMPLE

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — Introduction

Diagnostic Worksheet (Cont’d)

Customer name MR/MS

Engine #

Incident Date

Fuel and fuel filler cap

Symptoms l

Startability l

Idling l

Driveability l

Engine stall

Incident occurrence

Frequency

Weather conditions

Weather

Temperature

Model & Year

Trans.

VIN

Mileage

Manuf. Date In Service Date l

Vehicle ran out of fuel causing misfire.

l

Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on.

l

Impossible to start l

No combustion l

Partial combustion l

Partial combustion affected by throttle position l

Partial combustion NOT affected by throttle position l

Possible but hard to start l

Others [ l

No fast idle l

Others [ l

Unstable l

High idle l

Stumble l

Intake backfire l

Others [ l

Surge l

Knock l

Exhaust backfire l

]

] l

Low idle

Lack of power l

At the time of start l

While accelerating l

Just after stopping l

While idling l

While decelerating l

While loading l

Just after delivery l

In the morning l

All the time l l

Recently

At night l

In the daytime l

Under certain conditions l

Sometimes l

Not affected l

Fine l l

Hot

Cold l

Raining l

Warm l l

Snowing

Cool l During warm-up l l

Cold l

Others [ l

After warm-up

Humid

Engine conditions

Engine speed

°F

Road conditions

Driving conditions

Malfunction indicator lamp l

In town l

In suburbs l

Highway l

Not affected l

At starting l

While idling l

While accelerating l

While decelerating l l l

At racing

While cruising

While turning (RH/LH) l

Off road (up/down)

Vehicle speed l

Turned on l

Not turned on

]

]

EC-88

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — Work Flow

Work Flow

CHECK IN

H

CHECK INCIDENT CONDITIONS.

Listen to customer complaints. (Get symptoms.)

H

CHECK DTC and FREEZE FRAME DATA.

Check and PRINT OUT (write down), (1st trip) Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) and

Freeze Frame Data (Pre-check). Then clear. Paste it in repair order sheet.

If DTC is not available even if MIL lights up, check ECM fail-safe. (Refer to EC-98.)

Also check related service bulletins for information.

Symptoms collected

H

Verify the symptom by driving in the condition the customer described.

No symptoms, except MIL lights up, or (1st trip)

DTC exists at STEP II.

Normal Code

(at STEP II)

Malfunction Code

(at STEP II)

H H

INCIDENT INFORMATION

Verify the (1st trip) DTC by performing the “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”.

................................................. STEP I

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

H

E

Choose the appropriate action.

Malfunction Code (at STEP II or IV)

H

Normal Code (at both STEP II and IV)

BASIC INSPECTION

...............................................................

E

SYMPTOM BASIS (at STEP I or III)

H

Perform inspections according to Symptom Matrix

Chart.

H H

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC PXXXX.

*4

...........................................

*2

STEP V

STEP VI

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

H

REPAIR/REPLACE

RS

H

NG FINAL CHECK

Confirm that the incident is completely fixed by performing BASIC INSPECTION and

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (or OVERALL FUNCTION CHECK).

Then, erase the unnecessary (already fixed) DTCs in ECM and TCM (Transmission

Control Module).

H

OK

CHECK OUT

If completion of SRT is needed, drive the vehicle

under the specific pattern. Refer to EC-56.

........................................... STEP VII

BT

HA

EL

*1: If the incident cannot be duplicated, see “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-117.

*2: If the on board diagnostic system cannot be performed, check main power supply and ground circuit (See TROUBLE

DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY, EC-118).

*3: If time data of “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” is other than “0” or “1t” refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR

INTERMITTENT”, EC-117.

*4: If the malfunction part cannot be found, refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-117.

IDX

EC-89

STEP

STEP I

STEP II

STEP III

STEP IV

STEP V

STEP VI

STEP VII

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — Work Flow

Description for Work Flow

DESCRIPTION

Get detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident/symptom occurred using the

“DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET”, EC-87.

Before confirming the concern, check and write down (print out using CONSULT-II or Generic Scan Tool) the Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) and the (1st trip) freeze frame data, then erase the code and the data. (Refer to

EC-63.) The (1st trip) DTC and the (1st trip) freeze frame data can be used when duplicating the incident at STEP

III & IV.

Study the relationship between the cause, specified by (1st trip) DTC, and the symptom described by the customer.

(The “Symptom Matrix Chart” will be useful. See page EC-99.)

Also check related service bulletins for information.

Try to confirm the symptom and under what conditions the incident occurs.

The “DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET” and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CON-

SULT-II to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis results.

If the incident cannot be verified, perform INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS. (Refer to GI section.)

If the malfunction code is detected, skip STEP IV and perform STEP V.

Try to detect the (1st trip) Diagnostic Trouble Code by driving in (or performing) the “DTC CONFIRMATION PRO-

CEDURE”. Check and read the (1st trip) DTC and (1st trip) freeze frame data by using CONSULT-II or Generic

Scan Tool.

During the (1st trip) DTC verification, be sure to connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO

TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis results.

If the incident cannot be verified, perform INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS. (Refer to GI section.)

In case the “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” is not available, perform the “OVERALL FUNCTION CHECK” instead. The (1st trip) DTC cannot be displayed by this check, however, this simplified “check” is an effective alternative.

The “NG” result of the “OVERALL FUNCTION CHECK” is the same as the (1st trip) DTC detection.

Take the appropriate action based on the results of STEP I through IV.

If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC PXXXX.

If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the BASIC INSPECTION on next page. Then perform inspections

according to the Symptom Matrix Chart. (Refer to EC-99.)

Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. Inspect the system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage using (tracing) “Harness Layouts”.

Gently shake the related connectors, components or wiring harness with CONSULT-II set in “DATA MONITOR

(AUTO TRIG)” mode.

Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CON-

SULT-II. Refer to EC-102.

The “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE” in EC section contains a description based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspection is also required for the circuit check in the DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE. For details, refer to GI section (“HOW TO PERFORM EFFICIENT DIAGNOSIS FOR AN ELECTRICAL INCIDENT”, “Circuit Inspection”).

Repair or replace the malfunction parts.

Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component, you need to run the engine in the same conditions and circumstances which resulted in the customer’s initial complaint.

Perform the “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” and confirm the normal code (Diagnostic trouble code No.

P0000 or 0505) is detected. If the incident is still detected in the final check, perform STEP VI by using a different method from the previous one.

Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) (1st trip) DTC in

ECM and TCM (Transmission Control Module). (Refer to EC-63.)

EC-90

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — Basic Inspection

Basic Inspection

Precaution:

Perform Basic Inspection without electrical or mechanical loads applied;

I Headlamp switch is OFF,

I

Air conditioner switch is OFF,

I

Rear window defogger switch is OFF,

I

Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.

GI

MA

EM

SEF142I

BEFORE STARTING

1. Check service records for recent repairs of related problems, or the current need for scheduled maintenance.

2. Open engine hood and check the following:

I Harness connectors for improper connections

I

Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks, or improper connections

I

Wiring for improper connections, pinches, or cuts

SEF046TA

H

CONNECT CONSULT-II TO THE

VEHICLE.

Connect “CONSULT-II” to the data link connector and select “ENGINE” from the

menu. (Refer to page EC-74.)

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

SEF960X

H

THROTTLE OPENER INSPECTION

1. Start engine and let it idle.

2. Confirm the throttle drum becomes free from the rod of the throttle opener.

OK

NG

E

Refer to “INSPECTION”,

“Throttle Opener”, EC-39.

SEF219U

H

CHECK FI CAM.

Warm up engine to normal operating temperature and make sure there is clearance between FI cam and roller (pin).

H

OK

NG

E

Check FI cam, refer to

EC-40.

(Go to next page.)

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-91


Basic Inspection (Cont’d)

SEF263Y

SEF212U

H

CHECK IGNITION TIMING.

1. Warm up engine to normal operating temperature.

2. Select “IACV-AAC/V ADJ” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.

3. Touch “START”.

4. Check ignition timing at idle using timing light.

Ignition timing:

15°±2° BTDC

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


NG

E

2. Stop engine and disconnect throttle position sensor harness connector.

3. Start engine.

4. Check ignition timing at idle using timing light.

Ignition timing:

15°±2° BTDC

Adjust ignition timing by turning camshaft position

sensor. Refer to EC-42.

OK

SEF043T

H

CHECK BASE IDLE SPEED.

1. Select “IACV-AAC/V ADJ” in

“WORK SUPPORT” mode.

2. When touching “START”, does engine speed fall to

600±50 rpm

(in “P” or “N” position)?

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Does engine run at

600±50 rpm

(in “P” or “N” position)?

NG

E

Adjust base idle speed by turning idle speed adjusting screw.

Refer to “Idle Speed/

Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture

Ratio Adjustment” in

EC-42.

OK

H q

(Go to next page.)

SEF263Y

SEF115T

EC-92



SEF793W

SEF975Z

SEF402W

H

CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION

SWITCH IDLE POSITION. (Check throttle position sensor idle position.)

I Always check ignition timing and base idle speed before performing the followings.


2. Check FI cam, refer to procedure .

3. Stop engine.

4. Remove the vacuum hose connected to the throttle opener.

5. Connect suitable vacuum hose to the vacuum pump and the throttle opener as shown in the figure.

6. Apply vacuum [more than −40.0 kPa (−300 mmHg, −11.81 inHg)] until the throttle drum become free from the rod of the throttle opener. During the TPS adjustment, the vacuum should be applied (Until step

7. Turn ignition switch “ON”.

).

8. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with

CONSULT-II.

9. Select “CLSD THL/P SW” from the menu.

10. Read “CLSD THL/P SW” signal under the following conditions.

I Insert a 0.2 mm (0.008 in) and 0.3 mm (0.012

in) feeler gauge alternately between the throttle adjust screw (TAS) and throttle drum as shown in the figure and check the signal.

“CLSD THL/P SW” signal should remain

“ON” while inserting 0.2 mm (0.008 in) feeler gauge.

“CLSD THL/P SW” signal should remain

“OFF” while inserting 0.3 mm (0.012 in) feeler gauge.

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

7. Disconnect closed throttle position switch harness connector.

8. Connect the tester probe to closed throttle position switch terminals q and q

.

9. Check harness continuity under the following conditions.

I Insert the 0.2 mm (0.008 in) and 0.3 mm

(0.012 in) feeler gauge alternately between the throttle adjust screw (TAS) and throttle drum as shown in the figure and check continuity.

“Continuity should exist” while inserting 0.2

mm (0.008 in) feeler gauge.

“Continuity should not exist” while inserting

0.3 mm (0.012 in) feeler gauge.

NG

E

ADJUSTMENT

Refer to “THROTTLE POSI-

TION SENSOR IDLE POSI-

TION ADJUSTMENT”.

Go to EC-95.

OK

SEF800W

OK

F

H

I Reconnect throttle position sensor harness connector and closed throttle position switch harness connector.

I Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) 2 or

3 times under no-load and then run engine at idle speed.

H q

(Go to next page.)

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-93



SEF864V

H

RESET THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR IDLE

POSITION MEMORY.

Note: Always warm up engine to normal operating temperature. If engine is cool, the throttle position sensor idle position memory will not be reset correctly.

1. Start engine.


3. Select “CLSD THL POS” in “DATA

MONITOR” mode (Manual trigger) with CONSULT-II.

4. Stop engine. (Turn ignition switch “OFF”.)

5. Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 5 seconds.

6. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds.

7. Repeat steps 5 and 6 until “CLSD

THL POS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II changes to

“ON”.

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

7. Repeat steps 5 and 6, 20 times.

SEF395X

H

Stop engine, release vacuum then remove the vacuum hose and handy vacuum pump from the throttle opener. Reinstall the original vacuum hose to the throttle opener securely.

SEF396X

H

CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED.

Read the engine idle speed in “DATA

MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.

650±50 rpm

(in “P” or “N” position)

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Check target idle speed.

650±50 rpm

(in “P” or “N” position)

NG

E

Adjust idle speed. Refer to

“Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle

Mixture Ratio Adjustment” in

EC-42.

OK

H

After this inspection, unnecessary diagnostic trouble code No. might be displayed.

I Erase the stored memory in ECM and TCM (Transmission Control

Module).

Refer to “ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION” (EC-63)

and “HOW TO ERASE DTC” in AT section.

I Erase the store memory in ABS/TCS control unit. Refer to “TROUBLE

DIAGNOSIS FOR ABS/TCS C/U

SIGNAL”, EC-499 or refer to

(“TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS”, HOW TO

ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSTIC

RESULTS”) in BR section.

H

INSPECTION END

EC-94



SEF246F

SEF793W

SEF402W

SEF975Z

THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR IDLE POSITION ADJUST-

MENT

Note:

I Never adjust throttle adjust screw (TAS).

I Do not touch throttle drum when checking “CLSD THL/P

SW” signal or “continuity”, doing so may cause an incorrect adjustment.

1.

Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.

2.

Check FI cam. Refer to procedure .

3.

Stop engine.

Note: If handy vacuum pump is a already set, go to step 7.

4.

Remove the vacuum hose connected to the throttle opener.

5.

Connect suitable vacuum hose to the vacuum pump and the throttle opener as shown in the figure.

6.


inHg)] until the throttle drum become free from the rod of the throttle opener. During the TPS adjustment the vacuum should be applied.

7.

Loosen throttle position sensor fixing bolts.

8.


9.

Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.

10. Select “CLSD THL/P SW” from the menu.

11.

Read “CLSD THL/P SW” signal under the following conditions.

I

Insert 0.2 mm (0.008 in) feeler gauge between throttle adjust screw and throttle drum as shown in the figure and check the following.

I Open throttle valve and then close.

I “CLSD THL/P SW” signal should remain “OFF” when the throttle valve is closed. (If signal is “ON”, turn throttle position sensor body counterclockwise until the signal switches to “OFF”.)

12. Temporarily tighten sensor body fixing bolts as follows.

I

Gradually move the sensor body clockwise and stop it when “CLSD THL/P SW” signal switches from “OFF” to “ON”, then tighten sensor body fixing bolts.

13. Make sure the signal is “ON” when the throttle valve is closed and “OFF” when it is opened. Repeat it 2 or 3 times.

14. Remove 0.2 mm (0.008 in) feeler gauge then insert 0.3

mm (0.012 in) feeler gauge and check the following.

Make sure the signal remains “OFF” when the throttle valve is closed. Repeat it 2 or 3 times.

15. Tighten throttle position sensor.

Check that the “CLOSED THL/SW” signal remains

“OFF” while closing throttle valve. If NG, repeat from the step 4.

After this adjustment, go to procedure RESET

THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR IDLE POSITION

MEMORY.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8.

Disconnect closed throttle position sensor harness connector.

9.

Connect tester prove to the closed throttle position switch terminals q and q and check continuity under the following conditions.

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

SEF976Z

EC-95


SEF403W

SEF300T


I

Insert the 0.2 mm (0.008 in) feeler gauge between the throttle adjust screw and throttle drum as shown in the figure and check the following.

I Open throttle valve then close.

I The continuity should not exist while closing the throttle valve. If the continuity exists, turn throttle position sensor body counterclockwise until the continuity does not exist.

10. Temporarily tighten sensor body fixing bolts as follows.

I Gradually move the sensor body clockwise and stop it when the continuity comes to exist, then tighten sensor body fixing bolts.

11.

Make sure the continuity exists when the throttle valve is closed and continuity does not exist when it is opened. Repeat it 2 or 3 times.

12. Remove 0.2 mm (0.008 in) feeler gauge then insert 0.3

mm (0.012 in) feeler gauge and check the following.

Make sure the continuity does not exist when the throttle valve is closed. Repeat it 2 or 3 times.

13. Tighten throttle position sensor.

Check that the continuity does not exist while closing the throttle valve. If NG, repeat from the step 5.

After this adjustment, go to procedure RESET

THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR IDLE POSITION

MEMORY.

EC-96

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — General Description

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Inspection

Priority Chart

If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority chart.

GI

Priority

1

2

I

I

I

I

I

ECM (P0605, 0301)


(P0100, 0102)

I

Throttle position sensor (P0120,

0403)

EGRC-solenoid (P1400, 1005)

A/T communication line (P0600,

0504), (P1605, 0804)

EGR temperature sensor (P1401,

0305)

I

A/T related sensors, solenoid valves and switches (P0705 -

P0725, 1101 - 1208) (P0740, 1108

- 1206)

I

Absolute pressure sensor (P0105,

0803)

Detected items (DTC)

I


(P0500, 0104)

I


(P0110, 0401)

I

Knock sensor (P0325, 0304),

(P0330, 0212)

I

Crankshaft position sensor (OBD) circuit (P0335, 0802) (P1336,

0905)

I


(P0180, 0402)

I

Heated oxygen sensors 2 (rear)

(P0137 - P0140) (0150 - 0152,

0707), (P0157 - P0160) (0313 -

0315, 0708)

I

Heated oxygen sensors 1 heater

(front) (P0135, 0901) (P0155,

1001)

I


(P0510, 0203)

I


(P0115, 0103) (P0125, 0908)

I

Ignition signal circuit (P1320, 0201)

I

Park/Neutral position switch

(P1706, 1003)

I

Camshaft position sensor (P0340,

0101)

I

EVAP control system pressure sensor (P0450, 0704)

I


(P1491, 0311) (P1490, 0807)

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

3

I


(P1105, 1302)

I

Tandem throttle position sensor

(P1125, 0110)

I


(P1120, 0406)

I

EGR function (P0400, 0302)

(P1402, 0514)

I

EVAP control system (SMALL

LEAK) (P0440, 0705) (P1440,

0213) (GROSS LEAK) (P0455,

0715)

I


(P0402, 0306)

I

IACV-AAC valve

(P0505, 0205)

I

Intake valve timing control position sensor circuit (P1140, 1303),

(P1145, 1304)

I

Heated oxygen sensors 1 (front)

(P0130 - P0134, 0303, 0409 -

0412) (P0150 - P0154, 0413 -

0415, 0503, 0509)

I

Heated oxygen sensors 2 heater

(rear) (P0141, 0902), (P0161,

1002)

I

TCS signal (P1210, 0106)

I

Misfire (P0300 - P0308, 0701 -

0601)

I

Closed loop control

(P1148, 0307) (P1168, 0308)

I

A/T function (P0731 - P0734, 1103

- 1106) (P0744, 1107)

I


(P0446, 0903) (P1446, 0215)

(P1448, 0309)

I

EVAP canister purge volume control valve (P1444, 0214) (P0443,

1008)

I

EVAP control system purge flow monitoring (P1447, 0111)

I

EVAP canister purge control valve/ solenoid valve (P1493, 0312),

(P1492, 0807)

I

Fuel pump control module (FPCM)

(P1220, 1305)

I

Fuel injection system function

(P0172, 0114), (P0171, 0115),

(P0175, 0209), (P0174, 0210)

I


(P0420, 0702) (P0430, 0703)

I

Intake valve timing control function

(P1110, 0805), (P1135, 1301)

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-97


Fail-Safe Chart

The ECM enters fail-safe mode, if any of the following malfunctions are detected due to the open or short circuit.

When the ECM enters the fail-safe mode, the MIL illuminates.

DTC No.

CONSULT-II

GST

P0100

ECM*

0102

Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode

P0115 0103

Mass air flow sensor circuit

Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit

Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.

Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning ignition switch “ON” or “START”.

CONSULT-II displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.

Condition

Engine coolant temperature decided

(CONSULT-II display)

Just as ignition switch is turned ON or

Start

More than 4 minutes after ignition Start

40°C (104°F)

Except as shown above

80°C (176°F)

40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)

(Depends on the time)

P0120 0403 Throttle position sensor circuit

Throttle position will be determined based on the amount of mass air flow and the engine speed.

Therefore, acceleration will be poor.

When engine is idling

When accelerating

Driving condition

Normal

Poor acceleration

P1210 0106 TCS signal circuit


Unable to access Diagnostic Test

Mode II

ECM

TCS does not operate.

For details, refer to BR section (“TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR TCS”).

ECM fail-safe activating condition

The computing function of the ECM was judged to be malfunctioning.

When the fail-safe system activates, i.e. if the ECM detects a malfunction condition in the CPU of ECM, the MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP on the instrument panel lights to warn the driver.

However, it is not possible to access ECM and DTC cannot be confirmed.

Engine control with ECM fail-safe

When the fail-safe system is operating, fuel injection, ignition timing, fuel pump operation, IACV-AAC valve operation and cooling fan operation are controlled under certain limitations.

Engine speed

Fuel injection

Ignition timing

Fuel pump

Cooling fans

ECM fail-safe operation

Engine speed will not rise more than 3,000 rpm.

Simultaneous multiport fuel injection system

Ignition timing is fixed at the preset value.

Fuel pump relay is “ON” when engine is running and

“OFF” when engine stalls.

Cooling fan relay “ON” (High speed condition) when engine is running, and “OFF” when engine stalls.

Replace ECM, if ECM fail-safe condition is confirmed.

*: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)

EC-98


Symptom Matrix Chart

SYMPTOM

SYSTEM

— Basic engine control system

GI

MA

Reference page

EM

LC

Warranty symptom code

Fuel Fuel pump circuit

Fuel pressure regulator system

Air

Injector circuit

Evaporative emission system

Positive crankcase ventilation system

Incorrect idle speed adjustment

IACV-AAC valve circuit

IACV-FICD solenoid circuit

Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjustment

Ignition circuit

EGRC-solenoid valve EGR

EGR system

Main power supply and ground circuit

Cooling Cooling fan circuit

Air conditioner circuit

1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.

AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM 1P 1X HA

1 1 2 3 2 3 3

2 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

3

4

2

EC-523

EC-37

1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2

3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

3 3 1 1 1 1

2

4

4

1

2

1

EC-515

EC-26

EC-36

EC-42

1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

3 2 3 3 2

3 3 1 1 1

1 1 2 3 2

2 3 3 3 3

1

2

3

1

3

1

2

3

EC-340

EC-527

EC-42

EC-399

EC-412

2 1 2 3 3 3 2 3 3

2 3 3 3 3 2 2

3

3 3

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 2

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

1

EC-423

3

EC-118

3

EC-503

3 HA section

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-99


Symptom Matrix Chart (Cont’d)

SYMPTOM

SYSTEM

— Engine control system Reference page


Engine control

Camshaft position sensor circuit

Mass air flow sensor circuit

Heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit (front)


2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3

1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 2

2 1 2 3 2 2 3

2

2

Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 1 1 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 3

Throttle position sensor circuit 1 2 2 3 2 2 3 2

Incorrect throttle position sensor adjustment

Intake valve timing control system

2

3

3

3

3

3

1 3

3

3 1 3

3

Vehicle speed sensor circuit

Knock sensor circuit

ECM

Start signal circuit

Park/Neutral position switch circuit

FPCM

Power steering oil pressure switch circuit

3 3 3

2 3 2 2 2 3 2

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

2

3 3 3 3 3

2 2 2

2

2 2

3 3

3

3

EC-275

EC-124

EC-196, 166

EC-145, 161

EC-150

EC-91

EC-367, 382

EC-335

EC-267

EC-355, 98

EC-521

EC-494

EC-393

EC-527


EC-100


Symptom Matrix Chart (Cont’d)

SYMPTOM

GI

SYSTEM

— Engine mechanical & other Reference page

MA

EM

LC


Fuel Fuel tank

Fuel piping

Vapor lock

Air

Valve deposit

Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline, Low octane)

Air duct

Air cleaner

Cranking

Engine

Air leakage from air duct

(Mass air flow sensor — throttle body)

Throttle body, Throttle wire

Air leakage from intake manifold/

Collector/Gasket

Battery

Alternator circuit

Starter circuit

Theft warning circuit

PNP switch

Drive plate

Cylinder head

Cylinder head gasket

Cylinder block

Piston

Piston ring

Connecting rod

Bearing

Crankshaft

Valve mechanism

Timing chain

Camshaft

Intake valve

Exhaust valve

Exhaust

Lubrication Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil filter/Oil gallery

Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil

Cooling

Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/Gasket

Three way catalytic converter

Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap

Thermostat

Water pump

Water gallery

Cooling fan

Coolant level (low)/Contaminated coolant

IVIS (Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System — NATS)


5

2 5 5 2 5 5 5

FE section

5

5 5 5 5 5 5 5

—

5

5

1

3

4

6

6

6

5

6

5

5

5

5

1

6

6

5

6

5

5

5

1 1

5

1

6

6

5

6

5

5

5

5

6

6

5

6

5

5

5

5

1

6

6

5

6

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

1

6

6

5

6

5

5

5

1

6

6

5

6

5

5

5

5

4

5

5

4

5

1

6

5

6

5

5

6

6

6 6

6

2

2

1 1

5

FE section

—

EL section

AT section

EM section

EM section

EM section &

FE section

LC section

EC section

MA section

EC-69 or EL

section


FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-101


CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor

Mode

Remarks:

I

Specification data are reference values.

I

Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.

* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.

i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data in spite of the ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the

ECM according to the signals input from the camshaft position sensor (POS) and other ignition timing related sensors.

I

If the real-time diagnosis results are NG and the on board diagnostic system results are OK when diagnosing the mass air flow sensor, first check to see if the fuel pump control circuit is normal.

MONITOR ITEM

CMPS

⋅

RPM (POS)

MAS AIR/FL SE

COOLAN TEMP/S

HO2S1 (B1)

..................................

HO2S1 (B2)

HO2S1 MNTR (B1)

..................................

HO2S1 MNTR (B2)

CONDITION

I Tachometer: Connect

Run engine and compare tachometer indication with the CONSULT-II value.

I

Engine: After warming up

Air conditioner switch: “OFF”

I

Shift lever: “N”

No-load

I


Idle

2,500 rpm

I

Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm

HO2S2 (B1)

..................................

HO2S2 (B2)

I Engine: After warming up

HO2S2 MNTR (B1)

..................................

HO2S2 MNTR (B2)

VHCL SPEED SE

BATTERY VOLT

THRTL POS SEN

Revving engine from idle to 2,000 rpm quickly

I

Turn drive wheels and compare speedometer indication with the CONSULT-II value

I Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped)

I


Ignition switch: ON

(Engine stopped)

I More than −40.0 kPa (−300 mmHg,

−11.81 inHg) of vacuum is applied to the throttle opener with a handy vacuum pump.

Throttle valve: fully closed

Throttle valve: fully opened

THRTL/P SEN2

I

Ignition switch: ON

(Engine stopped)


Throttle valve: fully open

EGR TEMP SEN

START SIGNAL

CLSD THL POS

I


I Ignition switch: ON , START , ON

I


Ignition switch: ON

(Engine stopped)

I More than −40.0 kPa (−300 mmHg,


Throttle valve: Idle position

Throttle valve: Slightly open

AIR COND SIG

P/N POSI SW

PW/ST SIGNAL

AMB TEMP SW

LOAD SIGNAL

A/C PRESS SW

I

I

I

I

I

I

Engine: After warming up, idle the engine

Ignition switch: ON


Engine: Running

Engine: Running

Engine: Running


Air conditioner switch: “ON”

(Compressor operates.)

Shift lever: “P” or “N”

Except above

Steering wheel in neutral position

(forward direction)

The steering wheel is turned

Ambient air temperature more than

23.5°C (74°F)

Ambient air temperature less than

20.5°C (69°F)

Rear window defogger or headlamp

“ON”

Except above

A/C pressure is more than 1,422 - 1,618 kPa (14.5 - 16.5 kg/cm 2

, 206 - 235 psi)

A/C pressure is less than 1,128 - 1,422 kPa (11.5 - 14.5 kg/cm 2 , 164 - 206 psi)

1.0 - 1.7V

SPECIFICATION

Almost the same speed as the CON-

SULT-II value.

Approx. 2.1V

More than 82°C (180°F)

0 - 0.3V

) 0.6 - 1.0V

LEAN ) RICH

Changes more than 5 times during 10 seconds.

0 - 0.3V

) 0.6 - 1.0V

LEAN ) RICH

Almost the same speed as the CONSULT-II value

11 - 14V

0.15 - 0.85V

3.5 - 4.7V

0.60 - 1.15V

4.3 - 4.7V

Less than 4.5V

OFF , ON , OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

Note: B1 indicates Left bank, B2 indicates Right bank.

EC-102



Mode (Cont’d)

MONITOR ITEM

IGNITION SW

INJ PULSE-B1

..................................

INJ PULSE-B2

I Ignition switch: ON , OFF

I


I


I Shift lever: “N”

I No-load

CONDITION

Idle

2,000 rpm

ON , OFF

SPECIFICATION

2.4 - 3.2 msec.

1.9 - 2.8 msec.

B/FUEL SCHDL

IGN TIMING ditto ditto

Idle

2,000 rpm

Idle

2,000 rpm

COOLING FAN

I

After warming up engine, idle the engine.

I


Engine coolant temperature is 94°C

(201°F) or less

Engine coolant temperature is between

95°C (203°F) and 104°C (219°F) at vehicle speed less than 80 km/h (50

MPH)

EGRC SOL/V

VENT CONT/V

HO2S1 HTR (B1)

..................................

HO2S1 HTR (B2)

HO2S2 HTR (B1)

..................................

HO2S2 HTR (B2)

VC/V BYPASS/V

PURG CONT S/V

CAL/LD VALUE

ABSOL TH

⋅

P/S


(221°F) or more


I Air conditioner switch: “OFF”

I

Shift lever: “D”

I

No-load


I Engine speed: Idle

Idle

Revving engine up from idle to 3,000 rpm

I Engine speed: Above 3,200 rpm

I Engine speed: Idle [after driving 2 minutes at 70 km/h (43 MPH) or more]

I

Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm

I



Idle

I


2,000 rpm

I


I



I No-load

I



(Engine stopped)

I

More than −40.0 kPa (−300 mmHg,


Idle

2,500 rpm

Throttle valve fully closed

Throttle valve fully opened

1.0 - 1.6 msec

2.5 - 3.5 msec

15° BTDC

More than 25° BTDC

IACV-AAC/V ditto

Idle

2,000 rpm

0 - 10 step

—

A/F ALPHA-B1

..................................

A/F ALPHA-B2

I


EVAP SYS PRES

AIR COND RLY

FUEL PUMP RLY

INT/V SOL-B1

..................................

INT/V SOL-B2

Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm

I

Ignition switch: ON

I

Air conditioner switch: OFF , ON

I Ignition switch is turned to ON (Operates for 1 second)

I

Engine running and cranking


I

Engine is running

I

Engine speed is more than 2,000 rpm

I

Quickly depressed accelerator pedal.

I Vehicle speed is more than 4 km/h (2 MPH)

50 - 159%

Approx. 3.4V

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

,

,

ON

ON (Using “INT/V TIM-B1(-2)”, the difference of degree between “OFF” and “ON” is approximately 20 deg.)

INT/V TIM-B1

..................................

INT/V TIM-B2

I

Engine is running

Advanced angle (degree signal) of the intake camshaft should be displayed.

OFF

HIGH

HIGH

OFF (Cut)

ON (Flow)

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

13.0 - 32%

13.0 - 25.5%

0.0%

Approx. 88%

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-103

MONITOR ITEM

MASS AIRFLOW

FPCM

FPCM D/R VOLT

MAP/BARO SW/V

ABSOL PRES/SE



Mode (Cont’d)

CONDITION


I


I


I

No-load

Idle

2,500 rpm

I Within 16 seconds after starting engine, when engine coolant temperature is more than 100°C (212°F)

I

Within 16 seconds after starting engine, when engine coolant temperature is more than 100°C (212°F)

I

For 5 seconds after starting engine

I More than 5 seconds after turning ignition switch “ON”

I More than 5 seconds after starting engine


I

Engine: After warming up More than 5 seconds after starting engine

SPECIFICATION

3.0 - 6.0 g

⋅ m/s

12.9 - 25.3 g

⋅ m/s

HIGH , LOW

Approx. 5V , Approx. 0.4V

BARO

MAP

Approx. 4.4V

Approx. 1.2V

EC-104


Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor

Mode

The following are the major sensor reference graphs in “DATA MONITOR” mode.

(Select “HI SPEED” in “DATA MONITOR” with CONSULT-II.)

THRTL POS SEN, ABSOL TH

⋅

P/S, CLSD THL/P SW

Below is the data for “THRTL POS SEN”, “ABSOL TH

⋅

P/S” and “CLSD THL/P SW” when depressing the accelerator pedal with the ignition switch “ON”.

The signal of “THRTL POS SEN” and “ABSOL TH

⋅

P/S” should rise gradually without any intermittent drop or rise after “CLSD THL/P SW” is changed from “ON” to “OFF”.

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

SEF877X

AT

CMPS

⋅

RPM (POS), MAS AIR/FL SE, THRTL POS SEN, HO2S2 (B1), (B2), HO2S1 (B1), (B2),

INJ PULSE

Below is the data for “CMPS

⋅

RPM (POS)”, “MAS AIR/FL SE”, “THRTL POS SEN”, “HO2S2 (B1), (B2)”, “HO2S1

(B1), (B2)” and “INJ PULSE” when revving engine quickly up to 4,800 rpm under no load after warming up engine to normal operating temperature.

Each value is for reference, the exact value may vary.

PD

FA

RA

BR

HA

EL

SEF878XA

IDX

ST

RS

BT

EC-105


Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor

Mode (Cont’d)

EC-106

SEF242YA


ECM Terminals and Reference Value

PREPARATION

1.

ECM is located behind right side front pillar lower garnish. For this inspection, remove the glove box.

GI

SEF408W

2.

Remove ECM harness protector.

MA

EM

LC

FE

AEC913

AT

3.

Perform all voltage measurements with the connectors connected. Extend tester probe as shown to perform tests easily.

I

Open harness securing clip to make resting easier.

I Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time.

I Data is for comparison and may not be exact.

PD

FA

RA

BR

SEF367I

ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINAL LAYOUT

HA

EL

IDX

ST

RS

BT

SEF218U

EC-107


ECM Terminals and Reference Value (Cont’d)

ECM INSPECTION TABLE

Specification data are reference values, and are measured between each terminal and ground.

CAUTION:

Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the

ECM’s transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals such as the body ground.

TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(DC voltage)

BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)

Engine is running. (Warmed-up condition)

Idle speed

6

7

4

5

1

2

3

14

R/B

R/W

R/Y

R/L

W/R

PU/R

GY/L

LG

Injector No. 1

Injector No. 8

Injector No. 7

Injector No. 3

Injector No. 6

Injector No. 5

Injector No. 4

Injector No. 2

SEF388X

BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)

Engine is running.

Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.

10

8

11

12

13

15

16

17

SEF526Y

L/Y

GY/L

PU

G/Y

Y

R/L

L/Y

G/W

EGRC-solenoid valve

IACV-AAC valve


Lift up drive wheels and rev engine from idle to 3,000 rpm in “D” position.


Idle speed

Engine is running.

Idle speed


Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater (front) (bank 2)

Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater (front) (bank 1)

Engine is cranking.

Engine is running.

Idle speed

Engine is running.

Engine speed is below 3,200 rpm.

Engine is running.

Engine speed is above 3,200 rpm.

0 - 0.7V

BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)

0.1 - 14V

Approximately 0.4V

Approximately 12V

0 - 0.5V

BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)

EC-108



TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

18

19

20

22

24

25

34

27

28

29

35

36

41

42

Y/R

L

P/B

Y

BR/Y

BR

LG

LG/R

BR/Y

G

G/OR

L/B

W

B/P

ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(DC voltage)

Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (rear) (bank 2)

Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (rear) (bank 1)

Engine is running.

At idle [after driving 2 minutes at 70 km/h (43

MPH) or more]

Ignition switch “ON”

Engine stopped

Engine is running.





Intake valve timing control solenoid valve (right bank)

Intake valve timing control solenoid valve (left bank)

Cooling fan relay-2

Cooling fan relay-1 and -3

Engine is running.

Idle speed

Engine is running.

Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

Engine is running.

Intake valve timing control solenoid is operating.

Engine is running.

Intake valve timing control solenoid is not operating.

Engine is running.

Cooling fan is not operating.

Engine is running.

Cooling fan is operating.



Fuel pump relay

0 - 0.5V

BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)

BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)

BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)

Approximately 0V

Approximately 0V

Battery voltage

BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)

0 - 1V

Engine is running.

Idle speed

0 - 0.4V or

BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)


For 5 seconds after turning ignition switch

“ON”

Engine is running.


Engine is running.

Idle speed (For 5 minutes after starting engine)

More than 5 seconds after starting engine


For 5 second after turning ignition switch “ON”

Engine is running.


5 second after turning ignition switch “ON”

Approximately 0V

BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)

0 - 1V

BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-109

TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR



ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(DC voltage)

Approximately 0.38V

Engine is running.

Idle speed

43

44

46

47

50

51

53

54

Y/R

G/R

L/R

GY

PU/W

GY/R

W/R

R/L

Ignition signal (No. 1)








Engine is running.


SEF538T

Approximately 0.55V

45

48

49

LG/B

PU/W

B/R


Malfunction indicator lamp




Engine is running.

Idle speed

Engine is running.

Both air conditioner switch and blower switch are “ON”.

Engine is running.

Air conditioner switch is “OFF”.

SEF539T

BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)

Approximately 0.1V

BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)

0 - 1V

BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)

Approximately 7V

Engine is running.

Idle speed

52 W/G Tachometer

SEF540T

Approximately 0 - 14V



SEF541T

EC-110

TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

55

58

P



ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(DC voltage)

Approximately 0.6 - 1.0V

GI

Crankshaft position sensor (REF)


Idle speed

MA

EM

SEF389X


LC



56 W/L Power supply (Back-up) Ignition switch “OFF”

57 B/R



Idle speed



FE

AT

SEF390X

BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)

Approximately 1.7V

(AC voltage)

PD

FA

RA

BR

Approximately 0V

( — )

SEF391X

ST

RS

BT

HA

SEF546T

EL

IDX

EC-111

TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR



ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(DC voltage)

Approximately 2.5V


Idle speed

59 L


(POS)

Approximately 2.4V

SEF547T



Ignition switch “ON” (Warmed-up condition)*

Approximately 0.5V

61 L/W

Throttle position sensor signal

Accelerator pedal released


Accelerator pedal fully depressed


Approximately 4.2V

62 B

Mass air flow sensor ground

Approximately 0V

63 G Throttle position sensor

Idle speed


Accelerator pedal fully released

Ignition switch “ON” (Warmed-up condition)

0.15 - 0.85V

3.5 - 4.7V




“ON”

Engine is running.

Approximately 4.4V

64 W Absolute pressure sensor



Approximately 1.2V



1.0 - 1.4V

65 W Mass air flow sensor

Idle speed


Approximately 2.1V


*: More than −40.0 kPa (−300 mmHg, −11.81 inHg) of vacuum is applied to the throttle opener with a handy vacuum pump.

SEF548T

EC-112

TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

66

67

L

Y/B



ITEM



CONDITION

DATA

(DC voltage)


Approximately 3 seconds after ignition switch

“ON” and thereafter


Disconnect throttle motor harness connector.

Fully close secondary throttle valve by hand.

Approximately 3.4V

Engine is running.

GI

MA

Approximately 0.4V

0 - 4.8V

Output voltage varies with engine coolant temperature.

Approximately 5.2V

EM

LC

68 P/L

70

71

R/L

L/W


69 W/PU


Intake valve timing control position sensor (right bank)

Intake valve timing control position sensor (left bank)

Engine is running.

Jack up rear wheels and run engine at idle in

“D” position.

Engine is running.

FE

AT

SEF542T

0 - 4.8V

Output voltage varies with intake air temperature.

Approximately 0V

PD

FA

RA

Engine is running.

Idle speed

BR

ST

Approximately 0V

SEF551T

RS

BT

Engine is running.


HA

SEF552T EL

72 R/Y Headlamp switch

Engine is running.

Headlamp switch is “OFF”.

Engine is running.

Headlamp switch is “ON”.

0V

Battery voltage

IDX

EC-113



TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(DC voltage)


Approximately 5V

73 R TCS signal Ignition switch “ON”




Approximately 0V

BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)

74 GY/L


Accelerator pedal released

Ignition switch “ON” (Warmed-up condition)

Approximately 0V

Accelerator pedal depressed


Less than 4.5V

75 W EGR temperature sensor

Idle speed


0 - 1.0V

EGR system is operating.

Engine is running.

76 L/R

Ambient air temperature switch

Ambient air temperature is more than 23.5°C

(74°C)

Engine is running.

Approximately 5V

Ambient air temperature is less than 20.5°C

(69°F)


0V

0V

78 W Ignition switch


BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)

Engine is running.

79 L/R Electrical load signal

Rear window defogger switch is “OFF”.

Headlamp switch is “OFF”.

Engine is running.

0V

Rear window defogger switch is “ON”.

Headlamp switch is “ON”.


Battery voltage

Approximately 0V

80 SB Start signal

Ignition switch “START”

BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)

81 G/B

Air conditioner pressure switch

Engine is running.

Approximately 5V

At idle speed

82

83

89

90

R

W

W

Y

Heated oxygen sensor 1

(front) (bank 2)


(front) (bank 1)


(rear) (bank 2)


(rear) (bank 1)

Engine is running.

After warming up to normal operating temperature and engine speed is 2,000 rpm.

Engine is running.


0 - Approximately 1.0V

(periodically change)


*: More than −40.0 kPa (−300 mmHg, −11.81 inHg) of vacuum is applied to the throttle opener with a handy vacuum pump.

EC-114



TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

91

92

93

98

99

100

101

105

108

106

121

122

123

124

125

126

127

128

129

R/L

LG

G/R

BR/W

R/L

G

G/OR

W

W

R

B

B

W

W/B

B

B

B

ITEM




(FPCM) check

Sensor’s power supply

A/T communication line

(LAN)


PNP switch

Knock sensor (LH)

Knock sensor (RH)

Data link connector

ECM ground

Current return

ECM relay (Self-shutoff)

ECM ground

ECM ground

Sensor’s ground

Engine is running.

CONDITION

DATA

(DC voltage)

Approximately 0 - 4.8V

Output voltage varies with fuel temperature.

Approximately 3.4V


When cranking the engine

After starting the engine


Engine is running.

Idle speed

Engine is running.

Steering wheel is being turned.

Engine is running.

Steering wheel is not being turned.


Gear position is “N” or “P”.


Except the above gear position

Engine is running.

Idle speed


CONSULT-II or GST is disconnected.

Engine is running.

Idle speed

Engine is running.

Idle speed

Engine is running.


For a few seconds after turning ignition switch

“OFF”


A few seconds passed after turning ignition switch “OFF”

Engine is running.

Idle speed

Engine is running.

Idle speed


Idle speed

Approximately 0V

Approximately 5V

Approximately 5V

Approximately 2V

0 - 1.5V

BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)

Approximately 0V

Approximately 5V

2.0 - 3.0V

6 - 10V

Engine ground

BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)

0 - 1V

BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)

Engine ground

Engine ground

0V

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-115



TER-

MINAL

NO.

130

131

WIRE

COLOR

R/G

ITEM

Power supply for ECM Ignition switch “ON”

CONDITION

DATA

(DC voltage)

BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)

EC-116

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Description

Intermittent incidents (I/I) may occur. In many cases, the problem resolves itself (the part or circuit function returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer’s complaint often do not recur on DTC (1st trip) visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of I/I occurrences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident occurred may not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may not indicate the specific problem area.

GI

MA

STEP in Work Flow

II

III

IV

VI

Common I/I Report Situations

Situation

The CONSULT-II is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than “0” or “1t”.

The symptom described by the customer does not recur.

(1st trip) DTC data does not appear during the DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE.

The TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS for PXXXX does not indicate the problem area.

EM

LC

FE

Diagnostic Procedure

Erase (1st trip) DTCs. Refer to “HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION” (EC-63).

AT

H

Check ground terminals. Refer to “Circuit Inspection”, “GROUND INSPECTION” (GI section).

PD

FA

H

Perform “Incident Simulation Tests” (GI section).

RA

H

Check connector terminals. Refer to “How to Check Enlarged Contact Spring of Terminal” (GI section).

BR

HA

EL

IDX

ST

RS

BT

EC-117

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY

Main Power Supply and Ground Circuit

EC-118

TEC040M



(Cont’d)

TEC014M

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

GI

MA

EM

LC

EC-119



(Cont’d)

ECM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE


CAUTION:



TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(DC voltage)

56 W/L Power supply (Back-up) Ignition switch “OFF”

BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)

Engine is running.

121 B ECM ground Engine ground

Idle speed

Engine is running.


Idle speed

Engine is running.

123 W Current return

BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)

Idle speed

Engine is running.


0 - 1V

124 W/B ECM relay (Self-shutoff)


“OFF”


BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)


Engine is running.


Idle speed

Engine is running.


Idle speed

Engine is running.


Idle speed

130

131

R/G Power supply for ECM Ignition switch “ON”

BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)

EC-120



(Cont’d)

INSPECTION START

Start engine.

Is engine running?

H

No

Yes

E

Go to “CHECK

POWER SUPPLY-II” on next page.

GI

MA

SEF961X

SEF370U

H

CHECK IGNITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT.


2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.

3. Turn ignition switch to “START” for at least 5 seconds.

Is the (1st trip) DTC P1320 detected?

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Turn ignition switch to “START” for at least 5 seconds.

2. Perform “Diagnostic Test Mode

II (Self-diagnostic results)” with

ECM.

Is the DTC 0201 detected?

Yes

E

Go to “TROUBLE DIAG-

NOSIS FOR P1320”, EC-399.

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

No

FA

H

CHECK POWER SUPPLY-I.


2. Check voltage between ECM terminal and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK

NG

E

Check the following.

I

Harness connectors

M49 , F63

I

15A fuse

I

Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse

If NG, repair harness or connectors.

RA

BR

ST

RS

Go to

on EC-123.

H

“CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT”,

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-121



(Cont’d)

SEF371U

CHECK POWER SUPPLY-II.

1. Stop engine.

2. Check voltage between ECM terminals

, 123 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.


OK

NG

E


I

Harness connectors

F2 , E13

I

Harness connectors

F1 , E14

I

7.5A fuse

I

10A fuse

I

Harness for open or short between ECM and battery


SEF372U

H

CHECK POWER SUPPLY-III.

1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and then turn

“OFF”.

2. Check voltage between ECM terminals

130 , 131 and ground with CON-

SULT-II or tester.

Voltage:

After turning ignition switch “OFF”, battery voltage will exist for a few seconds, then drop to approximately

0V.

NG

OK

E

Go to “CHECK ECM

RELAY” on next page.

Case-1: Battery voltage does not exist.

Case-2: Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.

Case-1

Case-2

E

Go to “CHECK ECM

RELAY” on next page.

SEF393WB

H

CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY

BETWEEN ECM RELAY AND ECM.

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.

2. Disconnect ECM relay.

3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 130 , 131 and terminal q

.

Continuity should exist.

If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK

NG

E

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

SEF890V

H

CHECK VOLTAGE BETWEEN ECM

RELAY AND GROUND.

1. Check voltage between terminals q q and ground with CONSULT-II or

, tester.


H

OK

NG

E


I

Harness for open or short between ECM relay and harness connector

F2


(Go to next page.)

SEF891V

EC-122



(Cont’d)

SEF892V

H

CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT.

1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 124 and relay terminal q

.



OK

NG

E


SEC202B

H

CHECK ECCS RELAY.

1. Apply 12V direct current between relay terminals q and q

.

2. Check continuity between relay terminals q

12V ( q and

q q

, q and

) applied: q

.

Continuity exists.

No voltage applied:

No continuity

OK

NG

E

Replace ECM relay.

SEF461U

H

CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT.

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.

2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.


4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 121 , 122 , 125 , 126 ,

127 , 128 and engine ground.


If OK, check harness for short to power.

OK

H

Perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR

INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-117.

NG

E


I

Harness connectors

F61 , F62

I

Harness for open or short between engine grounds F24 and F25

If NG, repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

H

INSPECTION END

HA

EL

IDX

EC-123

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC P0100

SEF260Q

Mass Air Flow Sensor (MAFS)

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake flow. It consists of a hot film that is supplied with electric current from the ECM. The temperature of the hot film is controlled by the ECM a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot film is reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater the heat loss.

Therefore, the ECM must supply more electric current to the hot film as air flow increases. This maintains the temperature of the hot film. The ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.

CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR MODE


MONITOR ITEM CONDITION

MAS AIR/FL SE

CAL/LD VALUE

MASS AIRFLOW


I


I


I No-load


I


I


I

No-load



I


I

No-load

Idle

2,500 rpm

Idle

2,500 rpm

Idle

2,500 rpm

SPECIFICATION

1.0 - 1.7V

Approximately 2.1V

13.0 - 32%

13.0 - 25.5%

3.0 - 6.0 g

⋅ m/s

12.9 - 25.3 g

⋅ m/s



CAUTION:



TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(DC voltage)


1.0 - 1.7V

65 W Mass air flow sensor

Idle speed


Approximately 2.1V



62 B

Mass air flow sensor ground

Idle speed

Approximately 0V

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC LOGIC

Diagnostic

Trouble

Code No.

P0100

0102

Malfunction is detected when ...

Check Items

(Possible Cause)

A) An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM when engine is not running.*

........................................................................................................

C) A high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM under light load driving conditions.

I

Harness or connectors

(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)

I Mass air flow sensor

B) An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM* when engine is running.

........................................................................................................

D) A low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM under heavy load driving conditions.

I Harness or connectors


I

Intake air leaks

I Mass air flow sensor

*: When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. (Refer to EC-98.)

Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.

EC-124


Mass Air Flow Sensor (MAFS) (Cont’d)

DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION

PROCEDURE

Perform “Procedure for malfunction A” first.

If 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform “Procedure for malfunction B”.

If there is problem in “Procedure for malfunction B”, perform

“Procedure for malfunction C”. If there is no problem on “Procedure for malfunction C”, perform “Procedure for malfunction D”.

CAUTION:

Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.

NOTE:

If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCE-

DURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

SEF399X

AT

Procedure for malfunction A

1) Turn ignition switch “ON”.

2) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.

3) Wait at least 6 seconds.

4) If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to “DIAGNOSTIC

PROCEDURE”, EC-129.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.

PD

FA

RA

BR

Procedure for malfunction B



3) Start engine and wait 5 seconds at most.



------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ST

RS

BT

HA

SEF400X

EL

IDX

EC-125


SEF261Y


Procedure for malfunction C

NOTE:

If the engine will not start or stop soon, wait at least 10 seconds with engine off (ignition switch “ON”), instead of running engine at idle speed.



3) Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.

4) Wait at least 10 seconds at idle speed.



------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EC-126



Procedure for malfunction D

SEF697TA


2) Start engine (TCS switch “OFF”) and warm it up to normal operating temperature.

If engine cannot be started, go to “DIAGNOSTIC

PROCEDURE, EC-129.


4) Check the voltage of MAS AIR/FL SE with “DATA MONI-

TOR”.

5) Increases engine speed to about 4,000 rpm.

6) Monitor the linear voltage rise in response to engine speed increases.

If NG, go to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”, EC-129.

If OK, go to following step.

7) Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds.

CMPS-RPM (POS): More than 2,000 rpm

THRTL POS SEN: More than 3V

Selector lever: Suitable position

Driving location: Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test.



------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

OVERALL FUNCTION CHECK

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the mass air flow sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.

SEF534P

SEF375U

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

Procedure for malfunction D



3) Select “MODE 1” with GST.

4) Check the mass air flow with “MODE 1”.

5) Check for linear mass air flow rise in response to increases to about 4,000 rpm in engine speed.

6) If NG, go to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”, EC-130.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



3) Check the voltage between ECM terminal q and ground.

4) Check for linear voltage rise in response to increases to about 4,000 rpm in engine speed.


RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-127



EC-128

TEC015M




If the trouble is duplicated after “Procedure for malfunction A or C, perform “Procedure A” below. If the trouble is duplicated after “Procedure for malfunction B or D”, perform “Procedure

B” on next page.

Procedure A

GI

MA

INSPECTION START

SEF395W

H



EM

LC

SEF377U

H

CHECK POWER SUPPLY.


2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.


4. Check voltage between terminal q ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

Voltage: Battery positive voltage and

OK

NG

E


I

Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM

I

Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM relay

If NG, repair harness or connector.

SEF536P

SEF378U

H




3. Check harness continuity between terminal q and ECM terminal q

.



NG

E

Repair harness or connectors.

OK

H

CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT.

Check harness continuity between terminal q and ECM terminal q

.



OK

H

CHECK COMPONENT

(Mass air flow sensor).


EC-131.

H

OK



NG

NG

E

E


Replace mass air flow sensor.

H

INSPECTION END

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

SEF379U

EC-129



Procedure B

INSPECTION START

SEF395W

H

CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM

Check the followings for connection.

I

Air duct

I

Vacuum hoses

I

Intake air passage between intake air duct to collector

If disconnected, reconnect the parts or repair.

NG

E Reconnect or repair.

H

OK



SEF377U

SEF536P

SEF378U

H



2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.



Voltage: Battery positive voltage and

OK

H




3. Check harness continuity between terminal q and ECM terminal


q

.


OK

H


Check harness continuity between terminal q and ECM terminal q

.



OK

H

CHECK COMPONENT



H

OK



NG

E Check the following.

I Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM

I

Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM relay


NG


NG


NG

E Replace mass air flow sensor.

H

INSPECTION END

SEF379U

EC-130




Mass air flow sensor

1.


2.

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.

3.

Check voltage between ECM terminal q and ground.

GI

SEF743W

Conditions

Ignition switch “ON” (Engine stopped.)

Voltage V

Less than 1.0

Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.)

2,500 rpm

1.0 - 1.7

Idle to about 4,000 rpm*

Approximately 2.1

1.0 - 1.7 to Approx. 4.0

*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to increase to about 4,000 rpm in engine speed.

4.

If the voltage is out of specification, disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and connect it again. Repeat above check.

5.

If NG, remove mass air flow sensor from air duct. Check hot film for damage or dust.

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

SEF301T

PD

FA

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

RA

BR

ST

EC-131


Absolute Pressure Sensor


The absolute pressure sensor is connected to the MAP/BARO switch solenoid valve by a hose. The sensor detects ambient barometric pressure and intake manifold pressure and sends the voltage signal to the ECM. As the pressure increases, the voltage rises.

SEF327V

SEF946S

ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC

Diagnostic Trouble

Code No.

P0105

0803

Malfunction is detected when ....

A) An excessively low or high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.

B) A high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM under light load driving conditions.

C) A low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM under heavy load driving conditions.

Check Items

(Possible Cause)

I


(Absolute pressure sensor circuit is open or shorted.)

I


I

Hoses

(Hoses between the intake manifold and absolute pressure sensor are disconnected or clogged.)

I

Intake air leaks

I


I


I



PROCEDURE

Perform “Procedure for malfunction A” first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform “Procedure for malfunction B”.

If the 1st trip DTC is not confirmed on “Procedure for malfunction B”, perform “Procedure for malfunction C”.

NOTE:



CAUTION:


EC-132


Absolute Pressure Sensor (Cont’d)







------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


GI

MA

SEF392X

SEF261Y

EM



2) Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds.

3) Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.

4) Start engine and let it idle.




------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

SEF262Y


CAUTION:




The voltage of “ABSOL PRES/SE” should be more than

1.74 [V].

If the check result is NG, go to “DIAGNOSTIC

PROCEDURE”, EC-136. If the check result is OK, go to

following step.



5) Start engine and let it idle for at least 13 seconds.


7) Drive the vehicle at least 3 consecutive seconds under the following conditions,

B/FUEL SCHDL: More than 5.6 ms

CMPS-RPM (POS): 3,000 - 4,800 rpm



EC-133

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX





SEF518R

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Use this procedure to check the overall function of the absolute pressure sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.


2) Select “MAP” in “MODE 1” with GST.

3) Make sure that the pressure of “MAP” is more than 46 kPa (0.47 kg/cm 2 , 6.7 psi).


------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


2) Make sure that the voltage between ECM terminal q and engine ground is more than 1.74 [V].


SEF636U

EC-134



TEC041M

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

GI

MA

EM

LC

EC-135




If the trouble is duplicated after “Procedure for malfunction A or C”, perform “Procedure A” below. If the trouble is duplicated after “Procedure for malfunction B”, perform “Procedure B” on next page.

Procedure A

INSPECTION START

SEF383U

H



SEF377U

SEF095S

H



2. Disconnect absolute pressure sensor harness connector.

3. Check sensor connector for water.

Water should not exist.

If OK, go to step 4. If NG, repair or replace harness connector.


5. Check voltage between terminal q engine ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

Voltage: Approximately 5V and

OK

H



2. Check harness continuity between terminal q and engine ground.



OK

NG

E


I

Harness for open or short between ECM and absolute pressure sensor

If NG, repair or replace harness or connectors.

NG

E


I

Harness connectors

F63

,

M49

I

Harness connectors

M4 , B3

I

Joint connector-16

I

Harness for open or short between ECM and absolute pressure sensor

I Harness for open or short between TCM

(Transmission control module) and absolute pressure sensor

I

Harness for open or short between absolute pressure sensor and

TAC module


SEF096S

H



2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal q and terminal


q

.


H OK q

(Go to next page.)

NG

E


SEF384U

EC-136



H

CHECK COMPONENT

(Absolute pressure sensor).


EC-139.

H

OK



H

INSPECTION END

NG

E

Replace absolute pressure sensor.

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-137



Procedure B

INSPECTION START

SEF385U

SEF761X gauge.

MAP/BARO

SW/V

BARO

MAP

H

CHECK VACUUM SOURCE TO ABSO-

LUTE PRESSURE SENSOR.

1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.


3. Connect MAP/BARO switch solenoid valve and absolute pressure sensor with a rubber tube that has vacuum


5. Select “MAP/BARO SW/V” in

“ACTIVE TEST” mode with

CONSULT-II.


7. Touch “MAP” and “BARO” alternately and check for vacuum.

Vacuum

Should not exist.

Should exist.

SEF109L

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


5. Start engine and check for vacuum.

For 5 seconds after starting engine:

Vacuum should not exist.

6. More than 5 seconds after starting engine.

Vacuum should exist.

OK

NG

E

CHECK VACUUM HOSE.

Check vacuum hose for clogging, cracks, disconnection or improper connection.

If NG, repair or replace the hose.

OK

H

Check vacuum port for clogging.

If NG, clean it.

OK

H

CHECK COMPONENT

(MAP/BARO switch solenoid valve).

Refer to “COMPONENT

INSPECTION” of

“TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

FOR DTC P1105”, EC-358.

OK NG

H

Replace

MAP/BARO switch solenoid valve.

H

CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM.

Check intake system for air leaks.

H

CHECK HOSE BETWEEN ABSOLUTE

PRESSURE SENSOR AND MAP/BARO

SWITCH SOLENOID VALVE.


2. Check hose for clogging, cracks, disconnection or improper connection.

H

OK

(Go to next page.)

NG

E

Repair or reconnect hose.

EC-138



H

CHECK COMPONENT


Refer to “COMPONENT INSPECTION” below.

H

OK



H

INSPECTION END

NG

E


GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

SEF359W


Absolute pressure sensor

1.

Remove absolute pressure sensor with its harness connector connected.

2.

Remove hose from absolute pressure sensor.

3.

Turn ignition switch “ON” and check output voltage between terminal q and engine ground.

The voltage should be 3.2 to 4.8V.

4.

Use pump to apply vacuum of −26.7 kPa (−200 mmHg, −7.87

inHg) to absolute pressure sensor as shown in figure and check the output voltage.

The voltage should be 1.0 to 1.4V lower than the value measured in step 3.

CAUTION:

I

Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.

I Do not apply below −93.3 kPa (−700 mmHg, −27.56 inHg) or over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.92 inHg) of pressure.

5.

If NG, replace absolute pressure sensor.

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-139


Intake Air Temperature Sensor


The intake air temperature sensor is mounted to the intake air duct.

The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to the ECM.

The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor, which is sensitive to the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the temperature rise.

SEF050T

SEF012P

<Reference data>

Intake air temperature

°C (°F)

20 (68)

Voltage*

(V)

3.5

Resistance k

Ω

2.1 - 2.9

80 (176) 1.23

0.27 - 0.38

* These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal q

(Intake air temperature sensor) and ground.

CAUTION:

Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring voltage.

Doing so may result in damage to the ECM’s transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals such as the body ground.


Diagnostic

Trouble Code

P0110

No.

0401


Check Items

(Possible Cause)


...........................................................................................

B) Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is sent to

ECM, compared with the voltage signal from engine coolant temperature sensor.

I



I



PROCEDURE

Perform “Procedure for malfunction A” first.

If 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform “Procedure for malfunction B”.

NOTE:









------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


SEF399X

EC-140


Intake Air Temperature Sensor (Cont’d)


SEF176Y

SEF549P

CAUTION:


TESTING CONDITION:

This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.

1) Wait until engine coolant temperature is less than 90°C

(194°F).

(a) Turn ignition switch “ON”.

(b) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.

(c) Check the engine coolant temperature.

(d) If the engine coolant temperature is not less than

90°C (194°F), turn ignition switch “OFF” and cool down engine.

I Perform the following steps before engine coolant temperature is above 90°C (194°F).



4) Start engine and turn TCS switch “OFF”.

5) Hold vehicle speed more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for

100 consecutive seconds.



------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

RA

BR

ST

EC-141



EC-142

TEC042M




INSPECTION START

SEF051T

SEF321R

H



2. Disconnect intake air temperature sensor harness connector.


4. Check voltage between terminal q and ground.

Voltage:

Approximately 5V

H

OK






OK

NG

E


NG

E


I

Harness connectors

F63 , M49

I Harness connectors

M4 , B3

I

Joint connector-16

I

Harness for open or short between ECM and intake air temperature sensor

I

Harness for open or short between air temperature sensor and throttle actuator control

(TAC) module

I

Harness for open or short between TCM

(Transmission Control

Module) and intake air temperature sensor


SEF322R

H

CHECK COMPONENT

(Intake air temperature sensor).


H

OK



NG

E

Replace intake air temperature sensor.

H

INSPECTION END

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-143




Intake air temperature sensor

Check resistance as shown in the figure.

SEF947Q

<Reference data>

Intake air temperature

°C (°F)

20 (68)

Resistance k

Ω

2.1 - 2.9

80 (176)

If NG, replace intake air temperature sensor.

0.27 - 0.38

SEF012P

EC-144


SEF594K

SEF012P

Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor (ECTS)


The engine coolant temperature sensor is located near the No. 2 injector. The sensor is used to detect the engine coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.

GI

MA

EM

<Reference data>


°C (°F)

−10 (14)

20 (68)

50 (122)

90 (194)

Voltage*

V

4.4

3.5

2.2

1.0

Resistance k

Ω

7.0 - 11.4

2.1 - 2.9

0.68 - 1.00

0.236 - 0.260

*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal q

(Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground.

CAUTION:



LC

FE

AT

PD


Diagnostic

Trouble Code

No.


Check Items

(Possible Cause)

P0115

0103

I

An excessively high or low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.*

I



I


*: When this malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.

FA

RA

BR

ST

Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Condition

Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning ignition switch “ON” or “START”.

CONSULT-II displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.

Just as ignition switch is turned ON or Start

More than 4 minutes after ignition Start


Engine coolant temperature decided

(CONSULT-II DISPLAY)

40°C (104°F)

80°C (176°F)

40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)

(Depends on the time)

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-145



(Cont’d)

SEF399X


PROCEDURE

NOTE:








------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EC-146



(Cont’d)

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

GI

MA

EM

LC

TEC043M

EC-147



(Cont’d)


INSPECTION START

SEF052T

SEF541P

SEF542P

H



2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.



Voltage:

Approximately 5V and

NG

E


I

Harness connectors

F26 , F106

I

Harness for open or short between ECM and engine coolant temperature sensor


OK

H






OK

NG

E


I

Harness connectors

F26 , F106

I

Harness connectors

F63

,

M49

I

Harness connectors

M4 , B3

I

Joint connector-16

I


I



Module) and engine coolant temperature sensor

I Harness for open or short between engine coolant temperature sensor and throttle actuator control (TAC) module

If NG, repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

H

CHECK COMPONENT

(Engine coolant temperature sensor).


H

OK



NG

E

Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

H

INSPECTION END

EC-148



(Cont’d)


Engine coolant temperature sensor


GI

MA

EM

LC

SEF152P

<Reference data>

Temperature °C (°F)

20 (68)

50 (122)

90 (194)

Resistance k

Ω

2.1 - 2.9

0.68 - 1.00

0.236 - 0.260

If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

SEF012P

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-149


Throttle Position Sensor

NOTE: If DTC P0510 (0203) is displayed with DTC P0120, perform TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC

P0510 first (See EC-346.).


The throttle position sensor responds to the accelerator pedal movement. This sensor is a kind of potentiometer which transforms the throttle position into output voltage, and emits the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, the sensor detects the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feeds the voltage signal to the ECM.

Idle position of the throttle valve is determined by the ECM receiving the signal from the throttle position sensor. This one controls engine operation such as fuel cut. The throttle position sensor unit has a built-in “Wide open and closed throttle position switch”.



MONITOR ITEM

THRTL POS SEN

ABSOL TH

⋅

P/S

CONDITION


I

Ignition switch: ON

(Engine stopped)

I



I



(Engine stopped)

I




Throttle valve: fully opened

Throttle valve fully closed

Throttle valve fully opened

0.15 - 0.85V

SPECIFICATION

3.5 - 4.7V

0.0%

Approx. 88%

SEF121TA

EC-150


Throttle Position Sensor (Cont’d)



CAUTION:



GI

TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(DC voltage)

MA


0.15 - 0.85V

EM

63 G

Throttle position sensor signal



3.5 - 4.7V

98 BR/W Sensor’s power supply


Ignition switch “ON” Approximately 5V

LC


129 B Sensor’s ground 0V

Idle speed

*: More than −40.0 kPa (−300 mmHg, −11.81 inHg) of vacuum is applied to the throttle opener with a handy vacuum pump

FE


Diagnostic

Trouble

Code No.


Check Items

(Possible Cause)

P0120

0403

A) An excessively low or high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.*

B) A high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM under light load driving condition.

C) A low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM under heavy load driving condition.


(The throttle position sensor circuit is open or shorted.)

I




I


I

Fuel injector

I


I


I



I

Intake air leaks

I


*: When this malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode

Throttle position will be determined based on the amount of mass air flow and the engine speed.

Therefore, acceleration will be poor.

Condition

When engine is idling

When accelerating

Driving condition

Normal

Poor acceleration

HA

Perform “Procedure for malfunction A” first. If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform “Procedure for malfunction B”. If there is no problem on “Procedure for malfunction B”, perform

“Procedure for malfunction C”.

EL

IDX


PROCEDURE

NOTE:



EC-151




SEF264Y

CAUTION:



I

Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.

I This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.


2) Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.

VHCL SPEED SE: More than 4 km/h (2 MPH)

Selector lever: Suitable position except “P” or “N” position



------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


SEF261Y




3) Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds. If idle speed is over 1,100 rpm, maintain the following conditions for at least 10 seconds to keep engine speed below 1,100 rpm.

Selector lever: Suitable position except “P” or “N”

Brake pedal: depressed

Vehicle speed: 0 km/h (0 MPH)



------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


SEF177Y





4) Select “MANU TRIG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with

CONSULT-II.

5) Select “THRTL POS SEN” and “ABSOL TH

⋅

P/S” in

“DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.

EC-152


SEF021P

SEF265Y

SEF351W


6) Press RECORD on CONSULT-II screen at the same time accelerator pedal is depressed.

7) Print out the recorded graph and check the following:

I The voltage rise is linear in response to accelerator pedal depression.

I

The voltage when accelerator pedal is fully depressed is approximately 4V.



8) Select “AUTO TRIG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with

CONSULT-II.


CMPS-RPM (POS): More than 2,000 rpm

MAS AIR/FL SE: More than 3V

COOLAN TEMP/S: More than 70°C (158°F)





------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Gear position: Suitable position

Engine speed: More than 2,000 rpm

Voltage between ECM terminal q ground):

More than 3V and 128 (ECM




------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Gear position: Suitable position

Engine speed: More than 2,000 rpm

Voltage between ECM terminal q ground): and

128

(ECM

More than 3V

Voltage between ECM terminal q ground):

Less than 1.5V

and

128

(ECM

2) Stop the vehicle, turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least

5 seconds and then turn “ON”.

3) Perform “DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE (Self-diagnostic results)” with ECM.



GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-153



EC-154

TEC044M




If the trouble is duplicated after “Procedure for malfunction

A”, perform “Procedure A” below. If the trouble is duplicated after “Procedure for malfunction B”, perform “Procedure B” on the next page. If the trouble is duplicated after “Procedure

for malfunction C”, perform “Procedure C” on EC-158.

Procedure A

INSPECTION START

GI

MA

SEF053T

H



EM

LC

SEF119T

SEF122T

H



2. Disconnect throttle position sensor harness connector.




OK

H






OK

NG


NG

E


I

Harness connectors

F63 , M49

I

Harness connectors

M4 , B3

I

Joint connector-16

I

Harness for open or short between throttle position sensor and ECM

I

Harness for open or short between throttle position sensor and TCM


Module)

I

Harness for open or short between throttle position sensor and throttle actuator control

(TAC) module


SEF123T

H



2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal q and terminal q

.



NG


H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT

(Throttle position sensor).


EC-159.

H OK q

(Go to next page.)

NG

E

Replace throttle position sensor. To adjust it, perform “BASIC


SEF387U

EC-155

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX



H



H

INSPECTION END

Procedure B

INSPECTION START

H



SEF119T



H




H

OK

NG

E


SEF053T (Go to next page.)

SEF122T

EC-156



SEF123T

H






OK

NG

E Check the following.

I

Harness connectors

F63 , M49

I

Harness connectors

M4 , B3

I

Joint connector-16

I


I



Module)

I


(TAC) module


SEF387U

H





q

.


H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT



EC-159.

NG


NG

E

Replace throttle position sensor. To adjust it, perform “Basic Inspection”,

EC-91.

H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT



EC-131.

H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT

(Camshaft position sensor).


EC-280.

H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT

(Fuel injector).


EC-520.

H

OK



NG

NG

NG

E

E

E


Replace camshaft position sensor.

Replace fuel injector.

H

INSPECTION END

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-157



Procedure C

INSPECTION START

SEF119T

H

ADJUST THROTTLE POSITION SEN-

SOR.

Perform “Basic Inspection”, EC-91.

H

OK


Check the followings for connection.

I

Air duct

I

Vacuum hoses

I

Intake air passage between air duct to collector

If disconnected, reconnect the parts.

H

OK



NG

E Reconnect the parts.

SEF053T

SEF122T

SEF123T

H






OK

H






OK

NG


NG

E


I

Harness connectors

F63 , M49

I

Harness connectors

M4 , B3

I

Joint connector-16

I


I



Module)

I


(TAC) module


H





q

.


H

OK q

(Go to next page.)

NG

E


SEF387U

EC-158



H

CHECK COMPONENT



OK

H



H

INSPECTION END

NG

E

Replace throttle position sensor. To adjust it, perform “Basic Inspection”,

EC-91.

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

SEF793W


Throttle position sensor

1.


2.

Stop engine (Ignition switch “OFF”).

3.


4.

Connect suitable vacuum hose to the vacuum pump and the opener.

5.



PD

FA

RA

BR

SEF266Y

6.


7. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.

8. Check voltage of “THRTL POS SEN”.

Voltage measurement must be made with throttle position sensor installed in vehicle.

ST

RS

Throttle valve conditions

Completely closed (a)

Partially open

Completely open (b)

THRTL POS SEN

0.15 - 0.85

Between (a) and (b)

3.5 - 4.7

If NG, adjust closed throttle position switch. Refer to “Basic

Inspection”, EC-91.

9. If it is impossible to adjust closed throttle position switch in “Basic Inspection”, replace throttle position sensor.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-159



7. Check voltage between ECM terminal q

(Throttle position sensor signal) and ground.


SEF795W


Completely closed

Partially open

Voltage V

0.15 - 0.85

Between (a) and (b)

Completely open 3.5 - 4.7




EC-160


SEF594K

Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor


The engine coolant temperature sensor is located near the No. 2 injector. The sensor is used to detect the engine coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.

GI

MA

EM

SEF012P

<Reference data>


°C (°F)

−10 (14)

20 (68)

50 (122)

90 (194)

Voltage*

V

4.4

3.5

2.2

1.0

Resistance k

Ω

7.0 - 11.4

2.1 - 2.9

0.68 - 1.00

0.236 - 0.260


(Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground.

CAUTION:



LC

FE

AT

PD

FA


Diagnostic

Trouble

Code No.

P0125

0908


I

Voltage sent to ECM from the sensor is not practical, even when some time has passed after starting the engine.

I

Engine coolant temperature is insufficient for closed loop fuel control.

Check Items

(Possible Cause)

I


(High resistance in the circuit)

I


I

Thermostat

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-161



(Cont’d)


PROCEDURE

SEF399X

CAUTION:

Do not overheat engine.

NOTE:

I If DTC P0115 (0103) is displayed with P0125 (0908), first

perform TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC P0115, EC-145.

I

If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PRO-

CEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.


2) Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.

3) Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 10°C (50°F).

If it is above 10°C (50°F), the test result will be OK.

If it is below 10°C (50°F), go to following step.

4) Start engine and run it for 65 minutes at idle speed.

If “COOLAN TEMP/S” increases to more than 10°C

(50°F) within 65 minutes, stop engine because the test result will be OK.

5) If 1st DTC is detected, go to “DIAGNOSTIC


------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EC-162



(Cont’d)

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

GI

MA

EM

LC

TEC642

EC-163



(Cont’d)


INSPECTION START

SEF052T

SEF541P

SEF542P

H






Voltage:

Approximately 5V and

OK

H






OK

NG

E


I

Harness connectors

F26 , F106

I



NG

E


I

Harness connectors

F26 , F106

I

Harness connectors

F63 , M49

I

Harness connectors

M4 , B3

I

Joint connector-16

I


I



Module) and engine coolant temperature sensor

I

Harness for open or short between engine coolant temperature sensor and throttle actuator control (TAC) module


H

CHECK COMPONENT

(Engine coolant temperature sensor).


H

OK

CHECK THERMOSTAT OPERATION.

When the engine is cold [lower than 75°C

(167°F)], grasp lower radiator hose and confirm the engine coolant does not flow.

H

OK



NG

NG

E

E


CHECK COMPONENT.

(Thermostat)

Refer to LC section (“Thermostat”).

If NG, replace it.

H

INSPECTION END

EC-164



(Cont’d)


Engine coolant temperature sensor


GI

MA

EM

LC

SEF152P


20 (68)

50 (122)

90 (194)

Resistance k

Ω

2.1 - 2.9

0.68 - 1.00

0.236 - 0.260

If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

SEF012P

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-165

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC P0130 (B1), P0150 (B2)

SEF463R

Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 (Front) (P0130: Bank

1), (P0150: Bank 2) (Circuit)


The heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) is placed into the exhaust manifold. It detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) has a closed-end tube made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) signal is sent to the

ECM. The ECM adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.

SEF288D




HO2S1 (B1)

HO2S1 (B2)

HO2S1 MNTR (B1)

HO2S1 MNTR (B2)


SPECIFICATION

0 - 0.3V

) 0.6 - 1.0V


LEAN ) RICH




CAUTION:



TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(DC voltage)

82 (B2) R

Engine is running.

Heated oxygen sensors 1

(front)



83 (B1) W


EC-166



1), (P0150: Bank 2) (Circuit) (Cont’d)


Under the condition in which the heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) signal is not input, the ECM circuits will read a continuous approximately 0.3V. Therefore, for this diagnosis, the time that output voltage is within 200 to 400 mV range is monitored, and the diagnosis checks that this time is not inordinately long.

GI

MA

SEF237U

Diagnostic Trouble

Code No.

P0130, 0303

(Bank 1)

P0150, 0503

(Bank 2)


I

The voltage from the sensor is constantly approx. 0.3V.

EM

Check Items

(Possible Cause)

I



I


LC

FE

AT

SEF979Z

SEF980Z


PROCEDURE

CAUTION:


NOTE:

I




I Always drive vehicle at temperature of more than −10°C

(14°F).

I



2) Stop engine and wait at least 5 seconds.

3) Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “HO2S1 (B1)

P0130, (B2) (P0150)” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUP-

PORT” mode with CONSULT-II.

4) Touch “START”.

5) Start engine (TCS switch “OFF”) and let it idle for at least 3 minutes.

NOTE:

Never raise engine speed above 3,200 rpm after this step. If the engine speed limit is exceeded, return to step 5).

6) When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to

“COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 10 to 60 seconds.)

CMPS-RPM (POS): 1,600 - 2,200 rpm

Vehicle speed: More than 70 km/h (43 MPH)

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

SEF645Y

EC-167




B/FUEL SCHDL: 1.4 - 5 msec


If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2).

7) Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-

DIAG RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to “DIAG-

NOSTIC PROCEDURE”, EC-171.

During this test, P1148 and P1168 may be stored in

ECM.

SEF353WA

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.


2) Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal q

(B1) (sensor signal) and ground.

(B2), q

3) Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm constant under no load.

I

The voltage does not remain in the range of 0.2 - 0.4V.


EC-168

BANK 1




GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

TEC783

EC-169

BANK 2




EC-170

TEC784





INSPECTION START

H



SEF054TI

H



2. Disconnect corresponding heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) harness connector and ECM harness connector.

3. Check harness continuity between ECM and sensor terminals.

NG

E


SEF056TH

DTC

P0130

P0150

Terminals

ECM

83

82

Sensor

2

2

Bank

(Harness protector color)

Bank 1

(Black)

Bank 2

(Blue)

SEF377U


4. Check harness continuity between ECM and sensor or ground.

DTC

P0130

P0150

Terminals

ECM or sensor

Ground

83 or 2

82 or 2

Ground

Ground

Bank


Bank 1

(Black)

Bank 2

(Blue)

SEF409WA

Continuity should not exist.


H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT

[Heated oxygen sensor 1 (front)].


OK

NG

E

REPLACE HO2S1 (front).

1. Check front HO2S harness protector color.

Black: Left bank (B1)

Blue: Right bank (B2)

2. Replace malfunctioning

HO2S1 (front).

H



H

INSPECTION END

SEF390UA

EC-171

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX





SEF977Z

Heated oxygen sensor 1 (front)


2) Select “MANU TRIG” and “HI SPEED” in “DATA MONI-

TOR” mode with CONSULT-II, and select “HO2S1 (B1)

(B2)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1) (B2)”.

3) Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the following steps.

4) Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-II screen.

5) Check the following.

I

“HO2S1 MNTR (B1) (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” 5 times in 10 seconds.

5 times (cycles) are counted as shown below: cycle | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 |

HO2S1 MNTR (B1) R-L-R-L-R-L-R-L-R-L-R

R = “HO2S1 MNTR (B1) (B2)”, “RICH”

L = “HO2S1 MNTR (B1) (B2)”, “LEAN”

I

“HO2S1 (B1) (B2)” voltage goes above 0.6V at least once.

I “HO2S1 (B1) (B2)” voltage goes below 0.30V at least once.

I

“HO2S1 (B1) (B2)” voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

CAUTION:

I

Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.

I Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool

J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.

SEF978Z

SEF353WA

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



(B2), q



I

Malfunction indicator lamp goes on more than 5 times within 10 seconds in Diagnostic Test Mode II [HEATED

OXYGEN SENSOR 1 MONITOR (FRONT), EC-68].

I The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least one time.

I

The minimum voltage is below 0.30V at least one time.

EC-172




I

The voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

CAUTION:

I Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.



GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-173


SEF463R


1), (P0151: Bank 2) (Lean shift monitoring)




SEF288D




HO2S1 (B1)

HO2S1 (B2)

HO2S1 MNTR (B1)

HO2S1 MNTR (B2)


SPECIFICATION

0 - 0.3V

) 0.6 - 1.0V


LEAN ) RICH




CAUTION:



TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(DC voltage)

82 (B2) R

Engine is running.


(front)



83 (B1) W


EC-174




(Cont’d)


To judge the malfunction, the output from the heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) is monitored to determine whether the “rich” output is sufficiently high and whether the “lean” output is sufficiently low.

When both the outputs are shifting to the lean side, the malfunction will be detected.

GI

MA

SEF300U

EM

Diagnostic Trouble

Code No.

P0131

0411

(Bank 1)

P0151

0415

(Bank 2)


I

The maximum voltage from the sensor is not reached to the specified voltage.

Check Items

(Possible Cause)

I


I


I

Fuel pressure

I

Injectors

I

Intake air leaks

LC

FE

AT

SEF982Z

SEF983Z


PROCEDURE

CAUTION:


NOTE:




I

Always perform at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).

I Before performing following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.




P0131, (B2) P0151” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUP-




NOTE:



“COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 50 seconds.)

CMPS-RPM (POS): 1,200 - 2,200 rpm

Vehicle speed: 0 - 100 km/h (0 - 62 MPH)

B/FUEL SCHDL: 1.4 - 5.0 ms


PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

SEF651Y

EC-175




(Cont’d)





SEF353WA

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------






(B2), q


I

The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least one time.

I



EC-176




(Cont’d)


INSPECTION START GI

SEF833UA

H

Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensors 1 (front).

Tightening torque:

40 - 50 N

⋅ m

(4.1 - 5.1 kg-m, 30 - 37 ft-lb)

SEF409WA

SEF985Z

H

CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA


2. Select “SELF-LEARNING

CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.

3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.

4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.

Are the 1st trip DTCs P0171,

P0174 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart and run engine for at least 3 seconds at idle speed.

4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.

5. Make sure diagnostic trouble code No. 0102 is displayed in

Diagnostic Test Mode II.

6. Erase the diagnostic test mode

II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Make sure diagnostic trouble code No. 0505 is displayed in Diagnostic Test Mode

II.


Are the 1st trip DTCs 0115,

0210 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?

Yes

E Go to “TROUBLE DIAG-

NOSIS FOR DTC P0171,

P0174”, EC-245.

H

No

CHECK COMPONENT

[Heated oxygen sensor 1 heaters (front)].


OK

NG

E


1. Check HO2S1 (front) harness protector color.




HO2S1 (front)

SEF395W

H

CHECK COMPONENT

[Heated oxygen sensors 1 (front)].


H

OK



Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR

DTC P0130 (B1), P0150 (B2)” for circuit,

EC-166.

NG

E

Replace corresponding heated oxygen sensor 1

(front).

H

INSPECTION END

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-177




(Cont’d)

AEC158A


Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater (front)

Check resistance between terminals q

Resistance: 2.3 - 4.3

Ω at 25°C (77°F)

Check continuity between terminals q


and q and q

.

, q

If NG, replace the heated oxygen sensor 1 (front).

and q

.

CAUTION:




SEF977Z





(B2)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1) (B2)”.




I


5 times (cycles) are counted as shown below: cycle 1 2 3 4 5




I


I

“HO2S1 (B1) (B2)” voltage goes below 0.30V at least once.

I


CAUTION:


I

Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool


EC-178




(Cont’d)

GI

MA

EM

SEF978Z LC

FE

AT

SEF353WA

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------




(B2), q


I


OXYGEN SENSOR 1 MONITOR (FRONT)]. See

EC-68.

I


I The minimum voltage is below 0.30V at least one time.

I The voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

CAUTION:


I



PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-179


SEF463R


1), (P0152: Bank 2) (Rich Shift Monitoring)




SEF288D




HO2S1 (B1)

HO2S1 (B2)

I


HO2S1 MNTR (B1)

HO2S1 MNTR (B2)

SPECIFICATION

0 - 0.3V

) 0.6 - 1.0V


LEAN ) RICH




CAUTION:



TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(DC voltage)

82 (B2) R

Engine is running.

Heated oxygen sensors 1

(front)



83 (B1) W


EC-180




(Cont’d)


To judge the malfunction, the output from the heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) is monitored to determine whether the “rich” output is sufficiently high. The “lean” output is sufficiently low. When both the outputs are shifting to the rich side, the malfunction will be detected.

GI

MA

SEF299U

EM

Diagnostic Trouble

Code No.

P0132

0410

(Bank 1)

P0152

0414

(Bank 2)


I

The maximum and minimum voltages from the sensor are not around the specified voltages.

Check Items

(Possible Cause)

I


I


I

Fuel pressure

I

Injectors

LC

FE

AT

SEF986Z

SEF987Z


PROCEDURE

CAUTION:


NOTE:




I

Always perform at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).

I

Before performing following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.








NOTE:




CMPS-RPM (POS): 1,200 - 2,200 rpm


B/FUEL SCHDL: 1.4 - 5.0 ms


PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

SEF655Y

EC-181




(Cont’d)





SEF353WA

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------






(B2), q


I


I



EC-182




(Cont’d)


INSPECTION START

GI

SEF833UA

H

Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1 (front).


40 - 50 N

⋅ m (4.1 - 5.1 kg-m, 30 - 37 ft-lb)

MA

EM

LC

SEF985Z

SEF395W

H









-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Yes

E








II.






P0175”, EC-251.

H

No

(Go to next page.)

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-183




(Cont’d)

H

CHECK COMPONENT

[Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater (front)].


OK

NG

E






HO2S1 (front).

H

CHECK COMPONENT



2. Disconnect sensor harness connector and check for water.



3. Check heated oxygen sensor 1 (front)

(B1), (B2).


H

OK




DTC P0130 (B1), P0150 (B2)” for circuit,

EC-166.

OK

H

INSPECTION END

NG

E

Repair or replace harness and/or connectors or replace corresponding heated oxygen sensor 1

(front).

AEC158A





Ω at 25°C (77°F)



and q and q

.

, q

If NG, replace the heated oxygen sensors 1 (front).

and q

.

CAUTION:


I



EC-184




(Cont’d)

SEF267Y





(B2)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1) (B2)”.




I




GI

MA

EM

LC

FE



I


I “HO2S1 (B1) (B2)” voltage goes below 0.30V at least once.

I


CAUTION:

I




AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

SEF978Z

HA

SEF353WA

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



(B2), q



I Malfunction indicator lamp goes on more than 5 times within 10 seconds in Diagnostic Test Mode II [HEATED


EC-68.

I The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least one time.


EC-185

EL

IDX




(Cont’d)

I


CAUTION:


I



EC-186


SEF463R


1), (P0153: Bank 2) (Response monitoring)




GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

SEF288D



MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

PD

FA

HO2S1 (B1)

HO2S1 (B2)

0 - 0.3V

) 0.6 - 1.0V

HO2S1 MNTR (B1)

HO2S1 MNTR (B2)

I Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm RA

LEAN ) RICH


BR



CAUTION:



ST

RS

TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(DC voltage)

BT

82 (B2) R

Engine is running.


(front)



HA

83 (B1) W


EL

IDX

EC-187




(Cont’d)


To judge the malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1 (front), this diagnosis measures response time of the heated oxygen sensor 1

(front) signal. The time is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel feedback control constant, and heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) temperature index. Judgment is based on whether the compensated time [heated oxygen sensors 1 (front) cycling time index] is inordinately long or not.

SEF010V

Diagnostic Trouble Code No.


P0133

0409

(Bank 1)

I

The response of the voltage signal from the sensor takes more than the specified time.

P0153

0413

(Bank 2)

Check Items (Possible Cause)

I

Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)

I


I


I

Fuel pressure

I

Injectors

I

Intake air leaks

I

Exhaust gas leaks

I

PCV

I


SEF989Z


PROCEDURE

CAUTION:


NOTE:




I Always perform at a temperature of above −10°C (14°F).

I Before performing following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.




P0133, (B2) (P0153)” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUP-




SEF990Z

NOTE:



“COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 40 to 50 seconds.)

CMPS-RPM (POS): 1,200 - 2,500 rpm

SEF658Y

EC-188




(Cont’d)

Vehicle speed: More than 50 km/h (31 MPH)

B/FUEL SCHDL: 1.4 - 5.0 msec






GI

MA

EM

SEF353WA

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------






(B2), q


I



EC-68.


LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

RA

BR

ST

EC-189

BANK 1




(Cont’d)

EC-190

TEC783

BANK 2




(Cont’d)

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

TEC784

EC-191




(Cont’d)


INSPECTION START

H



SEF833UA H



40 - 50 N

⋅ m (4.1 - 5.1 kg-m, 30 - 37 ft-lb)

SEF377U

H

CHECK EXHAUST AIR LEAK.

Start engine and run it at idle. Listen for an exhaust air leak before three way catalyst.

H

OK

CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK.

Start engine and run it at idle. Listen for an intake air leak between the mass air flow sensor and the intake manifold.

NG

NG

E

E

Repair or replace.

Repair or replace.

SEF099P

SEF985Z

OK

H








P0174 or P0172, P0175 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------








II.



0210 or D114, 0209 detected?

Is it difficult to start engine?

Yes

E



P0172”, P0174, P0175,

EC-245, 251.

H

No q

(Go to next page.)

SEF395W

EC-192




(Cont’d)

SEF054TI

SEF056TH

H





DTC

Terminals

ECM Sensor

Bank


P0133

P0153

83

82

2

2

B1 (Black)

B2 (Blue)



DTC

P0133

P0153

Terminals

ECM or sensor

83 or 2

82 or 2

Ground

Ground

Ground

Bank


B1 (Black)

B2 (Blue)

NG

E




H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT



OK

SEF409WA

H

CHECK COMPONENT



OK

SEF390UA

H

CHECK COMPONENT



EC-131.

H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT

(PCV valve).


EC-36.

H

OK



H

OK

INSPECTION END

NG

NG

NG

NG

E

E

E

E






HO2S1 (front)






HO2S1 (front)


Repair or replace PCV valve.

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-193




(Cont’d)

AEC158A





Ω at 25°C (77°F)



and q and q

.

, q


and q

.

CAUTION:

I


I



SEF977Z





(B2)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1) (B2)”.




I






I


I


I


CAUTION:

I




EC-194




(Cont’d)

GI

MA

EM

SEF978Z LC

FE

AT

SEF353WA

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------




(B2), q


I



EC-68.

I




CAUTION:


I



PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-195


SEF463R


1), (P0154: Bank 2)




SEF288D




HO2S1 (B1)

HO2S1 (B2)

HO2S1 MNTR (B1)

HO2S1 MNTR (B2)

I


SPECIFICATION

0 - 0.3V

) 0.6 - 1.0V


LEAN ) RICH




CAUTION:



TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(DC voltage)

Engine is running.

82 (B2) R


(front)



83 (B1) W



To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) output is not inordinately high.

SEF301UA

EC-196



1), (P0154: Bank 2) (Cont’d)

Diagnostic Trouble

Code No.

P0134

0142

(Bank 1)

P0154

0509

(Bank 2)

Check Items


(Possible Cause)

I

An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.

I



I


SEC026C

GI

MA

EM


PROCEDURE

NOTE:



With CONSULT-II





5) Restart engine and let it idle for 32 seconds.



------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Wtih GST







7) If DTC is detected, go to “DIAGNOSTIC


------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Not Tools




4) Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 5 seconds and then turn “ON”.

5) Perform “Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)” with ECM.



I When using GST, “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” should be performed twice as much as when using CON-

SULT-II or ECM (Diagnostic Test Mode II) because GST cannot display MODE 7 (1st trip DTC) concerning this diagnosis. Therefore, using CONSULT-II or ECM (Diagnostic Test

Mode II) is recommended.

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-197

BANK 1



1), (P0154: Bank 2) (Cont’d)

EC-198

TEC783

BANK 2



1), (P0154: Bank 2) (Cont’d)

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

TEC784

EC-199



1), (P0154: Bank 2) (Cont’d)


INSPECTION START

SEF833UA

H



40 - 50 N

⋅ m (4.1 - 5.1 kg-m, 30 - 37 ft-lb)

H





NG

E


SEF377U

SEF054TI

DTC

P0134

P0154

Terminals

ECM

83

82

Sensor

2

2

Bank


B1 (Black)

B2 (Blue)



DTC

P0134

P0154

Terminals

ECM or sensor

83 or 2

82 or 2

Ground

Ground

Ground



H

OK

Bank


B1 (Black)

B2 (Blue)

(Go to next page.)

SEF056TH

SEF409WA

EC-200



1), (P0154: Bank 2) (Cont’d)

SEF390UA

H

CHECK COMPONENT






3. Check heated oxygen sensor 1 (front).


OK

NG

E

REPAIR OR REPLACE

HO2S1 (front).

Repair or replace harness and/or connectors as follows.




2. Repair or replace malfunctioning HO2S1

(front).

H



OK

H

INSPECTION END

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-201



1), (P0154: Bank 2) (Cont’d)


SEF977Z





(B2)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1) (B2)”.




I






I “HO2S1 (B1) (B2)” voltage goes above 0.6V at least once.

I



CAUTION:

I




SEF978Z

SEF353WA

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------




(B2), q


I



EC-68.

I



EC-202



1), (P0154: Bank 2) (Cont’d)

I


CAUTION:

I




GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-203


Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater (Front) (P0135:

Bank 1), (P0155: Bank 2)



Engine speed



E

ECM

E

E

Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater

(front)

The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater (front) corresponding to the engine speed.

OPERATION

Engine speed rpm

Above 3,200

Below 3,200


OFF

ON




HO2S1 HTR (B1)

HO2S1 HTR (B2)

I

Engine speed: Idle

I

Engine speed: Above 3,200

ON

OFF

SPECIFICATION



CAUTION:



TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(DC voltage)

17

(B1)

16

(B2)

G/W

L/Y


Engine is running.

Engine speed is below 3,200 rpm.

Engine is running.


0 - 0.5V

BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)


Diagnostic Trouble

Code No.

P0135

0901

(Bank 1)


I

The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor

1 heater (front) circuit is out of the normal range.

[The improper voltage drop signal is sent to ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater (front).]

P0155

1001

(Bank 2)

Check Items

(Possible Cause)

I


(The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater (front) circuit is open or shorted.)

I


EC-204



Bank 1), (P0155: Bank 2) (Cont’d)

SEC027C


PROCEDURE

NOTE:




Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5.


2) Start engine and run it for at least 6 seconds at idle speed.



------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



3) Restart engine and run it for at least 6 seconds at idle speed.




I

When using GST, “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CON-

FIRMATION PROCEDURE” should be performed twice as much as when using CONSULT-II because GST cannot display MODE 7 (1st trip DTC) concerning this diagnosis.

Therefore, using CONSULT-II is recommended.

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

HA

EL

IDX

ST

RS

BT

EC-205

BANK 1



Bank 1), (P0155: Bank 2) (Cont’d)

EC-206

TEC785

BANK 2



Bank 1), (P0155: Bank 2) (Cont’d)

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

TEC786

EC-207



Bank 1), (P0155: Bank 2) (Cont’d)


INSPECTION START

SEF054TI

H



2. Disconnect corresponding heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) harness connector.


4. Check voltage between terminal q ground.

Voltage: Battery voltage and

OK

NG

E


I

Harness connectors

F1 , E14

I

7.5A fuse

I

Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) and fuse


H




3. Check harness continuity between terminal and sensor.

NG

E


SEF056TH

DTC

P0135

P0155

ECM

17

16

Terminals

Sensor

1

1

Bank


B1

(Black)

B2 (Blue)

SEF646P



H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT



OK

NG

E






HO2S1 (front)

H



H

INSPECTION END

SEF409WA

SEF391UA

EC-208



Bank 1), (P0155: Bank 2) (Cont’d)


AEC158A



Check continuity between terminals q and q


Ω at 25°C (77°F) and q

.

, q



and q

.

CAUTION:


I



GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-209


SEF327R

Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 (Rear) (P0137: Bank

1), (P0157: Bank 2) (Min. Voltage Monitoring)


The heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear), after three way catalyst, monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank.

Even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1

(front) are shifted, the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear).

This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions.

Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) is not used for engine control operation.



MONITOR ITEM

HO2S2 (B1)

HO2S2 (B2)

I


CONDITION

Revving engine from idle up to 2,000 rpm

SPECIFICATION

0 - 0.3V

) 0.6 - 1.0V



CAUTION:



TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(DC voltage)

89 (B2) W

90 (B1) Y


(rear)

Engine is running.

After warming up to normal operating temperature and revving engine from idle up to 2,000 rpm.


SEF304UA


The heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1

(front). The oxygen storage capacity before the three way catalyst causes the longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear), ECM monitors whether the minimum voltage of the sensor is sufficiently low during the various driving condition such as fuel-cut.

EC-210




(Cont’d)

Diagnostic Trouble

Code No.

P0137

0511

(Bank 1)

P0157

0314

(Bank 2)


I

The minimum voltage from the sensor is not reached to the specified voltage.

SEC028C

SEC029C

SEC030C

Check Items

(Possible Cause)

I


(The sensor circuit is open.)

I


I Fuel pressure

I

Injectors

GI

MA

EM


PROCEDURE

CAUTION:


NOTE:

I “COMPLETED” will appear on CONSULT-II screen when all tests “COND1”, “COND2” and “COND3” are completed.

I If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PRO-



Never stop engine during this test. If the engine is stopped, reperform this test from step 2).

Procedure for COND1







5) Start engine (TCS switch “OFF”) and let it idle for at least 30 seconds.

6) Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm 2 or 3 times quickly under no load.

If “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to step 10).

If “COMPLETED” does not appear on CONSULT-II screen, go to the following step.

7) Drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.

8) When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed at “COND1” on the CONSULT-II screen.

Maintain the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED” (It will take approximately

60 seconds.)

CMPS-RPM (POS): 1,200 - 2,500 rpm




NOTE:

I If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2).

I If “COMPLETED” already appears at “COND2” on

CONSULT-II screen before “Procedure for COND2” is conducted, it is unnecessary to conduct step 9).

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

SEC031C

EC-211




(Cont’d)

SEF835Y

Procedure for COND2

9) While driving release accelerator pedal completely with

“OD” OFF from the above condition (step 8) until

“INCOMPLETE” at “COND2” on CONSULT-II screen has turned to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately

4 seconds.)

I




Procedure for COND3

10) Stop vehicle and let it idle until “INCOMPLETE” of

“COND3” on CONSULT-II screen has turned to “COM-

PLETED”. (It will take a maximum of approximately 6 minutes.)




SEF354WA

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.

1) Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than

70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.

2) Stop vehicle with engine running.

3) Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminals q

(B2),


4) Check the voltage when revving engine up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times.

(depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible)

The voltage should be below 0.43V at least once during this procedure.

If the voltage can be confirmed in step 4, step 5 is not necessary.

5) Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position with “OD” OFF.

The voltage should be below 0.43V at least once during this procedure.


EC-212

BANK 1




(Cont’d)

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

TEC787

EC-213

BANK 2




(Cont’d)

EC-214

TEC788




(Cont’d)


INSPECTION START

SEF055TA

H



SEF377U

SEF985Z

SEF395W

H









-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart

Yes

E and run engine for at least 3 seconds at idle speed.






II.






P0175”, EC-251.

H

No

(Go to next page.)

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-215




(Cont’d)

SEC032C

H



2. Disconnect corresponding heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) harness connector and ECM harness connector.

3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and sensor.

DTC

P0137

P0157

ECM

90

89

Terminals

Sensor

2

2

Bank


B1 (White)

B2 (Red)

NG

E


I

Harness connectors

F3 , E12 (LH) or

F14

, F131 (RH)

I

Harness connectors

E19 , E102 (LH)


SEF392UA


4. Check harness continuity between ECM and sensor or ground terminals.

DTC

P0137

P0157

Terminals

ECM or sensor

90 or 2

89 or 2

Ground

Ground

Ground

Bank


B1 (White)

B2 (Red)


If OK, check harness for short to ground or short to power.

OK

SEF129T

H



2. Loosen and retighten ground screws.




OK

NG

E


I

Harness connectors

F3 , E12 (LH) or

F14 , F131 (RH)

I

Harness connectors

E19

, E102 (LH)

I

Harness connectors

F62 , F61

I

Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) and engine ground


H

CHECK COMPONENT

[Heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear)].


OK

NG

E

REPLACE HO2S2 (rear).

1. Check HO2S2 (rear) harness protector color.

White: Left bank (B1)

Red: Right bank (B2)


HO2S2 (rear).

H

(Go to next page.)

EC-216




(Cont’d)

SEC033C

SEF354WA

H



H

OK

INSPECTION END

GI

MA

EM


Heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear)




3) Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1) (B2)” as the monitor item with

CONSULT-II.

4) Check “HO2S2 (B1) (B2)” at idle speed when adjusting

“FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.

“HO2S2 (B1) (B2)” should be above 0.48V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.

“HO2S2 (B1) (B2)” should be below 0.43V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------




3) Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminals


q

(B2), q

4) Check the voltage when racing up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times.


The voltage should be above 0.48V at least once.

If the voltage is above 0.48V at step 4, step 5 is not necessary.


The voltage should be below 0.43V at least once.

CAUTION:


I



LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

SEF244Y

EC-217


SEF327R


1), (P0158: Bank 2) (Max. Voltage Monitoring)


The heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear), after three way catalyst, monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank.


(front) are shifted, the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear).





MONITOR ITEM

HO2S1 (B1)

HO2S1 (B2)

I


CONDITION


SPECIFICATION

0 - 0.3V

) 0.6 - 1.0V



CAUTION:



TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(DC voltage)

90 (B1) Y

89 (B2) W


(rear)

Engine is running.





(front). The oxygen storage capacity before the three way catalyst causes the longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear), ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor is sufficiently high during the various driving condition such as fuel-cut.

SEF303UA

EC-218




(Cont’d)

Diagnostic Trouble

Code No.

P0138 (B1)

0510

(Bank 1)

P0158 (B2)

0313

(Bank 2)


I

The maximum voltage from the sensor is not reached to the specified voltage.

SEC034C

SEC035C

SEC036C

SEC037C

Check Items

(Possible Cause)

I



I


I Fuel pressure

I

Injectors

I

Intake air leaks

GI

MA

EM


PROCEDURE

CAUTION:


NOTE:

I “COMPLETED” will appear on CONSULT-II screen when all tests “COND1”, “COND2” and “COND3” are completed.

I





Procedure for COND1








6) Rev engine to 2,000 rpm 2 or 3 times quickly under no load.

If “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to step 10).




Maintain the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately

60 seconds.)

CMPS-RPM (POS): 1,200 - 2,500 rpm




NOTE:

I


I

If “COMPLETED” already appears at “COND2” on


LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-219




(Cont’d)

SEF665Y

Procedure for COND2

9) While driving, release accelerator pedal completely with

“OD” OFF from the above condition [step 8] until

“INCOMPLETE” at “COND2” on CONSULT-II screen is turned to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 4 seconds.)

NOTE:

If “COMPLETED” is already appears at “COND3” on


Procedure for COND3



PLETED”. (It will take maximum of approximately 6 minutes.)




SEF354WA

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------







(B2),


4) Check the voltage when revving engine up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times.


The voltage should be above 0.48V at least once during this procedure.



The voltage should be above 0.48V at least once during this procedure.


EC-220

BANK 1




(Cont’d)

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

TEC787

EC-221

BANK 2




(Cont’d)

EC-222

TEC788




(Cont’d)


INSPECTION START

SEF055TA



H

GI

MA

EM

LC

SEF377U

SEF985Z

SEF395W

H









-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Yes

E







II.






P0174”, EC-245.

H

No

(Go to next page.)

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-223




(Cont’d)

SEC032C

H



2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2

(rear) harness connector and ECM harness connector.

3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and sensor.

DTC

Terminals

ECM Sensor

Bank


P0138

P0158

90

89

2

2

B1 (White)

B2 (Red)


4. Check harness continuity between ECM and sensor or ground terminals.

NG

E


I

Harness connectors

F3 , E12 (LH) or

F14 , F131 (RH)

I

Harness connectors

E19 , E102 (LH)


SEF392UA

SEF129T

DTC

P0138

Terminals

ECM or sensor

90 or 2

Ground

Ground

Bank


B1 (White)

P0158 89 or 2 Ground B2 (Red)



H

OK



2. Loosen and retighten ground screws.




OK

NG

E


I

Harness connectors

F3 , E12 (LH) or

F14 , F131 (RH)

I

Harness connectors

E19

, E102 (LH)

I

Harness connectors

F62 , F61

I



H

CHECK COMPONENT [Heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear)]. Refer to “COMPONENT

INSPECTION” on next page.

OK

NG

E






HO2S2 (rear).

H



H

INSPECTION END

EC-224




(Cont’d)

SEC033C

SEF354WA







CONSULT-II.





------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------





(B2),








CAUTION:

I


I



GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SEF244Y

IDX

EC-225


SEF327R


1), (P0159: Bank 2) (Response Monitoring)


The heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear), after three way catalyst, monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on left and right bank.


(front) are shifted, the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal from the each heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear).





MONITOR ITEM

HO2S2 (B1)

HO2S2 (B2)

HO2S2 MNTR (B1)

HO2S2 MNTR (B2)

I


CONDITION


SPECIFICATION

0 - 0.3V

) 0.6 - 1.0V

LEAN ) RICH



CAUTION:



TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

89 (B2) W

ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(DC voltage)

90 (B1) Y


(rear)

Engine is running.



SEF302U



(front). The oxygen storage capacity before the three way catalyst causes the longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear), ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sensor’s voltage is faster than specified during the various driving condition such as fuel-cut.

EC-226

Diagnostic Trouble

Code No.

P0139

0707

(Bank 1)

P0159

0708

(Bank 2)




(Cont’d)


I It takes more time for the sensor to respond between rich and lean than the specified time.

Check Items

(Possible Cause)



I


I Fuel pressure

I Injectors

I

Intake air leaks

SEC038C

SEC039C

SEC040C

GI

MA

EM


PROCEDURE

CAUTION:


NOTE:

I

“COMPLETED” will appear on CONSULT-II screen when all tests “COND1”, “COND2” and “COND3” are completed.

I





Procedure for COND1








6) Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm 2 or 3 times quickly under no load.

If “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to the following step.



Maintain the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately

60 seconds.)

CMPS-RPM (POS): 1,200 - 2,500 rpm




NOTE:

I




LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

SEC041C

EC-227




(Cont’d)

SEF668Y

Procedure for COND2

9) While driving, release accelerator pedal completely with

“OD” OFF from the above condition [step 8)] until

“INCOMPLETE” at “COND2” on CONSULT-II screen has turned to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately

4 seconds.)

NOTE:



Procedure for COND3



PLETED”. (It will take a maximum of approximately 6 minutes.)


DIAG RESULTS”.

If “NG” is displayed, refer to “DIAGNOSTIC


SEF354WA

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------







(B2),




The voltage should be changed at more than 0.06V

for 1 second during this procedure.



The voltage should be changed at more than 0.06V

for 1 second during this procedure.


EC-228

BANK 1




(Cont’d)

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

TEC787

EC-229

BANK 2




(Cont’d)

EC-230

TEC788




(Cont’d)


INSPECTION START

H



SEF055TA

H


1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) harness connector and ECM harness connector.


DTC

P0139

P0159

ECM

90

89

Terminals

Sensor

2

2

Bank


B1 (White)

B2 (Red)

NG

E



F3 , E12 (B1) or

F14 , F131 (B2)

I

Harness connectors

E19 , E102 (B1)


SEF377U


3. Check harness continuity between ECM sensor or ground terminals.

DTC

P0139

P0159

Terminals

ECM or sensor

90 or 2

89 or 2

Ground

Ground

Ground

Bank


B1 (White)

B2 (Red)

SEC032C



H

OK


Check harness continuity between terminal q and engine ground.



OK

SEF398UA H

CHECK COMPONENT



OK

H

Perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTER-

MITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-117.

H

OK

INSPECTION END

NG

E


I

Harness connectors

F3 , E12 (LH) or

F14 , F131 (RH)


E19

, E102 (LH)

F62 , F61

I



NG

E






HO2S2 (rear).

SEF135T

EC-231

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX




(Cont’d)

SEC033C

SEF354WA







CONSULT-II.





------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------





(B2),






5) Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position.


CAUTION:

I


I



SEF244Y

EC-232


SEF327R


1), (P0160: Bank 2) (High voltage)


The heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear), after three way catalyst, monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on left and right bank.


(front) are shifted, the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal from the each heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear).



GI

MA

EM

LC



CONDITION MONITOR ITEM

HO2S2 (B1)

HO2S2 (B2)

HO2S2 MNTR (B1)

HO2S2 MNTR (B2)



SPECIFICATION

0 - 0.3V

) 0.6 - 1.0V

LEAN ) RICH

FE

AT



CAUTION:



PD

FA

TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

89 (B2) W

ITEM


(rear)

CONDITION

DATA

(DC voltage)


RA

BR

90 (B1) Y

Engine is running.


ST

RS

BT

HA



(front). The oxygen storage capacity before the three way catalyst causes the longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear), ECM monitors whether the voltage is unusually high during the various driving condition such as fuelcut.

EL

IDX

SEF305UA

EC-233

Diagnostic Trouble

Code No.

P0140

0512

(Bank 1)

P0160

0315

(Bank 2)



1), (P0160: Bank 2) (High voltage) (Cont’d)


Check Items

(Possible Cause)

I

An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.

I


(The sensor circuit is open.)

I


SEF270Y

SEF354WA


PROCEDURE

CAUTION:


NOTE:







CMPS-RPM (POS): 1,200 - 2,500 rpm

VHCL SPEED SE: 64 - 100 km/h (40 - 62 MPH)







------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------






(B2),



The voltage should be below 1.4V during this procedure.


EC-234

BANK 1




FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

GI

MA

EM

LC

TEC787

EC-235

BANK 2




EC-236

TEC788





INSPECTION START

H



SEF055TA

SEF377U

H


1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) harness connector and ECM harness connector.


DTC

P0140

P0160

Terminals

ECM

90

89

Sensor

2

2

Bank


(B1) (White)

(B2) (Red)


3. Check harness continuity between ECM sensor or ground terminals.

DTC

P0140

P0160

Terminals

ECM or sensor

90 or 2

89 or 2

Ground

Bank


Ground (B1) (White)

Ground (B2) (Red)

SEC032C



H

OK





OK

NG

E


I

Harness connectors

F3 , E12 (B1) or

F14 , F131 (B2)

I

Harness connectors

E19 , E102 (B1)


NG

E



F3 , E12 (B1) or

F14 , F131 (B2)


E19 , E102 (B1)

I

Harness connectors

F62 , F61

I



NG

E

Repair or replace harness and/or connectors or replace corresponding heated oxygen sensor.

SEF398UA

H

CHECK COMPONENT






3. Check heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear).


H

OK

Perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTER-

MITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-117.

H OK

INSPECTION END

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

SEF135T

EC-237





SEC033C

SEF354WA






CONSULT-II.





------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------





(B2),








CAUTION:

I


I



SEF244Y

EC-238


Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heaters (Rear)

(P0141: Bank 1), (P0161: Bank 2)




Engine speed


E

ECM

E

E

Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater

(rear)

GI

MA

EM

The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (rear) corresponding to the engine speed.

OPERATION

Engine speed rpm

Ignition switch “ON” (Engine stopped)

At idle [after driving for 2 minutes at a speed of more than

70 km/h (43 MPH)]


OFF

ON

LC

FE



AT

MONITOR ITEM

HO2S2 HTR (B1)

HO2S2 HTR (B2)

CONDITION

I Engine speed: At idle [after driving for 2 minutes at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH)]

I

Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm

I

Ignition “ON” with engine stopped

ON

OFF

SPECIFICATION

PD

FA



CAUTION:



RA

BR

ST

TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(DC voltage)

RS

Engine is running.

0 - 0.5V

18

19

Y/R

L

Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (rear) (B1)

Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (rear) (B2)

At idle [after driving 2 minutes at 70 km/h (43

MPH) or more]


Engine stopped

Engine is running.

BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)

BT

HA


EL

IDX

EC-239



(P0141: Bank 1), (P0161: Bank 2) (Cont’d)


Diagnostic Trouble

Code No.

P0141

0902

(B1)


I

The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor

2 heater (rear) circuit is out of the normal range.

[The improper voltage drop signal is sent to ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (rear).]

P0161

1002

(B2)

Check Items

(Possible Cause)

I


[The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (rear) circuit is open or shorted.]

I


SEF261Y


PROCEDURE

NOTE:




Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V.






------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------









When using GST, “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMA-

TION PROCEDURE” should be performed twice as much as when using CONSULT-II because GST cannot display MODE 7

(1st trip DTC) concerning this diagnosis. Therefore, using

CONSULT-II is recommended.

EC-240

BANK 1




FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

GI

MA

EM

LC

TEC789

EC-241

BANK 2




EC-242

TEC790





INSPECTION START

GI

SEF055TA

H




(rear) harness connector.




OK

NG

E


I

Harness connectors

E102 , E19 (B1) or

F14 , F131 (B2)

I

Harness connectors

E14 , F1 (B1)

I

Harness connectors

F63 , M49

I

7.5A fuse

I

Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) and fuse


SEF130T

H




3. Check harness continuity between terminal q and ECM terminals q

(B1), q

(B2).



OK

NG

E


I

Harness connectors

F3 , E12 (B1) or

F14 , F131 (B2)

I

Harness connectors

E19 , E102 (B1)

I

Harness connectors

F62

,

F61

I

Harness for open or short between sensor and

ECM.


SEF801WA

H

CHECK COMPONENT

[Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (rear)].


OK

NG

E






HO2S2 (rear).

H



SEC032C

H

INSPECTION END

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-243





Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (rear)


1.

Check resistance between terminals q and


Ω at 25°C (77°F) q

2.

Check continuity.

.

Terminal No.

and q

, q

, q and q

, q

, q

Continuity

No

If NG, replace the heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear).

CAUTION:

I


I



SEF132T

EC-244


Fuel Injection System Function (Lean side)

(P0171: Bank 1), (P0174: Bank 2)


With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1 (front).

The ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios.

In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too lean.), the

ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and light up the MIL (2 trip detection logic).

GI

MA

EM



(Mixture ratio feedback signal)

E ECM E Injectors

LC

Diagnostic Trouble

Code No.

P0171

0115

(Bank 1)

P0174

0210

(Bank 2)


I

Fuel injection system does not operate properly.

I

The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too large. (The mixture ratio is too lean.)

Check Items

(Possible Cause)

I

Intake air leaks

I


I

Injectors

I

Exhaust gas leaks

I Incorrect fuel pressure

I

Lack of fuel

I


FE

AT

SEF985Z

SEC042C


PROCEDURE

NOTE:





3) Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “SELF-LEARN

CONTROL” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-

SULT-II.

4) Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching

“CLEAR”.


6) Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.

The 1st trip DTC P0171 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to “DIAGNOSTIC


7) If it is difficult to start engine at step 6), the fuel injection system has a malfunction.

8) Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine starts, go to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”,

EC-249. If engine does not start, visually check for

exhaust and intake air leak.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-245




SEF395W



3) Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.

Then restart and run engine for at least 3 seconds at idle speed.

4) Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.

5) Select “MODE 7” with GST. Make sure 1st trip DTC

P0100 is detected.

6) Select “MODE 4” with GST and erase the 1st trip DTC

P0100.

7) Start engine again and run it for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.

8) Select “MODE 7” with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0171 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists.

If so, go to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”, EC-249.

9) If it is difficult to start engine at step 8, the fuel injection system has a malfunction.

10) Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.

If engine starts, go to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”,

EC-249.

If the engine does not start, visually check for exhaust and intake air leak.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------




Then restart engine and run it at least 3 seconds at idle speed.



6) Perform “Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)” with ECM. Make sure DTC 0102 is detected.

7) Erase the DTC 0102 by changing from Diagnostic Test

Mode II to Diagnostic Test Mode I.



The DTC 0115 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists.

If so, go to “DIAGNOSTIC


10) If it is difficult to start engine at step 9, the fuel injection system also has a malfunction.

11) Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.

If engine starts, go to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”,

EC-249.

If the engine does not start, visually check for exhaust and intake air leak.

EC-246

BANK 1




FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

GI

MA

EM

LC

TEC791

EC-247

BANK 2




EC-248

TEC793





INSPECTION START

SEF099P

H

CHECK EXHAUST AIR LEAK.

Start engine and run it at idle. Listen for an exhaust air leak before three way catalyst.

H OK


Start engine and run it at idle. Listen for an intake air leak between the mass air flow sensor and the intake manifold.

H

OK

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

(FRONT).


2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) harness connector and ECM harness connector.


SEF054TI

DTC

P0171

P0174

Terminals

ECM

83

82

Sensor

2

2

Bank


(B1) (Black)

(B2) (Blue)



DTC

P0171

P0174

Terminals

ECM or sensor

83 or 2

82 or 2

Ground

Bank


Ground (B1) (Black)

Ground (B2) (Blue)

NG

E

Repair or replace.

NG

E

Repair or replace.

NG


SEF056TH Continuity should not exist.


CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.

1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to

EC-37.

2. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure.

At idle:

Approx. 235 kPa

(2.4 kg/cm 2

H OK

, 34 psi)

A few seconds after ignition switch is turned OFF to ON:

Approx. 294 kPa

(3.0 kg/cm 2 , 43 psi)

SEF409WA

H OK

CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR.

Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA


3.0 - 6.0 g

⋅ m/sec: at idling

12.9 - 25.3 g

⋅ m/sec: at 2,500 rpm

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Check “mass air flow” in MODE 1 with

GST.

3.0 - 6.0 g


12.9 - 25.3 g

⋅ m/sec: at 2,500 rpm

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Check mass air flow sensor output

voltage, refer to EC-131.

Approximately 2.1V: at 2,500 rpm

NG

E

Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or engine grounds. Refer to

EC-124.

SEF390UA

H OK q

(Go to next page.)

NG

E


I

Fuel pump and circuit

Refer to EC-523.

I

Fuel pressure regulator

Refer to EC-37.

I

Fuel lines

Refer to EC-38.

I

Fuel lines

Refer to “ENGINE MAINTE-

NANCE” in MA section.

I Fuel filter for clogging

If NG, repair or replace.

EC-249

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX




SEF793X

H

CHECK FUNCTION OF INJECTORS.

1. Install all parts removed.

2. Start engine.

3. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in

“ACTIVE TEST” mode with CON-

SULT-II.

4. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. Listen to each injector operating sound.

Clicking noise should be heard.

NG

E

Perform TROUBLE DIAG-

NOSIS FOR NON-DE-

TECTABLE ITEMS,

“Injectors”, EC-515.


MEC703B

H

OK

Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.

H


2. Remove injector gallery assembly.

Refer to EC-38.

Keep fuel hose and all injectors connected to injector gallery.

The injector harness connectors should remain connected.

SEF595Q

H

1. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.

2. Place pans or saucers under each injector.

3. Crank engine for about 3 seconds. Make sure that fuel sprays out vigorously from injectors.

Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each cylinder.

H

OK



NG

E

Replace injectors from which fuel does not spray out. Always replace O-ring with new one.

H

INSPECTION END

EC-250


Fuel Injection System Function (Rich side)

(P0172: Left bank), (P0175: Right bank)


With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1 (front).

The ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios.

In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too rich.), the

ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and light up the MIL (2 trip detection logic).

GI

MA

EM




E

ECM E Injectors

LC

Diagnostic Trouble

Code No.

P0172

0114

(Bank 1)

P0175

0209

(Bank 2)


I

Fuel injection system does not operate properly.

I

The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too large. (The mixture ratio is too rich.)

Check Items

(Possible Cause)

I


I

Injectors

I

Exhaust gas leaks

I

Incorrect fuel pressure

I


FE

AT

SEF985Z

SEC042C


PROCEDURE

NOTE:





3) Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “SELF-LEARN

CONTROL” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-

SULT-II.

4) Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching

“CLEAR”.


6) Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.

The 1st trip DTC P0172 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to “DIAGNOSTIC


7) If it is difficult to start engine at step 6), the fuel injection system has a malfunction.


EC-255. If engine does not start, remove ignition plugs

and check for fouling, etc.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-251




(Cont’d)

SEF395W




Then restart and run engine for at least 3 seconds at idle speed.


5) Select “MODE 7” with GST. Make sure 1st trip DTC

P0100 is detected.

6) Select “MODE 4” with GST and erase the 1st trip DTC

P0100.


8) Select “MODE 7” with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0171 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists.

If so, go to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”, EC-255.

9) If it is difficult to start engine at step 8, the fuel injection system has a malfunction.




------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------




4) Then restart engine and run it for at least 3 seconds at idle speed.




8) Erase the DTC 0102 by changing from Diagnostic Test

Mode II to Diagnostic Test Mode I.



The DTC 0114 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists.

If so, go to “DIAGNOSTIC


11) If it is difficult to start engine at step 10, the fuel injection system also has a malfunction.




EC-252

BANK 1




(Cont’d)

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

GI

MA

EM

LC

TEC791

EC-253

BANK 2




(Cont’d)

EC-254

TEC793




(Cont’d)


INSPECTION START

SEF099P

H

CHECK FOR EXHAUST AIR LEAK.

Start engine and run it at idle. Listen for an exhaust air leak before the three way catalyst.

H

OK

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

(FRONT).



(front) harness connector and ECM harness connector.


NG

E

Repair or replace.

NG

E


SEF054TI

DTC

P0172

P0175

Terminals

ECM

83

82

Sensor

2

2

Bank


(B1) (Black)

(B2) (Blue)



DTC

P0172

P0175

Terminals

ECM or sensor

83 or 2

82 or 2

Ground

Bank


Ground (B1) (Black)

Ground (B2) (Blue)

SEF056TH

SEF409WA



H

OK

CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.


EC-37.


At idle:

Approx. 235 kPa

(2.4 kg/cm 2 , 34 psi)

A few seconds after ignition switch is turned OFF to ON:

Approx. 294 kPa

(3.0 kg/cm 2 , 43 psi)

H

OK q

(Go to next page.)

NG

E


I


Refer to EC-523.

I


Refer to EC-37.


GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

SEF390UA

EC-255




(Cont’d)

SEF793X

H




3.0 - 6.0 g


12.9 - 25.3 g

⋅ m/sec: at 2,500 rpm

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Check “mass air flow” in MODE 1 with GST.

3.0 - 6.0 g


12.9 - 25.3 g

⋅ m/sec: at 2,500 rpm

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------




NG

E

Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or engine

grounds. Refer to EC-124.

OK

MEC703B

H

CHECK FUNCTION OF INJECTORS.

1. Install all parts removed.

2. Start engine.



SULT-II.


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



NG

E


NOSIS FOR NON-DE-

TECTABLE ITEMS,



H

OK

1. Remove injector assembly.

2. Refer to EC-38.

Keep fuel hose, all injectors and injector harness connectors connected to injector gallery.

H

Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.

H

1. Disconnect all injector harness connectors.

2. Place pans or saucers under each injector.

3. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.

4. Crank engine for about 3 seconds.

Make sure fuel does not drip from injector.

H

Does not drip.



H

INSPECTION END which fuel is dripping.

EC-256


Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor


The fuel tank temperature sensor is used to detect the fuel temperature inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.

GI

MA

SEF394WA

EM

SEF012P

<Reference data>

Fluid temperature

°C (°F)

20 (68)

Voltage*

(V)

3.5

Resistance

(k

Ω

)

2.3 - 2.7

50 (122) 2.2

0.79 - 0.90


(Fuel tank temperature sensor) and ground.

CAUTION:



LC

FE

AT

PD ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC

Diagnostic

Trouble Code

P0180

No.

0402


I

An excessively high or low voltage is sent to ECM.

I

Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signals from engine coolant temperature sensor and intake air temperature sensor.

Check Items

(Possible Causes)

I



I


FA

RA

BR

SEF392X


PROCEDURE

NOTE:






If the result is NG, go to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”,

EC-260.

If the result is OK, go to following step.

NOTE:

If “COOLAN TEMP/S” is already less than 90°C (194°F) before step 4), the result will be OK.

If “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 90°C (194°F), go to the following step.

4) Cool engine down until “COOLAN TEMP/S” is less than

90°C (194°F).




ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-257


Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor (Cont’d)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EC-258



TEC055M

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

GI

MA

EM

LC

EC-259




INSPECTION START

SEF394WA

H



2. Disconnect fuel tank temperature sensor harness connector.




OK

NG Check the following.

E


B65 , B178

I

Harness connectors

B102 , F64

I

Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel tank temperature sensor


SEF403U

SEF404U

H



2. Check harness continuity between terminal q and body ground.



OK

NG

E


I

Harness connectors

F64

, B102

I

Harness connectors

B178 , B65

I

Harness connectors

F63 , M49 , M4 , B3

I

Joint connector-16

I

Harness for open or short between ECM and sensor

I

Harness for open or short between TCM (Transmission control module) and sensor

I

Harness for open or short between fuel tank temperature sensor and throttle actuator control

(TAC) module


H

CHECK COMPONENT

(Fuel tank temperature sensor).


H

OK



NG

E

Replace fuel tank temperature sensor.

H

INSPECTION END

EC-260




Fuel tank temperature sensor

Check resistance by heating with hot water or heat gun as shown in the figure.

GI


20 (68)

50 (122)

Resistance k

Ω

2.3 - 2.7

0.79 - 0.90

MA

SEF405UA If NG, replace fuel tank temperature sensor.

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-261

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC P0300 - P0308

No. 1 - 8 Cylinder Misfire, Multiple Cylinder

Misfire


If misfire occurs, the engine speed will fluctuate. If the fluctuation is detected by the crankshaft position sensor (OBD), the misfire is diagnosed.

The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions.

Engine speed


E

ECM

1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage)

When a misfire is detected which will overheat and damage the three way catalyst, the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) will start blinking; even during the first trip. In this condition, ECM monitors the misfire every 200 engine revolutions.

If the misfire frequency decreases to a level that will not damage the three way catalyst, the MIL will change from blinking to lighting up.

(After the first trip detection, the MIL will light up from engine starting. If a misfire is detected that will cause three way catalyst damage, the MIL will start blinking.)

2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration)

When a misfire that will not damage the three way catalyst (but will affect exhaust emission) occurs, the malfunction indicator lamp will light up based on the second consecutive trip detection logic. In this condition, ECM monitors the misfire for each 1,000 revolutions of the engine.

Diagnostic Trouble

Code No.

P0300 (0701)

P0301 (0608)

P0302 (0607)

P0303 (0606)

P0304 (0605)

P0305 (0604)

P0306 (0603)

P0307 (0602)

P0308 (0601)


I

Multiple cylinders misfire.

I

No. 1 cylinder misfires.

I


I


I


I


I


I


I


Check Items

(Possible Cause)

I

Improper spark plug

I

Insufficient compression

I

Incorrect fuel pressure

I

EGR valve

I

The injector circuit is open or shorted.

I

Injectors

I

Intake air leaks

I The ignition secondary circuit is open or shorted.

I

Lack of fuel

I

Magnetized signal plate (drive plate)

I


SEF392X


PROCEDURE (Overall)

CAUTION:


NOTE:



1) Turn ignition switch “ON”, and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.

EC-262



Misfire (Cont’d)



4) Start engine again and drive at 1,500 to 3,000 rpm for at least 3 minutes.

Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during driving.

Refer to the freeze frame data for the test driving conditions.



------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-263





INSPECTION START

H


Start engine and run it at idle speed. Listen for the sound of the intake air leak.

NG

E

Discover air leak location and repair.

SEC547A

H

OK

CHECK FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM CLOG-

GING.

Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dent.

OK

H

CHECK EGR FUNCTION.

Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCE-

DURE for EGR Function, EC-423.

NG

NG

E

E

Repair or replace it.

Repair EGR system.

OK

SEF793X

H

PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST.


“ACTIVE TEST” mode.

2. Is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary engine speed drop?

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

When disconnecting each injector harness connector one at a time, is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary engine speed drop?

No

E

Go to .

SEF137T

SEF138T

Yes

H

CHECK INJECTOR.

Does each injector make an operating sound at idle?

Yes

H

CHECK IGNITION SPARK.

1. Disconnect ignition coil assembly from rocker cover.

2. Connect a known-good spark plug to the ignition coil assembly.

3. Place end of spark plug against a suitable ground and crank engine.

4. Check for spark.

No

NG

E

E

Check injector(s) and cir-

cuit(s). Refer to EC-515.

Check ignition coil with power transistor and their

circuits. Refer to EC-399.

H

OK

(Go to q on next page.)

MEC703B

EC-264




H

CHECK SPARK PLUGS.

Remove the spark plugs and check for fouling, etc.

OK

NG

E

Repair or replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s).

For spark plug type, refer to

“ENGINE MAINTENANCE” in MA section.

SEF575Q

SEF156I

SEF112T

H

CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE.

Refer to EM section.

I

Check compression pressure.

Standard: kPa (kg/cm 2 , psi)/300 rpm

1,285 (13.1, 186)

Minimum: kPa (kg/cm 2 , psi)/300 rpm

991 (10.1, 144)

Difference between each cylinder: kPa (kg/cm 2 , psi)/300 rpm

98 (1.0, 14)

CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.


page EC-37.


At idle:

Approx. 235 kPa

(2.4 kg/cm 2

H

OK

, 34 psi)

OK

NG

E

Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets.

NG

E


I


Refer to EC-523.

I


Refer to EC-37.

I

Fuel lines

Refer to EC-38.

I

Fuel lines

Refer to “ENGINE MAIN-

TENANCE” in MA section.

I

Fuel filter for clogging


H

CHECK IGNITION TIMING.

Perform “BASIC INSPECTION”,

EC-91.

H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT



EC-172.

NG

NG

E

E

Adjust ignition timing.

Replace heated oxygen sensor 1 (front).

H

OK




3.0 - 6.0 g


12.9 - 25.3 g

⋅ m/sec: at 2,500 rpm

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Check “mass air flow” in MODE 1 with GST.

3.0 - 6.0 g


12.9 - 25.3 g

⋅ m/sec: at 2,500 rpm

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------




NG

E

Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or engine grounds.

Refer to EC-124.

If NG, repair or replace it.

H

OK

(Go to q on next page.)

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-265




H

CHECK SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART.

Check items on the rough idle symptom in

“Symptom Matrix Chart”, EC-99.

H

OK

Some tests may cause a Diagnostic

Trouble Code to be set.

Erase the DTC from the ECM memory

after performing the tests. Refer to EC-67.

NG

E

Repair or replace.

H



H

INSPECTION END

EC-266


Knock Sensor (KS) (P0325: Left bank), (P0330:

Right bank)


The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration from the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is converted into a voltage signal and sent to the ECM.

GI

MA

SEF598K

EM

* Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for the knock sensor. The MIL will not light for knock sensor malfunction.



CAUTION:



LC

FE

TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(DC voltage)

AT

Engine is running.

105

108

W

W

Knock sensor (RH)

Knock sensor (LH)

Idle speed

2.0 - 3.0V

PD

ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC FA

Diagnostic Trouble Code

No.

P0325

0304

(Bank 1)

P0330

0212

(Bank 2)


I

An excessively low or high voltage from the knock sensor is sent to ECM.

Check Items

(Possible Cause)

I


(The knock sensor circuit is open or shorted.)

I

Knock sensor

RA

BR

ST


PROCEDURE

NOTE:

Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V.

RS

BT

HA





------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EL

IDX

SEF400X

EC-267



Right bank) (Cont’d)

EC-268

TEC086M



Right bank) (Cont’d)


INSPECTION START

H



GI

MA

SEF377U

SEF057T

SEF895VA

H

CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-1.

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector and knock sensor sub-harness connector.

2. Check harness continuity between terminal q

(bank 1), q

(bank 2) and

ECM terminal 105 (bank 1), 108

(bank 2).



OK

H

CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-2.

Check harness continuity between terminal q

(bank 1), ground.

q

(bank 2) and engine



It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 M

Ω

.

OK

NG

E


NG

E


I

Harness for open or short between knock sensor sub-harness connector-2 and knock sensor


I

As for knock sensor

(COMPONENT

INSPECTION), refer to below.

If NG, replace knock sensor.

H



H

INSPECTION END

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

SEF355W

SEF546P

EL


Knock sensor

1.

Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.

2.

Check resistance between terminal q and ground.

Approximately 500 - 620 k

Ω

[at 25°C (77°F)]

I

It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 M

Ω

.

CAUTION:

Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or physically damaged. Use a new one.

EC-269

IDX


SEF956N

Crankshaft Position Sensor (CKPS) (OBD)


The crankshaft position sensor (OBD) is located on the transmission housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the drive plate. It detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution.

The sensor consists of a permanent magnet, core and coil.

When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change.

The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change.

Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes.

The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution.

This sensor is not used to control the engine system. It is used only for the on board diagnosis.

SEF058T



CAUTION:



TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(AC voltage)

Approximately 1.7V

(AC voltage)


Idle speed

57 B/R


Approximately 0V

SEF391X



SEF546T

EC-270



(Cont’d)


Diagnostic Trouble

Code No.

P0335

0802


I

The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft position sensor (OBD) is not sent to ECM while the engine is running at the specified engine speed.

SEF400X

Check Items

(Possible Cause)

I


(The crankshaft position sensor (OBD) circuit is open.)

I


I

Dead (Weak) battery

GI

MA

EM


PROCEDURE

NOTE:







------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

RA

BR

ST

EC-271



(Cont’d)

EC-272

TEC056M



(Cont’d)


INSPECTION START

H



GI

MA

SEF058T

SEF377U

SEF407U

H


1. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor

(OBD) harness connector and ECM harness connector.

2. Check continuity between sensor terminal q and ECM terminal q with CON-

SULT-II or tester.



OK

H





OK

NG

E


I

Harness connectors

F14 , F131

I

Harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor (OBD) and ECM


NG

E


I

Harness connectors

F14

, F131

I

Harness connectors

F63 , M69

I

Harness connectors

M4 , B3

I Joint connector-16

I

Harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor (OBD) harness connector and

ECM

I

Harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor (OBD) and throttle actuator control module (TAC)

I

Harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor and TCM


Module)


SEF799Q

H

CHECK COMPONENT

[Crankshaft position sensor (OBD)].


H

OK



NG

E

Replace crankshaft position sensor (OBD).

H

INSPECTION END

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-273



(Cont’d)


Crankshaft position sensor (OBD)

1.

Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (OBD) harness connector.

2.

Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.

3.

Remove the sensor.

4.

Visually check the sensor for chipping.

SEF960N

5.


Resistance:

Approximately 166.5 - 203.5

Ω

[at 20°C (68°F)]

SEF134W

EC-274


MEF328G

Camshaft Position Sensor (CMPS)


The camshaft position sensor (CMPS) is a basic component of the

ECM. It monitors engine speed and piston position. It sends signals to the ECM to control fuel injection, ignition timing and other functions.

The camshaft position sensor has a rotor plate and a wave-forming circuit. The rotor plate has 360 slits for 1° signal and 8 slits for

90° signal. Light Emitting Diodes (LED) and photo diodes are built into the wave-forming circuit.

When the rotor plate passes between the LED and the photo diode, the following happens:

Slits in the rotor plate continually cut the transmitted light to the photo diode from the LED. This generates rough-shaped pulses converted into on-off pulses by the wave forming circuit sent to the

ECM.

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

SEF503J



CAUTION:



PD

FA

TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(DC voltage)

RA

Engine is running.


BR

0 - 1V

ST

124 W/B ECM relay (Self-shutoff)


“OFF”



BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-275

TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR


Camshaft Position Sensor (CMPS) (Cont’d)

ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(DC voltage)



Idle speed

55

58

P

Crankshaft position sensor (REF)

SEF540T




Approximately 2.5V

SEF544T


Idle speed

59 L


(POS)

Approximately 2.4V

SEF547T



130

131

R/G Power supply for ECM Ignition switch “ON”

SEF548T

BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)

EC-276




Diagnostic

Trouble Code

No.

P0340

0101


Check Items

(Possible Cause)

A) Either 1° or 90° signal is not sent to ECM for the first few seconds during engine cranking.

...........................................................................................

B) Either 1° or 90° signal is not sent to ECM during engine running.

...........................................................................................

I


(The camshaft position sensor circuit is open or shorted.)

I


I

Starter motor (Refer to EL section.)

I

Starting system circuit (Refer to EL section.)

I

Dead (Weak) battery

C) Either 1° or 90° signal is not in the normal pattern during engine running.

GI

MA

EM

LC


PROCEDURE

Perform “Procedure for malfunction A” first. If DTC cannot be confirmed, perform “Procedure for malfunction B and C”.

NOTE:




Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle.

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

SEF400X




(If engine does not run, turn ignition switch to “START” for at least 2 seconds.)



------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

Procedure for malfunction B and C






------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


IDX

EC-277



EC-278

TEC030M




INSPECTION START

SEF802W

H

CHECK STARTING SYSTEM.

Does the engine turn over?

(Does the starter motor operate?)

H

Yes



No

E

Check starting system.

(Refer to EL section.)

GI

MA

EM

LC

SEF377U

H


1. Disconnect camshaft position sensor harness connector.


3. Check voltage between terminal q and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.


OK

NG

E


I

Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor and

ECM

I

Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor and

ECM relay

If NG, repair open circuit or short to ground and short to power in harness or connectors.

SEF872Q

SEF409U

H



2. Disconnect camshaft position sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

3. Check harness continuity between terminal q and ECM terminal q and ECM terminals q

, q

.

, terminal



NG

E


OK

H






H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT

[Camshaft position sensor].


H

OK

NG

NG

E

E


I

Harness connectors

F61 , F62



(Go to next page.)

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

SEF150T

EC-279



H



H

Trouble is not fixed.

Visually check the surface of camshaft sprocket for chipping.

H

OK

INSPECTION END

NG

E

Replace camshaft sprocket.

SEF839U


Camshaft position sensor

1.

Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera-

2.

ture.

Check voltage between ECM terminals q

(POS) or q

(REF) (ECM terminal) and ground with DC range.

, q

CAUTION:



Condition Terminals Voltage

Approx. 2.5V

and ground (POS)

Engine running at idle

SEF547T

Approx. 0.7 - 1.2V

, q and ground (REF)

SEF046V and ground (POS)

SEF548T

Engine at 2,000 rpm

, q and ground (REF)

SEF544T

If NG, replace camshaft position sensor.

EC-280


EGR Function (Close)


Crankshaft position sensor



Ignition switch




Engine speed



Start signal

Vehicle speed

Throttle position

Throttle position

This system cuts and controls vacuum applied to the

EGR valve to suit engine operating conditions. This cut-and-control operation is accomplished through the ECM and the EGRC-solenoid valve. When the

ECM detects any of the following conditions, current does not flow through the solenoid valve. This causes the port vacuum to be discharged into the atmosphere. The EGR valve remain closed.

E

E

E

E

E

E

ECM

E

EGRC-solenoid valve

E

I Low engine coolant temperature

I

Engine starting

I

Engine stopped

I

Engine idling

I Excessively high engine coolant temperature

I Mass air flow sensor malfunction

I

Low vehicle speed or high vehicle speed

I

TCS is operating

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

SEF317U RS

BT

HA


Exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) valve

The EGR valve controls the amount of exhaust gas routed to the intake manifold. Vacuum is applied to the EGR valve in response to throttle valve opening. The vacuum controls the movement of a taper valve connected to the vacuum diaphragm in the EGR valve.

EL

IDX

RA

BR

ST

SEF783K

EC-281


EGR Function (Close) (Cont’d)

EGRC-solenoid valve

The EGRC-solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM.

When the ECM sends an ON (ground) signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized. The signal reaches to the EGR valve.

When the ECM sends an OFF signal, a plunger will then move to cut the vacuum signal from the intake manifold collector to the EGR valve.

SEF383RD



MONITOR ITEM

EGR TEMP SEN

CONDITION

EGRC SOL/V

I


I Lift up drive wheels


I


I


I No-load

Idle


SPECIFICATION

Less than 4.5V

OFF (CUT)

ON (FLOW)



CAUTION:



TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(DC voltage)


Less than 4.5V


Idle speed


0 - 1.0V



0 - 0.7V

10 L/Y EGRC-solenoid valve

Lift up drive wheels and rev engine up from idle to 3,000 rpm in “D” position.


Idle speed

BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)


If the absence of EGR flow is detected by EGR temperature sensor under the condition that calls for EGR, a low-flow malfunction is diagnosed.

SEF073P

EC-282



Diagnostic Trouble

Code No.

P0400

0302


I

No EGR flow is detected under conditions that call for EGR.

Check Items

(Possible Cause)

I

EGR valve stuck closed

I

EGRC-BPT valve

I

Vacuum hose

I

EGRC-solenoid valve

I

EGR passage

I


I

Exhaust gas leaks

GI

MA

SEF988Z

SEC043C

SEF235Y

EM


PROCEDURE

CAUTION:


NOTE:



I P0400 will not be displayed in the “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II even though the DTC work support test result is “NG”.


For best results, perform at a temperature above 5°C (41°F).

1) Turn ignition switch “ON”

2) Check “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode witch CONSULT-II.

Confirm COOLAN TEMP/S value is within the range listed below.

COOLANT TEMP/S: Less than 40°C (104°F)

If the value is out of range, park the vehicle in a cool place and allow the engine temperature to stabilize. Do not attempt to lower the coolant temperature with a fan or means other than ambient air. Doing so may produce an inaccurate diagnostic result.

3) Select “EGR SYSTEM P0400” of “EGR SYSTEM” in

“DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.


5) Start engine (TCS switch “OFF”) and let it idle. When the engine coolant temperature reaches 70°C (158°F), immediately go to the next step.

6) Accelerate vehicle to a speed of 40 km/h (25 MPH) once and then stop vehicle.

If “COMPLETED” with “OK” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to step 9).


7) Check the output voltage of “THRTL POS SEN” at closed throttle position.

8) When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”.

(It will take approximately 30 seconds or more.)

CMPS-RPM (POS): 1,200 - 2,000 rpm

Vehicle speed: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more


LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-283



THRTL POS SEN: X − (X + 0.53) V

X = Voltage value measured at step 7)






SEF396W

AEC783


Use this procedure to check the overall EGR function. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.

1) Lift up drive wheels.

Start engine (TCS switch “OFF”) and warm it up to normal operating temperature.

2) Shift to “D” position.

3) Check the EGR valve lifting when revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm.

EGR valve should lift up and down without sticking.

4) Check voltage between EGR temperature sensor harness connector terminal q and ground at idle speed.

Less than 4.5V should exist.

5) Turn ignition switch “OFF”.

6) Check harness continuity between EGR temperature sensor harness connector terminal q and ECM terminal

129

.


7) Perform “COMPONENTS INSPECTION”, “EGR temperature

sensor”. Refer to EC-289.

8)


SEF410U

SEF109L

SEF642Q

EC-284



TEC057M

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

GI

MA

EM

LC

EC-285




INSPECTION START

H

CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.

Check exhaust pipes and muffler for leaks.

NG

E

Repair or replace exhaust system.

SEF099P

SEF109T

SEF764X

OK

H

CHECK VACUUM SOURCE TO EGR

VALVE.

1. Lift up drive wheels.


3. Disconnect vacuum hose to

EGR valve.

4. Check for vacuum at hoses.

Vacuum should not exist at idle.

5. Check for vacuum when revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm using the following method.

I Select “EGRC SOLENOID

VALVE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II and turn the solenoid valve “ON”.

Vacuum should exist when revving engine.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.


3. Lift up drive wheels.

4. Start engine (TCS switch “OFF”) and shift to “1” position.

5. Disconnect vacuum hose from

EGR valve. Check vacuum at idle.

Vacuum should not exist at idle.

6. Rev up engine speed from idle up to 3,000 rpm.

Vacuum should exist when revving engine.

OK

E

CHECK COMPONENT

(EGR valve).



NG

H

Replace EGR valve.

SEF109L

NG

H

CHECK VACUUM HOSE.

Check vacuum hose for clogging, cracks or improper connection or misconnecting.

Refer to “Vacuum Hose Drawing”, EC-19.

H

OK

NG

E

Repair it.

(Go to next page.)

EC-286



SEF764X

H

CHECK COMPONENT

(EGRC-solenoid valve).


2. Turn EGRC-solenoid valve “ON” and “OFF” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II and check operating sound.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Turn ignition “OFF”.


3. Connect suitable jumping wire between ECM terminal q and engine ground.

4. Check operating sound of

EGRC-solenoid valve.

NG

E

Repair or replace EGRCsolenoid valve or repair circuit.

SEF358W

H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT



H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT

(EVAP canister).


NG

NG

E

E

Replace EGRC-solenoid valve.


H

OK

CHECK VACUUM HOSE.

Check vacuum hose into EVAP canister for clogging, cracks and improper connection.

H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT

(EGRC-BPT valve).


H

OK

Check resistance of EGR temperature


NG

NG

E

E

Repair it.

Replace EGRC-BPT valve.

H



H

INSPECTION END

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-287




EGR valve

I Apply vacuum to EGR valve vacuum port with a hand vacuum pump.

EGR valve spring should lift.

I

Check for sticking.

If NG, repair or replace EGR valve.

MEF137D

SEF799X


Check air passage continuity.

Perform “EGRC SOLENOID VALVE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.

Condition

EGRC SOLENOID VALVE

ON

OFF

Air passage continuity between q and q

Yes

No


No

Yes

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MEC488B

Check solenoid valve, following the table as shown below:

Conditions



12V direct current supply between terminals q and q

No supply

Yes No

No Yes

If NG or operation takes more than 1 second, replace the solenoid valve.

EC-288



EGR temperature sensor

Check resistance change and resistance value.

EGR temperature

°C (°F)

0 (32)

50 (122)

100 (212)

Voltage*

(V)

4.61

2.53

0.87

If NG, replace EGR temperature sensor.

Resistance

(M

Ω

)

0.68 - 1.11

0.09 - 0.12

0.017 - 0.024

SEF643Q

GI

MA

EM

LC

SEF083P

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

SEF320U

BR

EGRC-BPT valve

1.

Plug one of two ports of EGRC-BPT valve.

2.

Vacuum from the other port and check for leakage while applying a pressure above 0.981 kPa (100 mmH

2

O, 3.94 inH

2

O) from under EGRC-BPT valve.

3.

If a leakage is noted, replace the valve.

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-289


EGRC-BPT Valve Function

SEF091PI


The EGRC-BPT valve monitors exhaust pressure to activate the diaphragm, controlling throttle body vacuum applied to the EGR valve. In other words, recirculated exhaust gas is controlled in response to positioning of the EGR valve or to engine operation.


If too much EGR flow exists due to an EGRC-BPT valve malfunction, off idle engine roughness will increase.

If the roughness is excessive, then the vacuum to the EGR valve is interrupted through the EGRC-solenoid valve. If the engine roughness is reduced at that time, the EGRC-BPT valve malfunction is indicated.

Diagnostic Trouble

Code No.

P0402

0306


I

The EGRC-BPT valve does not operate properly.

Check Items

(Possible Cause)

I

EGRC-BPT valve

I

EGR valve

I

Loose or disconnected rubber tube

I

Blocked rubber tube

I


I

Blocked exhaust system

I

Orifice

I


I

EGRC-solenoid valve

EC-290


EGRC-BPT Valve Function (Cont’d)

SEF930V

SEC044C

SEC045C

SEC046C


PROCEDURE

CAUTION:


NOTE:




I For best results, perform the test at temperature above

5°C (41°F) or higher.

I Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.

1) Install vacuum gauge between EGRC-BPT valve and

EGR valve as shown in the figure.



4) Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “EGRC-BPT/V

P0402” of “EGR SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.

5) Start engine (TCS switch “OFF”) and let it idle.


7) Check the output voltage of “THRTL POS SEN” at closed throttle position and open throttle position.

8) When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen and the bar chart may increase. Maintain the conditions many times until “COMPLETED” appears.


CMPS-RPM (POS): 1,000 - 1,600 rpm





I

The bar chart on CONSULT-II screen indicates the status of this test. However, the test may be finished before the bar chart becomes full scale.

I If the bar chart indication does not continue to progress, completely release accelerator pedal once and try to meet the conditions again.

I

If “TESTING” does not appear on CONSULT-II screen, retry from step 4).



9) Open engine hood.

10) Raise engine speed to 2,000 to 2,800 rpm under noload and hold it. Then touch “NEXT” of the CONSULT-II screen.

11) Check vacuum gauge while keeping engine speed

2,000 to 2,800 rpm.

Vacuum should be 0 to −20.0 kPa (0 to −150 mmHg,

0 to −5.91 inHg).


If OK, touch “YES” in the CONSULT-II screen.

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

PEF034W

EC-291



12) Check the rubber tube between intake manifold collector, EGR valve and EGRC-BPT valve for misconnection, cracks, blockages or twisting.

If NG, repair.

If OK, touch “YES” in the CONSULT-II screen.

13) If CONSULT-II instructs to carry out “OVERALL FUNC-

TION CHECK”, go to next step. If “NG” is displayed,

refer to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”, EC-293.

PEF035W

SEF930V

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EGRC-BPT valve. During the check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.

1) Install vacuum gauge between EGRC-BPT valve and EGR valve as shown in the figure.

2) Lift up vehicle.

3) Connect the intake manifold collector and the EGRC-BPT valve with a rubber tube that has 0.5 mm (0.020 in) dia. orifice.

(The intake manifold vacuum will be directly applied to the

EGRC-BPT valve.)

4) Start engine and shift to 1st position.

5) Check vacuum gauge while keeping engine speed 2,400±400 rpm.

Vacuum should be 0 to −20.0 kPa (0 to −150 mmHg, 0 to

−5.91 inHg).



6) Check rubber tube between the intake manifold collector,

EGRC-solenoid valve and EGRC-BPT valve for misconnection, cracks, blockages or twisting.

7) If NG, repair or replace.

EC-292




INSPECTION START

H

CHECK HOSE.

Check vacuum hose for clogging and improper connection. Refer to “Vacuum

Hose Drawing”, EC-19.

H

OK

CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.

Check exhaust system for collapse.

H

OK

CHECK ORIFICE.

Make sure orifice is installed in vacuum hose between EGRC-BPT valve and


H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT

(EGRC-BPT valve).


H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT

(Camshaft position sensor).


EC-280.

H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT



EC-131.

H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT



EC-288.

H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT

(EGR valve).


EC-288.

H

OK



NG

E

Repair or replace vacuum hose.

NG

E

Repair or replace exhaust system.

NG

E

Replace vacuum hose.

NG

E


NG

E


NG

E


NG

E


NG Repair or replace EGR

E valve.

H

INSPECTION END

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-293




EGRC-BPT valve

1.


2.

Vacuum from the other port and check leakage without applying any pressure from under EGRC-BPT valve.

Leakage should exist.

SEF172P

EC-294


Diagnostic Trouble

P0420

Code No.

0702

(Bank 1)

P0430

0703

(Bank 2)

SEF184UG

Three Way Catalyst Function (P0420: Left bank), (P0430: Right bank)


ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) and 2 (rear).

A three way catalyst with high oxygen storage capacity will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear). As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2

(rear) switching frequency will increase.

When the frequency ratio of heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) 2 (rear) approaches a specified limit value, the three way catalyst malfunction is diagnosed.

GI

MA

EM

LC


I

Three way catalyst does not operate properly.

I

Three way catalyst does not have enough oxygen storage capacity.

Check Items

(Possible Cause)

I

Three way catalyst

I

Exhaust tube

I

Intake air leaks

I

Injectors

I

Injector leaks

I

Spark plug

I

Improper ignition timing

FE

AT

SEC047C

PEF215U


PROCEDURE

CAUTION:


NOTE:






3) Set “MANU TRIG” and “HI SPEED”, then select

“HO2S1 (B1) (B2)”, “HO2S2 (B1) (B2)”, “HO2S1 MNTR

(B1) (B2)”, “HO2S2 MNTR (B1) (B2)” in “DATA MONI-

TOR” mode with CONSULT-II.

4) Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-II screen with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm constantly under no load.

5) Make sure that the switching frequency between “RICH” and “LEAN” of “HO2S2 MNTR (B1) (B2)” is much less than that of “HO2S1 MNTR (B1) (B2)” as shown below.

Switching frequency ratio =

Heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) switching frequency

Heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) switching frequency

This ratio should be less than 0.75.

If the ratio is greater than above, the three way catalyst is not operating properly.

If the “HO2S1 MNTR (B1) (B2)” does not indicate

“RICH” and “LEAN” periodically more than 5 times within 10 seconds at step 4), perform TROUBLE

DIAGNOSES FOR DTC P0133 first.

If the result is NG, go to “DIAGNOSTIC

PROCEDURE”, EC-297.

If the result is OK, go to following step.

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-295


Three Way Catalyst Function (P0420: Left bank), (P0430: Right bank) (Cont’d)

6) Select “AUTO TRIG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with

CONSULT-II.

7) Drive vehicle at a speed more than 84 to 96 km/h (52 to 60 MPH) with D position (“OD” ON) for at least 10 consecutive minutes.

(Drive the vehicle in an area where vehicle speed and accelerator pressure can be held steady and constant.)


EC-297.

8) Select “SRT STATUS” in “DTC CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-II.

9) Verify that “CATALYST” is “CMPLT”.

If not “CMPLT”, repeat the test from step 3).



SEF746W

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Use this procedure to check the overall function of the three way catalyst.

During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed.




3) Set voltmeters probes between ECM terminals q

(B1) (sensor signal front) and ground.

q

82 (B2),

(B2), q

(B1)

(sensor signal rear) and ground.

4) Keep engine speed at 2,000 rpm constant under no load.

5) Make sure that the voltage switching frequency (high & low) between ECM terminals q less than that of ECM terminals and ground is much q and ground (right bank). Or q terminals q and ground is much less than that of the and ground (left bank).

Switching frequency ratio =

Heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) voltage switching frequency

Heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) voltage switching frequency

This ratio should be less than 0.75.

If the ratio is greater than above, it means three way catalyst does not operate properly.

NOTE:

If the voltage at terminal q does not switch periodically more than 5 times within 10 seconds at step 4, perform TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC P0130 or

P0150 first, EC-166.

or q


EC-296


Three Way Catalyst Function (P0420: Left bank), (P0430: Right bank) (Cont’d)


INSPECTION START

SEF099P

SEF575Q

SEF415U

H

CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.

Visually check exhaust tubes and muffler for dent.

H

OK

CHECK FOR EXHAUST AIR LEAK.

Start engine and run it at idle. Listen for an exhaust air leak before the three way catalyst.

H

OK


Start engine and run it at idle. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.

H

OK

Check for ignition timing.

Refer to “Basic inspection”, EC-91.

H

OK

CHECK IGNITION SPARK.

1. Disconnect ignition coil assembly from rocker cover.

2. Connect a known-good spark plug to the ignition coil assembly.

3. Place end of spark plug against a suitable ground and crank engine.

4. Check for spark.

H

OK

CHECK INJECTORS.

1. Refer to WIRING DIAGRAM for

Injectors, EC-515.

2. Stop engine and then turn ignition switch “ON”.

3. Check voltage between ECM terminals q

, q

, q

, q

, q

, q

, q

, q and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

Battery voltage should exist.


H

OK

Remove injector assembly.

Refer to EC-38.

Keep fuel hose and all injectors connected to injector gallery.

NG

E

Repair or replace it.

NG

E

Repair or replace.

NG

E

Repair or replace.

NG

E

Adjust ignition timing.

NG

E

Check ignition coil with power transistor and their

circuits. Refer to EC-399.

NG

E


NOSIS FOR NON-DE-

TECTABLE ITEMS,



H


2. Disconnect camshaft position sensor harness connector.


Make sure fuel does not drip from injector.

Drips

E

Replace the injectors from which fuel is dripping.

H

Does not drip.



H

Trouble is fixed.

INSPECTION END


E

Replace three way catalyst.

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-297


Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control System

(Small Leak) (Negative Pressure)

Note: If DTC P1448 is displayed with P0440, perform TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC P1448 first. (See

EC-464.)


This diagnosis detects leaks in the EVAP purge line using of engine intake manifold vacuum.

If pressure does not increase, the ECM will check for leaks in the line between the fuel tank and EVAP canister purge control valve, under the following “Vacuum test” conditions.

The vacuum cut valve bypass valve is opened to clear the line between the fuel tank and the EVAP canister purge control valve. The EVAP canister vent control valve will then be closed to shut the EVAP purge line off.

The EVAP canister purge volume control valve and EVAP canister purge control valve are opened to depressurize the EVAP purge line using intake manifold vacuum. After this occurs, the EVAP canister purge volume control valve and EVAP canister purge control valve will be closed.

SEF850U

Diagnostic

Trouble Code

No.


Check Items

(Possible Cause)

P0440

0705

I

EVAP control system has a leak.

I

EVAP control system does not operate properly.

I

Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve

I

Incorrect fuel filler cap used

I

Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close.

I

Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap.

I

Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP canister purge control valve.

I

Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent control valve.

I

EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks

I

EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks

I

EVAP purge line rubber tube bent.

I

Blocked or bent rubber tube to EVAP control system pressure sensor

I


I

EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit

I

EVAP canister purge control valve

I

EVAP canister purge volume control valve and the circuit

I


I


I


I

MAP/BARO switch solenoid valve and the circuit

I

Blocked or bent rubber tube to MAP/BARO switch solenoid valve

I

O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is missing or damaged.

I

Water separator

I

EVAP canister is saturated with water.

I


I Refueling control valve

I

ORVR system leaks

CAUTION:

I

Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may come on.

I If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.

I Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement.

EC-298



(Small Leak) (Negative Pressure) (Cont’d)

SEC048C

PEF669U

PEF929V

PEF297U


PROCEDURE

NOTE:

I

If DTC P1448 is displayed with P0440, perform TROUBLE

DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC P1448 first. (See EC-464.)

I




I

Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is less than 3/4 full and vehicle is placed on the flat level surface.

I It is better that fuel level is low.

I Always perform test at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to

86°F).

I

Battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.




4) Check that the following conditions are met.

COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 70°C (32 - 158°F)

INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 60°C (32 - 140°F)

5) Select “EVAP SML LEAK P0440” of “EVAPORATIVE

SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-

SULT-II.

Follow the instruction displayed.

NOTE:

I

If the CONSULT-II screen shown at left is displayed, stop the engine and stabilize the vehicle temperature at 25°C (77°F) or cooler. After “FUEL T/TMP SE” becomes less than 30°C (86°F), retest.

(Use a fan to reduce the stabilization time.)

6) Make sure that “OK” is displayed.



------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE:

I

Be sure to read the explanation of “Driving pattern” on

EC-56 before driving vehicle.

I

It is better that the fuel level is low.


86°F).

1) Start engine (TCS switch “OFF”).

2) Drive vehicle according to “Driving pattern”, EC-56.

3) Stop vehicle.


I

If SRT of EVAP system is not set yet, go to the following step.

I

If SRT of EVAP system is set, the result will be OK.


6) Start engine.

It is not necessary to cool engine down before the driving.

7) Drive vehicle again according to the “Driving pattern”,

EC-56.

8) Stop vehicle.

EC-299

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX





I

If P1447 is displayed on the screen, go to “TROUBLE

DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC P1447”, EC-457.

I If P0440 is displayed on the screen, go to “DIAGNOS-

TIC PROCEDURE”, EC-301.

I



I If P0440 and P1440 are not displayed on the screen, go to the following step.


I


I

If SRT of EVAP system is not set, go to step 6).

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE:

I



I It is better that the fuel level is low.


86°F).



3) Stop vehicle.


5) Turn ignition switch “ON” and perform “Diagnostic Test

Mode (Self-diagnostic results)” with ECM.



EC-300





INSPECTION START

SEF434Q

H

CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP.


2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design.

3. Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.

If the air releasing sound is heard, go to

.

If the air releasing sound is not heard, check the following.

Was the cap tightened properly?

If Yes, check fuel filler cap vacuum relief valve.

Refer to “EVAPORATIVE EMISSION

SYSTEM”, EC-27.

If No, open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and filler neck thread using air blower. Retighten until ratcheting sound is heard.

NG

E

If genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap is not used, replace with NISSAN fuel filler cap.

SEF462U

SEF463U

SEF200U

OK

H

CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK.

I


I

Improper installation of adapter to the service port may cause a leak.

I

Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042

kg/cm 2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.

To locate the EVAP leak, do the following.

1. Install the EVAP service port adapter and the pressure pump securely.


Select “EVAP SYSTEM

CLOSE” of “WORK SUP-

PORT” mode with CONSULT-

II.

3. Touch “START” and apply pressure to the EVAP line until the pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph.

4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the leak. Refer to the instruction manual for more details about the leak detector.

Refer to “Evaporative Emis-

sion Line Drawing”, EC-29.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


3. Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve. The valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts until the end of test.)

4. Apply 12 volts DC to vacuum cut valve bypass valve. The valve will open. (Continue to apply 12V until the end of test.)

5. Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7

kPa (10 to 20 mmHg, 0.39 to

0.79 inHg), then remove pump and service port adapter.

6. Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to the instruction manual for more details about the leak detector. Refer to

“Evaporative Emission Line

Drawing”, EC-29.

NG

E

H q

OK

(Go to next page.)

Repair or replace.

SEF598U

EC-301

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX




SEF599U

H

CHECK COMPONENT

(EVAP canister purge volume control valve).


EC-304.

OK

H

CHECK COMPONENT

(EVAP canister purge control valve).


EC-492.

H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT AND CIRCUIT

(EVAP canister vent control valve, O-ring and water separator).


P0446” for circuit, EC-315 and “COMPO-

NENT INSPECTION”, EC-306.

NG

NG

NG

E

E

E

Replace EVAP canister purge volume control valve.

Replace EVAP canister purge control valve.

Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring or harness/ connectors.

SEF593U

H

OK

CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATU-

RATED WITH WATER.

1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.

2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister. If it will, weigh the EVAP canister with the vent control valve attached.

If the weight is:


→

NG


→

OK

NG

E

Replace EVAP canister and check the following.

1. Check hose connections to the EVAP canister and water separator for clogging and poor connection.

2. Check water separator.



SEF594U

SEF596U

H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT

(EVAP canister purge control solenoid valve).


EVAP canister purge control solenoid valve.

2. Start engine.

3. Perform “PURG CONT S/V” in


4. Select “ON” on CONSULT-II screen to turn on “PURG CONT

S/V”.

5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


2. Stop engine.



4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.



NG

E


I


Refer to “COMPONENTS

INSPECTION”, EC-440 and

“P1492 EVAP canister purge control solenoid

valve” for circuit, EC-305.

I

Vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection.

Refer to “Vacuum Hose

Drawing”, EC-19.

H OK

(Go to next page.)

SEF765X

EC-302




SEF597U

SEF396W

SEF394WA

H

CHECK COMPONENT



EC-306.

OK

H

CHECK COMPONENT



EC-334.

OK

H

CHECK COMPONENT



EC-308.

NG

NG

NG

E

E

E


Replace MAP/BARO switch solenoid valve.


H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT.

Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection.

Refer to “Evaporative Emission Line

Drawing”, EC-29.

NG

E

Repair or reconnect the hose.

H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT.

(EVAP control system pressure sensor).


EC-325.

H

OK

Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.

NG

E

Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.

H



H

INSPECTION END

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-303




SEF353Q

SEC049C

SEF763P


EVAP canister purge volume control valve

1. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control valve harness connector.

2. Check resistance between the following terminals.

terminal q terminal

2 q and terminals q and terminals q

,

, q q

Resistance:

Approximately 35 - 43

Ω

[At 25°C (77°F)]

3. Reconnect EVAP canister purge volume control valve harness connector.

4. Remove EVAP canister purge volume control valve from intake manifold collector and disconnect hoses from the valve.

(Plug the purge hoses. The EVAP canister purge volume control valve harness connector should remain connected.)


6. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II. Check that EVAP canister purge volume control valve shaft moves smoothly forward and backward according to the valve opening.

If NG, replace the EVAP canister purge volume control valve.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



terminal q terminal


,

, q q

Resistance:


Ω

[At 25°C (77°F)]




5. Turn ignition switch “ON” and “OFF”. Check that EVAP canister purge volume control valve shaft moves smoothly forward and backward according to the ignition switch position.


SEF593U

EC-304




SEF765X

EVAP canister purge control solenoid valve


2. Select “PURG CONT S/V” of “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.


4. Disconnect vacuum hose at EVAP canister purge control valve.

5. Touch “ON” and “OFF” and check for vacuum passing through the hose.

GI

MA

EM

SEF400W

Idle

2,000 rpm

Condition Vacuum

Not exist

Exist

LC

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


FE

Condition



AT

12V direct current supply between terminals

No supply

Yes

No

No

Yes

PD

FA

If NG or operation takes more than 1 second, replace solenoid valve.

RA

SEF313Q

BR

EVAP canister purge control valve

Check EVAP canister purge control valve as follows:

1.

Blow air in port q and q

, then ensure that there is no leak-

2.

age.

Blow air in port q

3.

out of port q

.

, then ensure that there is a resistance to flow

Apply vacuum to port q

. [Approximately −13.3 to −20.0 kPa

(−100 to −150 mmHg, −3.94 to −5.91 inHg)]

Blow air in port q and ensure free flow out of port q

.

ST

RS

BT

HA

SEF809W

EL

IDX

EC-305




EVAP canister vent control valve


Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with

CONSULT-II.

Condition

VENT CONTROL/V


No

Yes

SEC050C

ON

OFF

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AEC783A

Condition



No supply

No

Yes

If NG or operation takes more than 1 second, clean valve using air blower or replace as necessary.

If the portion q is rusted, replace control valve.

Make sure new O-ring is installed properly.

Water separator

1.

Check visually for insect nests in the water separator air inlet.

2.

Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.

3.

Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.

4.

Check that q

, and then and q q are not clogged by blowing air into plugged.

q

5.

In case of NG in items 2 - 4, replace the parts.

with

NOTE:

Do not disassemble water separator.

SEF829T


1.


2.


3.

Turn ignition switch “ON” and check output voltage between terminal q and ground.


SEF747W

EC-306




4.




CAUTION:

I



Doing so will damage the absolute pressure sensor.

5.


GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

SEF767X

SEF768X

MAP/BARO switch solenoid valve


2. Perform “MAP/BARO SW/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.

3. Check the following.

I

Condition: At idle under no-load.

I

CONSULT-II display

PD

FA

RA

MAP/BARO SW/V

BARO

MAP

I

Time for voltage to change

MAP/BARO SW/V

BARO to MAP

MAP to BARO

ABSOL PRES/SE (Voltage)

More than 2.6V

Less than the voltage at BARO

Required time to switch

Less than 1 second

BR

ST

RS

BT

4. If NG, check solenoid valve as shown below.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Remove MAP/BARO switch solenoid valve.

2. Check air passage continuity.

HA

Condition




No supply

Yes No

No Yes

3. If NG or operation takes more than 1 second, replace solenoid valve.

EL

IDX

MEC488B

EC-307







20 (68)

50 (122)

Resistance k

Ω

2.3 - 2.7

0.79 - 0.90


EC-308


Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge

Volume Control Valve (Circuit)



Engine speed GI

E


MA


E

EM



E

LC

Ignition switch


Start signal

Throttle position

E

ECM

E

E


FE




E

AT

PD

Fuel temperature in fuel tank

Fuel tank temperature sensor E

FA

Vehicle speed


E

RA

This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass passage in the EVAP canister purge volume control valve changes to control the flow rate. A built-in step motor moves the valve in steps corresponding to the ECM output pulses. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes.

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

SEF249P


The EVAP canister purge volume control valve uses a step motor to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. This motor has four winding phases. It operates according to the output pulse signal of the ECM. Two windings are turned ON and OFF in sequence. Each time an ON pulse is issued, the valve opens or closes, changing the flow rate. When no change in the flow rate is needed, the ECM does not issue the pulse signal. A certain voltage signal is issued so that the valve remains at that particular opening.

EL

IDX

EC-309



Volume Control Valve (Circuit) (Cont’d)



MONITOR ITEM SPECIFICATION

PURG VOL C/V

I


I

Air conditioner switch “OFF”

CONDITION

Idle

Vehicle running

(Shift lever “1”)

0 step

—


Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.

CAUTION:



TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(DC Voltage)

Engine is running.

124

130

131

123

28

29

35

36

W/B

R/G

W/L

BR/Y

G

G/OR

L/B


Power supply for ECM

Current return





“OFF”



0 - 1V

BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)


BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)

Engine is running.

Idle speed

Engine is running.

Idle speed

Engine is running.

Idle speed

BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)

0 - 0.4V or

BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)

0 - 0.4V or

BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)


Diagnostic Trouble

Code No.

P0443

1008


I

An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM through the valve.

Check Items

(Possible Cause)

I


(The valve circuit is open or shorted.)

I


EC-310




SEF272Y


PROCEDURE

NOTE:




Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at ignition switch “ON”.






------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

RA

BR

ST

AT

PD

FA

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-311




EC-312

TEC823





INSPECTION START

SEF417U

H





4. Check voltage between terminals q

, and engine ground with CONSULT-II or tester.


OK

NG

E


I

Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control valve and ECM relay

I

Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control valve and ECM


SEF578Q

H




3. Check harness continuity between

ECM terminal

ECM terminal q q

ECM terminal q

ECM terminal q and terminal and terminal q q and terminal q and terminal q

.

,

,

,



H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT



H

OK



NG

E

Replace harness or connectors.

NG

E


H

INSPECTION END

SEF418U

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-313





SEF353Q

SEC049C

SEF763P




terminal q terminal


,

, q q

Resistance:


Ω

[At 25°C (77°F)]







------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



terminal q terminal


,

, q q

Resistance:


Ω

[At 25°C (77°F)]






SEF417U

EC-314


SEF032W

Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent

Control Valve (Circuit)


The EVAP canister vent control valve is located on the EVAP canister and is used to seal the canister vent.

This solenoid (the EVAP canister vent control valve) responds to signals from the ECM.

When the ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized.

A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative emission control system components.

This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains opened.

When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evaporative emission control system is depressurized and allows

“EVAP Control System (Small Leak)” diagnosis.

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

SEF419U



MONITOR ITEM

VENT CONT/V

I

Ignition switch: ON

CONDITION

OFF

SPECIFICATION

AT

PD

FA



CAUTION:



RA

BR

ST

TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(DC Voltage)

RS

20 P/B



BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)

BT


HA

Diagnostic

Trouble Code

No.

P0446

0903


I

An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM through

EVAP canister vent control valve.

Check Items

(Possible Cause)

I


(EVAP canister vent control valve circuit is open or shorted.)

I


EL

IDX

EC-315



Control Valve (Circuit) (Cont’d)

SEF392X


PROCEDURE

NOTE:


DURE” has just been completed, always turn ignition switch

“OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.


Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.



3) Start engine and wait at least 8 seconds.



------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EC-316




FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

GI

MA

EM

LC

TEC058M

EC-317





INSPECTION START

SEF419U

With CONSULT-II

H

CHECK CIRCUIT.

1. Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in


2. Make sure that ratching sound is heard from the vent control valve.

E

Without CONSULT-II

Go to CHECK POWER SUPPLY .

OK

E

Go to “CHECK COMPO-

NENT” after procedure .

SEC052C

NG

H


1. Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector.




OK

NG

E


I

Harness connectors

C14

,

B64

,

B65

, B178

I

Harness connectors

B102 , F64 , F63 , M49

I

10A fuse

I

Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and fuse


SEF150S

H





.



OK

NG

E


I

Harness connectors

C14 , B64 , B65 , B178

I

Harness connectors

B102 ,

F64

I

Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and ECM


SEF420U

H

CHECK COMPONENT

(EVAP canister vent control valve and

O-ring).


H

OK



NG

E

Replace EVAP canister vent control valve and

O-ring.

H

INSPECTION END

EC-318








CONSULT-II.

SEC050C

GI

ON

OFF

Condition

VENT CONTROL/V


No

Yes

MA

EM

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

LC

AEC783A

Condition


FE


No supply

No

Yes AT


If portion q valve.

is rusted, replace EVAP canister vent control


PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-319



Pressure Sensor


The EVAP control system pressure sensor detects pressure in the purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as pressure increases. The EVAP control system pressure sensor is not used to control the engine system. It is used only for on board diagnosis.

SEF429Q

SEF954S



MONITOR ITEM

EVAP SYS PRES

I

Ignition switch: ON

CONDITION SPECIFICATION

Approx. 3.4V



CAUTION:



TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(DC Voltage)

98

92

BR/W

W/R

Sensors’ power supply




Approximately 5V

Approximately 3.4V


Diagnostic Trouble

Code No.

P0450

0704


I

An improper voltage signal from EVAP control system pressure sensor is sent to ECM.

Check Items

(Possible Cause)

I


(The EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is open or shorted.)

I

Rubber hose to EVAP control system pressure sensor is clogged, bent, kinked, disconnected or not corrected properly.

I


I

EVAP canister vent control valve (The valve is stuck open.)

I


I

EVAP canister

I

Rubber hose from EVAP canister vent control valve to water separator

EC-320



Pressure Sensor (Cont’d)

SEF273Y

SEF356W


PROCEDURE

NOTE:




I Always perform test at a temperature above 5°C (41°F).

I Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.

1) Start engine and warm it at idle up to normal operating temperature.




5) Make sure that “TANK F/TEMP SE” is more than 0°C

(32°F).




------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


2) Check that voltage between ECM terminal q and ground is less than 4.2V.






------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------









GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-321




EC-322

TEC059M





INSPECTION START

SEF427U

H

CHECK RUBBER TUBE CONNECTED

TO THE SENSOR.

Check rubber tube for clogging, bending, kinking, disconnection or improper connection.

H

OK


2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screw.

NG

E Reconnect, repair or replace.

GI

MA

EM

LC

SEF377U

SEF410Q

H


1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.

2. Check sensor harness connector for water.


If OK, go to step 3. If NG, repair or replace harness or connectors.




OK

H






OK

NG

E


I


F64 , B102

I


B178 , B65

I

Harness connectors

B64

,

C14

I

Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM


NG

E


I


F64 , B102

I


B178 , B65

I

Harness connectors

B64

,

C14

I

Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM


SEF411Q

H





q

.


OK

NG

E


I

Harness connectors

I


F64 , B102

I


B178 , B65

I

Harness connectors

B64 , C14

I

Harness for open or short between ECM and EVAP control system pressure sensor


H q

(Go to next page.)

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

SEF832U

EC-323




SEF596U

CHECK COMPONENT


H


EC-304.

H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT

(EVAP canister vent control valve).


EC-319.

H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT



H

OK

CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOG-

GING.

Check obstructed water separator and rubber tube to EVAP canister vent control valve and clean the rubber tube using air blower.

For water separator, refer to “COMPO-


OK

H





If the weight is:


→

NG


→

OK

H

OK



NG

E


NG

E


NG

E

Clean, repair or replace rubber tube and/or water separator.

NG

E

Replace EVAP canister and check the following:





H

INSPECTION END

EC-324





EVAP control system pressure sensor

1.

Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected.

2.

Remove hose from EVAP control system pressure sensor.

3.


4.

Use pump to apply vacuum and pressure to EVAP control

5.

system pressure sensor as shown in figure.

Check output voltage between ECM terminal q and ground.

SEF357W

Pressure (Relative to atmospheric pressure) Voltage (V)

0 kPa (0 mmHg, 0 inHg)

−9.3 kPa (−70 mmHg, −2.76 inHg)

3.0 - 3.6

0.4 - 0.6

GI

MA

EM

LC

SEF799W

CAUTION:

I Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.

I Do not apply below −20 kPa (−150 mmHg, −5.91 inHg) or over 20 kPa (150 mmHg, 5.91 inHg) of pressure.

6.

If NG, replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.

I

Never apply force to the air hole protector of the sensor, if equipped.

I

Discard any EVAP control system pressure sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7

in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.

FE

AT

PD

FA

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

RA

BR

ST

EC-325



(Gross Leak)

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC LOGIC

This diagnosis detects a very large leak (fuel filler cap fell off etc.) in the EVAP system between the fuel tank and the EVAP canister purge control valve.

SEF850U

Diagnostic

Trouble Code

No.


Check Items

(Possible Cause)

P0440

0705

I


I


I


I


I


I


I


I


I


I


I


I


I


I


I EVAP canister purge control valve

I

EVAP canister purge volume control valve and the circuit

I


I


I


I

MAP/BARO switch solenoid valve and the circuit

I


I


I


I

Refueling control valve

I

ORVR system leaks

CAUTION:

I Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may come on.

I

If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.

I

Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement.

EC-326



(Gross Leak) (Cont’d)

SEC048C

PEF669U

PEF929V

PEF297U

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

CAUTION:

Never remove fuel filler cap during the DTC confirmation procedure.

NOTE:

I If DTC P1448 is displayed with P0455, perform TROUBLE

DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC P1448 first.

I




I Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is less than 3/4 full and vehicle placed on the flat level surface.

I

It is better that fuel level is low.

I

Always perform test at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to

86°F).

I

Battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.

1) Tighten fuel filler cap securely until ratching sound is heard.




5) Make sure the following conditions are met.

COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 70°C (32 - 158°F)

INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 60°C (32 - 140°F)



SULT-II.


NOTE:

I

If the engine cannot be maintained within the range on CONSULT-II screen, go to “Basic Inspection”,

EC-91.

I Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve properly.


If “NG” is displayed, select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II and make sure that “EVAP

GROSS LEAK [P0455]” is displayed. If it is displayed,

refer to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-329. If P0440 is

displayed, perform “Diagnostic Procedure” for P0440.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE:

Be sure to read the explanation of “Driving pattern” on EC-56

before driving vehicle.

1) Start engine. (TCS switch “OFF”)


3) Stop vehicle.


I


I If SRT of EVAP system is set, the result will be OK.


6) Start engine.

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-327




It is not necessary to cool engine down before driving.

7) Drive vehicle again according to the “Driving pattern”.

8) Stop vehicle.


I



I

If P0440 is displayed on the screen, go to “DIAGNOS-


I If P1440 is displayed on the screen, go to “TROUBLE


I

If P0440 and P1447 are not displayed on the screen, go to the following step.


I


I

If SRT of EVAP system is not set, go to step 5).

EC-328





INSPECTION START

GI

SEF434Q

SEF419U

H




If NG, replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap.


3. Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise.

I

Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower.

I

Retighten until ratcheting sound is heard.


4. Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.

H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT.

Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection or disconnection.


SYSTEM”, EC-29.

H

OK

Check hoses between EVAP canister and refueling control valve for disconnection.

For location, refer to “SYSTEM DESCRIP-

TION” in “On Board Refueling Vapor

Recovery (ORVR)” on EC-31.

OK

H

CHECK COMPONENT AND CIRCUIT

(EVAP canister vent control valve, O-ring).


DTC P0446” for circuit, EC-315 and

“COMPONENT INSPECTION”, EC-332.

H

OK

NG

E

Check fuel tank vacuum relief valve. (Refer to

“FUEL TANK VACUUM

RELIEF VALVE”), EC-27.

If NG, replace with genuine

NISSAN fuel filler cap.

If OK, go to “CHECK

FOR EVAP LEAK”.

NG

E


NG

E

Reconnect hoses properly.

NG

E

Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring or harness/ connector.

(Go to next page.)

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-329




SEF462U

PEF658U

SEF200U

H


I Never use compressed air or high pressure pump.

I

Improper installation of service port may cause leaking.

I

Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm 2 ,

0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.

To locate EVAP leak portion, proceed with the following steps.




CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.

3. Touch “START” and apply vacuum into the EVAP line until the pressure indicator reaches the middle of bar graph.

4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the leak portion. For the leak detector, refer to instruction manual for more details.

Refer to “Evaporative Emission

Line Drawing”, EC-29.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



4. Apply 12 volts DC to vacuum cut valve bypass valve. The valve will open. (Continue to apply 12 volts until the end of test.)

5. Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7


0.79 inHg).



Drawing”, EC-29.

NG

E

Repair or replace.

H

OK

SEF598U

(Go to next page.)

SEF599U

EC-330




SEF765X

H

CHECK COMPONENT




2. Start engine.




S/V”.



-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


2. Stop engine.






NG

E


I



INSPECTION”, EC-332 and

“P1492 EVAP canister purge control solenoid

valve” for circuit, EC-305.

I



Drawing”, EC-31.

SEF597U

H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT



EC-306.

NG

E Replace absolute pressure sensor.

SEF396W

H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT



EC-334.

H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT



EC-308.

NG

NG

E

E



SEF394WA

H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT



EC-325.

H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT



EC-34.

H

OK


NG

NG

E

E


Replace refueling control valve.

H



H

INSPECTION END

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-331




SEF353Q

SEC049C

SEF763P





terminal q terminal


,

, q q

Resistance:


Ω

[At 25°C (77°F)]







------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



terminal q terminal


,

, q q

Resistance:


Ω

[At 25°C (77°F)]






SEF593U

EC-332






Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.

SEC050C

GI

ON

OFF

Condition


No

Yes

MA

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EM

AEC783A

LC

Condition



No supply

No

Yes FE


If portion q is rusted, replace control valve.


AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

SEF747W


1.


2.


3.

Turn ignition switch “ON” and check output voltage between

ECM terminal q and engine ground.


4.




CAUTION:


I

Do not apply vacuum below −93.3 kPa (−700 mmHg,

−27.56 inHg) or pressure over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.92

inHg).

5.


ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-333








I

Condition: At idle under no-load.

I

CONSULT-II display

SEF767X

MAP/BARO SW/V

BARO

MAP

I


MAP/BARO SW/V

BARO to MAP

MAP to BARO

ABSOL PRES/SE (Voltage)

More than 2.6V



Less than 1 second

SEF768X


------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



MEC488B

Condition




No supply

Yes No

No Yes





20 (68)

50 (122)

Resistance k

Ω

2.3 - 2.7

0.79 - 0.90

If NG, replace fuel tank temperature sensor.

SEF405UA

EC-334


Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS)


The vehicle speed sensor is installed in the transmission. It contains a pulse generator which provides a vehicle speed signal to the speedometer. The speedometer then sends a signal to the

ECM.

GI

MA

SEF061T

EM



CAUTION:



LC

TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(DC voltage)

FE

Approximately 5.2V

AT

68 P/L Vehicle speed sensor

Engine is running.

Lift up drive wheels and run engine at idle in

“D” position.

PD

FA

SEF542T

RA


Diagnostic Trouble

Code No.

P0500

0104


I

The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) signal from the vehicle speed sensor is sent to ECM even when the vehicle is driving.

Check Items

(Possible Cause)

I

Harness or connector

(The vehicle speed sensor circuit is open or shorted.)

I


BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-335


Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) (Cont’d)


PROCEDURE

SEF274Y

CAUTION:


NOTE:




Step 1 and 2 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.

1) Start engine.

2) Read vehicle speed sensor signal in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. The vehicle speed on CON-

SULT-II should exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.




4) Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.

5) Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds with TCS switch “OFF”.

CMPS-RPM (POS): 1,300 - 2,250 rpm




PW/ST SIGNAL: OFF



EC-336


SEF568P


------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed sensor circuit. During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed.



3) Read vehicle speed sensor signal in “MODE 1” with

GST.

The vehicle speed sensor on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.


------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



3) Read the voltage signal between ECM terminal q

(Vehicle speed sensor signal) and ground with oscilloscope.

4) Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as shown at “ECM TERMINALS AND REFER-

ENCE VALUE” on previous page.


SEF638U

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

RA

BR

ST

EC-337



EC-338

TEC060M




INSPECTION START

GI

SEF748W

H



2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and combination meter harness connector.


.



OK

NG

E


I

Harness connectors

F63 , M49

I

Harness connectors

M6 , N1

I

Joint connector-6

I

Harness for open or short between ECM and combination meter


CHECK SPEEDOMETER FUNCTION.

Make sure that speedometer functions properly.

H

OK

NG

E


I

Harness for open or short between combination meter and vehicle speed sensor


I

Vehicle speed sensor and its circuit

(Refer to EL section.)

H



MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

H

INSPECTION END

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-339


Idle Air Control Valve (IACV) — Auxiliary Air

Control (AAC) Valve



Engine speed



Ignition switch

Start signal

Throttle position



PNP switch

Air conditioner operation


Power steering load signal


Battery voltage

Battery

Vehicle speed


Cooling fan operation

Cooling fan

Electrical load signal

Electrical load

E

E

E

E

E

E ECM

E

E

E

E

E

E

IACV-AAC valve

This system automatically controls engine idle speed to a specified level. Idle speed is controlled through fine adjustment of the amount of air which by-passes the throttle valve via IACV-AAC valve. The IACV-AAC valve changes the opening of the air by-pass passage to control the amount of auxiliary air. This valve is actuated by a step motor built into the valve, which moves the valve in the axial direction in steps corresponding to the

ECM output signals. One step of IACV-AAC valve movement causes the respective opening of the air by-pass passage. (i.e. when the step advances, the opening is enlarged.) The opening of the valve is varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The camshaft position sensor detects the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM. The ECM then controls the step position of the IACV-AAC valve so that engine speed coincides with the target value memorized in ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions, such as during warm up, deceleration, and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan operation).

SEF765P


The IACV-AAC valve is operated by a step motor for centralized control of auxiliary air supply. This motor has four winding phases and is actuated by the output signals of ECM which turns ON and

OFF two windings each in sequence. Each time the IACV-AAC valve opens or closes to change the auxiliary air quantity, the ECM sends a pulse signal to the step motor. When no change in the auxiliary air quantity is needed, the ECM does not issue the pulse signal. A certain voltage signal is issued so that the valve remains at that particular opening.

EC-340



Control (AAC) Valve (Cont’d)




IACV-AAC/V

I


I



I No-load

Idle

2,000 rpm

20 - 10 step

—

GI

MA



CAUTION:



EM

LC

TER-

MINAL

NO.

13

8

11

12

WIRE

COLOR

Y

GY/L

PU

G/Y

ITEM

IACV-AAC valve

IACV-AAC valve

Engine is running.

Idle speed

Engine is running.

Idle speed

CONDITION

DATA

(DC voltage)

0.1 - 14V

0.1 - 14V

FE

AT

PD


FA

Diagnostic Trouble

Code No.

P0505

0205


A) The IACV-AAC valve does not operate properly.

........................................................................................

B) The IACV-AAC valve does not operate properly.

Check Items

(Possible Cause)

I


(The IACV-AAC valve circuit is open.)

I

IACV-AAC valve

........................................................................................

I


(The IACV-AAC valve circuit is shorted.)

I

IACV-AAC valve

RA

BR

ST


PROCEDURE

NOTE:

I



I Perform “Procedure for malfunction A” first. If a 1st trip

DTC cannot be confirmed, perform “Procedure for malfunction B”.



RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-341




SEF392X





4) Keep engine speed at 2,500 rpm for 3 seconds, then let it idle for 3 seconds.

Do not rev engine up to speeds more than 3,000 rpm.

5) Perform step 4 once more.



------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


SEF261Y


1) Open engine hood.



4) Turn ignition switch “ON” again and select “DATA MONI-


5) Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed. (Headlamp switch, rear defogger switch: OFF)



------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EC-342




FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

GI

MA

EM

LC

TEC489

EC-343





INSPECTION START

SEF062T

SEF143T

H



2. Disconnect IACV-AAC valve harness connector.





OK

H





ECM terminal q

ECM terminal q

ECM terminal q

ECM terminal q and terminal and terminal and terminal and terminal q q q q

,

,

,

.



H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT

(IACV-AAC valve).


H

OK



NG

E


NG

E


NG

E

Replace IACV-AAC valve.

H

INSPECTION END

SEF423U

EC-344





IACV-AAC valve

1.

Disconnect IACV-AAC valve harness connector.

2.

Check resistance between the following terminals.

terminal q terminal


,

, q q

Resistance:

Approximately 30

Ω

[at 20°C (68°F)]

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

SEF353Q

AT

3.

Reconnect IACV-AAC valve harness connector.

4.

Remove idle air adjusting unit assembly (IACV-AAC valve is built-in) from engine.

(The IACV-AAC valve harness connector should remain connected.)

5.

Turn ignition switch “ON” and “OFF”, and ensure the IACV-

AAC valve shaft smoothly moves forward and backward, according to the ignition switch position.

If NG, replace the IACV-AAC valve.

PD

FA

RA

BR

SEF261Q

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-345


Closed Throttle Position Switch


A closed throttle position switch and wide open throttle position switch are built into the throttle position sensor unit. The wide open throttle position switch is used only for A/T control.

When the throttle valve is in the closed position, the closed throttle position switch sends a voltage signal to the ECM. The ECM only uses this signal to open or close the EVAP canister purge control valve when the throttle position sensor is malfunctioning.

SEF350WA



MONITOR ITEM

CLSD THL/P SW

CONDITION

I


I

Ignition switch: ON

(Engine stopped)

I

More than −40.0 kPa (−300 mmHg, −11.81 inHg) of vacuum is applied to the throttle opener with a handy vacuum pump.

Throttle valve: Idle position

Throttle valve: Slightly open

ON

OFF

SPECIFICATION



CAUTION:



TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(DC Voltage)

74 GY/L

Throttle position switch

(Closed position)

Engine is running (Warmed-up condition)

I


I

More than −40.0 kPa (−300 mmHg, −11.81

inHg) of vacuum is applied to the throttle opener with a handy vacuum pump.



BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)

Approximately 0V


Diagnostic Trouble

Code No.

P0510

0203


I

Battery voltage from the closed throttle position switch is sent to ECM with the throttle valve opened.

Check Items

(Possible Cause)

I


(The closed throttle position switch circuit is shorted.)

I


I


EC-346


SEF198Y

SEF424U

Closed Throttle Position Switch (Cont’d)


PROCEDURE

CAUTION:


NOTE:




2) Check voltage between ECM terminal q under the following conditions.

At idle: Battery voltage and ground

At 2,000 rpm: 0 - 1V




3) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II at the start of the test.

4) Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following condition.

THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.8V



Driving pattern: Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test.



------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Use this procedure to check the overall function of the closed throttle position switch circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.


2) Check the voltage between ECM terminal q and ground under the following conditions.

At idle: Battery voltage

At 2,000 rpm: Approximately 0V


GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-347



EC-348

TEC061M




INSPECTION START

SEF836U

SEF637U

SEF425U

H



2. Disconnect throttle position switch harness connector.




NG

E


I

Harness connectors

F63 , M49

I

10A fuse

I

Harness for open or short between throttle position switch and fuse


OK

H





.



H

OK

ADJUST THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH.

Perform BASIC INSPECTION, EC-91.

NG

E


H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT

(Closed throttle position switch).


H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT



H

OK



NG

NG

E

E

Replace throttle position switch.

Replace throttle position sensor.

H

INSPECTION END

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-349




SEF793W

Closed throttle position switch (Built in throttle position sensor)

1.


2.


3.


4.


5.





8. Check indication of “CLSD THL/P SW”.

Measurement must be made with closed throttle position switch installed in vehicle.

SEF266Y

SEF947U


Completely closed

CLSD THL/P SW

ON

Partially open or completely open OFF



9. If it is impossible to adjust closed throttle position switch in “Basic Inspection”, replace closed throttle position switch.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

6. Disconnect closed throttle position switch harness connector.

7. Check continuity between closed throttle position switch terminals q and q

.

Resistance measurement must be made with closed throttle position switch installed in vehicle.


Completely closed

Continuity

Yes

Partially open or completely open No



8. If it is impossible to adjust closed throttle position switch in “Basic Inspection”, replace closed throttle position switch.

EC-350


SEF793W


Throttle position sensor

1.


2.


3.


4.


5.



6.



8. Check voltage of “THRTL POS SEN”.


GI

MA

EM

LC

SEF266Y

Throttle valve conditions THRTL POS SEN

Completely closed (a) 0.15 - 0.85

Partially open Between (a) and (b)

Completely open (b) 3.5 - 4.7

FE




------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


(Throttle position sensor signal) and ground.


AT

PD

FA

SEF795W


Completely closed

Partially open

Completely open

Voltage (V)

0.15 - 0.85

Between (a) and (b)

3.5 - 4.7




RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-351

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC P0600, P1605

A/T Communication Line (P0600) and A/T

Diagnostic Communication Line (P1605)

This circuit line (LAN) controls the smooth shifting up and down of

A/T during the hard acceleration/deceleration. Pulse signals are exchanged between ECM and TCM (P0600).

This circuit line is also used to communicate malfunction information related to A/T (Automatic Transmission) is transferred through the line (LAN circuit) from TCM to ECM (P1605).

Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only in TCM but also ECM after the A/T related repair.


Diagnostic Trouble

Code No.

P0600

0504


I

ECM receives incorrect voltage from TCM continuously.

P1605

0804

I

Signal from TCM is not sent to ECM.

Check Items

(Possible Cause)

I


(The communication line circuit between ECM and

TCM is open or shorted.)

I

TCM

I

Dead (Weak) battery

SEF261Y


PROCEDURE

NOTE







3) Start engine and let it idle for at least 2 seconds (P0600) and 40 seconds (P1605).



------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EC-352




(Cont’d)

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

GI

MA

EM

LC

TEC062M

EC-353




(Cont’d)


INSPECTION START

SEF047TD

SEF063TB

H



2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and TCM harness connector.


.



OK

NG

E


I

Harness connectors

M4 , B3

I

Harness connectors

F63

,

M49

I

Joint connector-6

I

Check harness for open or short between ECM and TCM.


H



H

INSPECTION END

SEF428U

EC-354


Engine Control Module (ECM)

The ECM consists of a microcomputer, diagnostic test mode selector, and connectors for signal input and output and for power supply. The unit controls the engine.

GI

MA

SEC220B


Diagnostic Trouble

Code No.

P0605

0301


I

ECM calculation function is malfunctioning.

I

ECM

Check Item

(Possible Cause)

EM

LC

DTC No.

CONSULT-II

GST


ECM*

Unable to access Diagnostic Test

Mode II

ECM

Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode

ECM fail-safe activating condition

The computing function of the ECM was judged to be malfunctioning.

When the fail-safe system activates, i.e. if the ECM detects a malfunction condition in the CPU of ECM, the MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP on the instrument panel lights to warn the driver.

However, it is not possible to access ECM and DTC cannot be confirmed.

Engine control with ECM fail-safe

When the fail-safe system is operating, fuel injection, ignition timing, fuel pump operation, IACV-AAC valve operation and cooling fan operation are controlled under certain limitations.

Engine speed

Fuel injection

Ignition timing

Fuel pump

Cooling fans

ECM fail-safe operation

Engine speed will not rise more than 3,000 rpm.

Simultaneous multiport fuel injection system

Ignition timing is fixed at the preset value.

Fuel pump relay is “ON” when engine is running and

“OFF” when engine stalls.

Cooling fan relay “ON” (High speed condition) when engine is running, and “OFF” when engine stalls.

*: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)

Replace ECM, if ECM fail-safe condition is confirmed.

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-355


SEF400X

Engine Control Module (ECM) (Cont’d)


PROCEDURE

NOTE:








------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EC-356


Engine Control Module (ECM) (Cont’d)


INSPECTION START

H


2) Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.

3) Touch “ERASE”.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


2) Select MODE 4 with GST.


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


2) Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode

II (Self-diagnostic results) memory.

H

PERFORM DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE

CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE.

See previous page.

H

Is the DTC P0605 (0301) displayed again?

No

H

INSPECTION END

Yes

E

Replace ECM.

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

GI

MA

EM

LC

EC-357




Engine speed

Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP)/Barometric

Pressure (BARO) Switch Solenoid Valve

E

Start signal

Ignition switch


Throttle position

E

ECM

E

E


Vehicle speed


E

This system allows the absolute pressure sensor to monitor either ambient barometric pressure or intake manifold pressure. The MAP/BARO switch solenoid valve switches between two passages by

ON-OFF pulse signals from the ECM. (One passage is from the intake air duct, the other is from the intake manifold.) Either ambient barometric pressure or intake manifold pressure is applied to the absolute pressure sensor.

Solenoid

ON

Conditions

I


“ON”

OR

I


OR

I

More than 5 minutes after the solenoid valve shuts OFF.

and

I

Throttle valve is shut or almost fully shut for more than 5 seconds and

I

Vehicle speed is less than 100 km/h (62

MPH).


The MAP/BARO switch solenoid valve switches its air flow passage according to the voltage signal sent from the ECM. When voltage is supplied from the ECM, the MAP/BARO switch solenoid turns “ON”. Then, the absolute pressure sensor can monitor the ambient barometric pressure. When voltage is not supplied from the ECM, the MAP/BARO switch solenoid valve turns “OFF”. Then, the sensor monitors intake manifold pressure.

SEF417Q



MONITOR ITEM

MAP/BARO SW/V

CONDITION

I

For 5 seconds after turning ignition switch “ON”

I


I


BARO

MAP

SPECIFICATION

EC-358




(Cont’d)



CAUTION:



GI

MA

TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(DC Voltage) EM


LC


“ON”

Engine is running

Approximately 0V

41 W


For 5 seconds after starting engine.


More than 5 seconds after turning ignition switch “ON”

Engine is running


BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)

FE

AT

PD


Diagnostic Trouble

Code No.

P1105

1302


A) MAP/BARO switch solenoid valve receives the voltage supplied though ECM does not supply the voltage to the valve.

B) There is little difference between MAP/BARO switch solenoid valve input voltage at ambient barometric pressure and voltage at intake manifold pressure.

Check Items

(Possible Cause)

I


(MAP/BARO switch solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)

I


I


(MAP/BARO switch solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)

I

Hoses

(Hoses are clogged, bent, kinked, disconnected, not connected properly.)

I


I


FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA


PROCEDURE


NOTE:



EL

IDX

SEF261Y

EC-359




(Cont’d)









------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


SEF273Y




3) Turn ignition switch “ON” again and select “DATA MONI-


4) Make sure that “FUEL T/TMP SE” is more than 0°C

(32°F).




------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------









SEF398W

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------




4) Check that voltage between ECM terminal q ground is less than 4.2V.

and




EC-360




(Cont’d)



GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-361




(Cont’d)

EC-362

TEC063M




(Cont’d)


If the trouble is duplicated after “Procedure for malfunction

A”, perform “Procedure A” below. If the trouble is detected after “Procedure for malfunction B”, perform “Procedure B” on the next page.

Procedure A

GI

MA

SEF396W

INSPECTION START EM

SEF431U

H



2. Disconnect MAP/BARO switch solenoid valve harness connector.




OK

NG

E


I

Harness connectors

F121 , F21 , F63 , M49

I

10A fuse

I

Harness for open or short between MAP/

BARO switch solenoid valve and fuse


SEF432U

H




3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal q and terminal q with CON-

SULT-II or tester.



OK

NG

E


I

Harness connectors

F121 , F21

I


BARO switch solenoid valve and ECM


H

CHECK COMPONENT



H

OK



NG

E


LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

H

INSPECTION END

IDX

EC-363




(Cont’d)

Procedure B

INSPECTION START

CHECK VACUUM SOURCE AND CIR-

CUIT TO MAP/BARO SWITCH SOLE-

NOID VALVE.



3. Connect the MAP/BARO switch solenoid valve and absolute pressure sensor with a rubber tube that has a vacuum gauge.


5. Select “MAP/BARO SW/V” in


CONSULT-II.


7. Touch “MAP” and “BARO” alternatively.

H

SEF396W

SEF385U

OK

E

CHECK COMPONENT


1. Check for disconnection of vacuum hose connected to the sensor.

2. Disconnect sensor’s connector and check sensor harness connector for water.


Refer to “COMPONENT

INSPECTION” of

“TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

FOR DTC P0105”,

EC-139.

OK NG

MAP/BARO

SW/S

BARO

MAP

Vacuum

Should not exist.

Should exist.

H pressure sensor or harness connectors.


NOSIS FOR INTERMIT-

TENT INCIDENT” in

EC-117.

H

Repair (disconnection) or replace absolute

SEF767X

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


5. Check vacuum gauge within 5 seconds after turning ignition switch “ON”.



7. Check vacuum gauge.


SEF768X

NG

H

CHECK HOSE.


2. Check hose for clogging, cracks, disconnection or improper connection.

OK

NG

E

Clean, repair or reconnect the hose.

If NG, check vacuum port for clogging.


Check the intake system for air leaks.

H

OK

H

(Go to next page.)

SEF109L

EC-364




(Cont’d)

SEF431U

SEF432U

H



2. Disconnect MAP/BARO switch solenoid valve harness connector.




OK

H




3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal q and terminal q with CON-

SULT-II or tester.



OK

NG

E


I

Harness connectors

F121 , F21 , F63 , M49

I

10A fuse

I


BARO switch solenoid valve and fuse


NG

E


I

Harness connectors

F121 , F21

I


BARO switch solenoid valve and ECM


H

CHECK COMPONENT


1. Check for disconnection of vacuum hose connected to the sensor.

2. Disconnect sensor’s connector and check sensor harness connectors for water.


Refer to “COMPONENT INSPECTION” of

“TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC

P0105”, EC-132.

H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT



H

OK



NG

NG

E

E

Repair (disconnection) or replace harness connectors or replace absolute pressure sensor.


H

INSPECTION END

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-365




(Cont’d)

SEF767X






I Condition: At idle under no-load

I

CONSULT-II display

BARO

MAP

MAP/BARO SW/V ABSOL PRES/SE (Voltage)

More than 2.6V


I


MAP/BARO SW/V

BARO to MAP

MAP to BARO


Less than 1 second

SEF768X


------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Condition



MEC488B


No supply

Yes

No

No

Yes

3. Check the time required for the solenoid valve to switch.

It should be less than 1 second.

4. If NG, replace solenoid valve.

5. If OK, check “Absolute pressure sensor”. Refer to

“COMPONENT INSPECTION”, EC-139.

EC-366


Intake Valve Timing Control (P1110: Left bank),

(P1135: Right bank)



Engine speed

E

GI



E

MA



E ECM E


EM

LC


Throttle position

E

Vehicle speed


The intake valve timing control system is utilized to control intake valve opening and closing timing.

Engine coolant temperature signals, engine speed, amount of intake air, vehicle speed and throttle position are used to determine intake valve timing.

The intake camshaft sprocket position is regulated by oil pressure controlled by the intake valve timing control.

E

FE

When ECM sends ON signal to intake valve timing control solenoid valve, oil pressure is transmitted to camshaft sprocket. Then, intake side camshaft is advanced.

AT

PD

FA

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

RA

BR

ST

SEF587TA

EC-367

OPERATION



(P1135: Right bank) (Cont’d)

Engine operating condition


Intake valve opening and closing time

Valve overlap Engine valve timing

I

Engine coolant temperature is between 15°C (59°F) to 110°C

(230°F) and engine speed is between 1,100 rpm and 4,600 rpm.

I

During high load condition

I

Vehicle speed is more than 4 km/h (2 MPH).

Those other than above

ON

OFF

Advance

Normal

Increased

Normal



MONITOR ITEM

INT/V SOL-B1

INT/V SOL-B2

CONDITION

I

Engine is in warm up condition.

I

Engine speed is more than 2,000 rpm.

I Quickly depressed accelerator pedal

I Vehicle speed is more than 4 km/h (2 MPH).

SPECIFICATION

OFF , ON (Using “INT/V TIM-B1 (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR”, the difference of degree between “OFF” and “ON” is approximately 20 deg.



CAUTION:



TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(DC voltage)

24

(B2)

25

(B1)

BR/Y

BR

Intake valve timing control solenoid valves

Engine is running.

Intake valve timing control solenoid is operating.

Engine is running.

Intake valve timing control solenoid is not operating.

Approximately 0V

Battery voltage

Approximately 0V

70

(B2)

R/L

Engine is running.

Idle speed

Intake valve timing control position sensors

Approximately 0V

SEF551T

71

(B1)

L/W

Engine is running.


SEF552T

EC-368





Diagnostic Trouble

Code No.

P1110

0805

(Bank 1)

P1135

1301

(Bank 2)


Comparing the intake valve timing position when the intake valve timing solenoid is ON with that when the solenoid is OFF, the difference does not exceed a certain limit.

Check Items

(Possible Cause)

I


(The left bank intake valve timing control position sensor circuit is open.)

I


I

Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up portion of the camshaft

SEF275Y

GI

MA

EM


PROCEDURE

CAUTION:

Always drive at safe speed.

NOTE:



1) Warm up engine to normal operating temperature [more than 82°C (180°F)].



4) Restart engine and wait at least 30 seconds.

5) Turn TCS switch “OFF”.

6) Shift A/T selector lever to “2nd” position.

7) Gradually raise engine speed and keep it between

1,100 rpm and 1,500 rpm for at least 20 seconds. (Test is completed when “INT/V SOL - B1 in “DATA MONI-

TOR” with CONSULT-II remains “OFF”. If indication is

“ON”, repeat 7.

8) Quickly raise engine speed to more than 2,500 rpm and keep it there for at least 6 seconds. (Test is completed when “INT/V SOL - B1 in “DATA MONITOR” with CON-

SULT-II remains “ON”. If indication is “OFF”, repeat 8.



------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1) Warm up engine to normal operating temperature.


3) Restart engine and wait at least 30 second.


5) Shift A/T selector lever to “2nd” positions.


1,000 rpm and 1,500 rpm for at least 12 seconds.

7) Quickly raise engine speed to more than 2,500 rpm and keep it there for at least 6 seconds.




------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1) Warm up engine to normal operating temperature.


3) Restart engine and wait at least 30 seconds.


5) Shift A/T selector lever to “D” position.

EC-369

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX





1,000 rpm and 1,500 rpm for at least 12 seconds.

7) Quickly raise engine speed to more than 2,500 rpm and keep it there for at least 6 seconds.





EC-370

LEFT BANK




GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

TEC064M

EC-371

RIGHT BANK




EC-372

TEC065M





INSPECTION START

GI

SEF593TA

H


1. Stop engine.

2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.




OK

NG

E


I

Harness connectors

F63 , M49

I

10A fuse

I

Harness for open or short between the intake valve timing control solenoid valve and fuse


SEF595TA

SEF837U

H




3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal RH q

, q

LH and solenoid valve terminal q

.



H

OK

CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE.

Refer to LC section (“Oil Pressure Check”,

“ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM”).

OK

H

CHECK INTAKE AIR SYSTEM.

Check intake air system for leaks.

H

OK

CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CON-

TROL POSITION SENSOR.

Refer to DTC P1140, EC-382.

H

OK

NG Repair harness or connec-

E tors.

NG

E

Repair lubrication system.

NG

E

Repair intake air system.

NG

E

Repair or replace.

(Go to next page.)

SEF433U

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-373




H

CHECK COMPONENT

(Intake valve timing control solenoid valve).


H

OK

Replace intake valve timing control sprocket with camshaft.

NG

E

Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.

H



H

INSPECTION END

SEF783T


Intake valve timing control solenoid valve

1.

Check oil passage visually for any metal debris.

2.

Supply intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals with battery voltage.

3.

Make sure that inside plunger protrudes.

If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.

EC-374


SEF064T

Secondary Throttle Position Sensor (STPS)


The secondary throttle position sensor responds to the movement of the throttle motor which is controlled by the TAC module.

This sensor is a kind of potentiometer which transforms the secondary throttle position into output voltage, and emits the voltage signal to the TAC module. In addition, the sensor detects the opening and closing speed and position of the secondary throttle valve and feeds the voltage signal to the TAC module.

Another case is when the secondary throttle valve opening becomes smaller than the ordinary throttle valve opening due to

TCS operation. In this case, the signal from the secondary throttle valve is used for engine control. This replaces the signal from the ordinary throttle position sensor. The signal of the secondary throttle valve first enters the TAC module, from where it is sent to the ECM.

GI

MA

EM

LC



MONITOR ITEM

THRTL/P SEN2

I

Ignition switch: ON

(Engine stopped)

CONDITION


Throttle valve: fully open

0.60 - 1.15V

SPECIFICATION

4.3 - 4.7V

SEF303T

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

EC-375



(Cont’d)



CAUTION:



TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(DC voltage)


Approximately 3.4V

66 L


Approximately 3 seconds after ignition switch

“ON” and thereafter


Approximately 0.4V




Diagnostic Trouble

Code No.

P1120

0406



B) Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM compared with the signals from mass air flow sensor, camshaft position sensor and IACV-AAC valve.

Check Items

(Possible Cause)

I



I


I


I

TCM


PROCEDURE


NOTE:



SEF261Y






------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EC-376



(Cont’d)

SEF065T

SEF580R

SEF749W

Procedure for malfunction B.


Use this procedure to check the overall function of the secondary throttle position sensor circuit. During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed.

WARNING:

Before touching the secondary throttle valve, be sure to disconnect the throttle motor harness connector. Failure to do so may cause injury due to accidental actuation of the valve.


2) Turn ignition switch “OFF” and disconnect throttle motor harness connector.

3) Remove intake air duct.


5) Select “MANUAL TRIG” and “HI SPEED” in “DATA


6) Select “THRTL/P SEN2” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.

7) Press RECORD on CONSULT-II SCREEN at the same time close the secondary throttle valve by hand.

8) Print out the recorded data and check the following:

I

The voltage when secondary throttle valve is closed by hand is approximately 0.60 - 1.15V.

I

The voltage decrease is linear in response to secondary throttle valve closing.

I The voltage when secondary throttle valve is fully opened is approximately 4.3 - 4.7V.


------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


2) Turn ignition switch “OFF” and disconnect throttle motor harness connector.

3) Remove intake air duct.


5) Check the voltage between ECM terminal q and ground, then check the following:

I

The voltage when secondary throttle valve is closed by hand is approximately 0.4 - 0.86V.

I The voltage decrease is linear in response to secondary throttle valve closing.

I

The voltage when secondary throttle valve is fully opened is approximately 3.3 - 3.5V.


GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-377



(Cont’d)

EC-378

TEC066M



(Cont’d)


INSPECTION START

GI

SEF066T

H



2. Disconnect secondary throttle position sensor harness connector.




OK

NG

E


SEF899Q

SEF377U

H



2. Loosen and retighten ground screw.




OK

NG

E


I

Harness connectors

F63 , M49

I

Harness connectors

M4 , B3

I

Harness connectors

F62 , F61

I

Joint connector-16

I

Harness for open or short between sensor and throttle actuator control (TAC) module

I

Harness for open or short between secondary throttle position sensor and ECM

I

Harness for open or short between secondary throttle position sensor and TCM (Transmission

Control Module)


H q

(Go to next page.)

SEF900Q

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-379



(Cont’d)

SEF447U

SEF340R

H


1. Disconnect ECM harness connector and throttle actuator control module harness connector.

2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal q and throttle actuator control module terminal q

, sensor terminal q and throttle actuator control module terminal q

.



H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT

(Secondary throttle position sensor).


Refer to BR section (“Adjustment for Secondary Throttle Position”, “TRACTION

CONTROL SYSTEM — TCS —”) for adjustment.

OK

H



NG

E


NG

E

Replace secondary throttle position sensor. Refer to

BR section.

H

INSPECTION END

SEF787T


Secondary throttle position sensor

WARNING:

Before touching the secondary throttle valve, be sure to disconnect the throttle motor harness connector. Failure to do so may cause injury due to accidental actuation of the valve.

1.

Turn ignition switch “OFF”.

2.

Disconnect secondary throttle position sensor harness connector.

3.


4.

Remove intake air duct.

5.

Make sure that resistance between terminals q and q changes when opening secondary throttle valve manually.


Completely closed

Partially open

Completely open

Resistance at 25°C (77°F)

Approximately 0.6 k

Ω

0.6 - 4.0 k

Ω

Approximately 5 k

Ω

EC-380


Tandem Throttle Position Sensor

This diagnosis is for tandem throttles (main throttle and secondary throttle). The quantity of intake air is determined by these two throttle valves. A rationality check is then carried out by ECM after monitoring the signals of these two throttle position sensors.

GI


Diagnostic Trouble

Code No.

P1125

1502


I

Rationally incorrect voltage is entered to ECM compared with the signals from mass air flow sensor, camshaft position sensor and IACV-AAC valve.

Check Items

(Possible Cause)

I


(The sensor circuits are open or shorted.)

I

Throttle position sensor or secondary throttle position sensor

I

Throttle actuator control (TAC) module

MA

EM

LC


PROCEDURE

NOTE:







5) Start engine and run it for 15 seconds.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------





------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------






FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT


Refer to TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC P0120, EC-150 OR

Refer to TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC P1120, EC-375.

HA

EL

IDX

EC-381


Intake Valve Timing Control Position Sensor



The intake valve timing control position sensor is located rearmost of the left-bank cylinder head. This sensor detects a signal (intake valve position) generated by the cutout portion of camshaft and sends it to the ECM. This sensor is not used to control the engine system. It is used only for the on board diagnosis of intake valve timing control.

SEF599T



CONDITION MONITOR ITEM

INT/V TIM-B1

INT/V TIM-B2

I

Engine is running.

SPECIFICATION

Advanced angle (degree) of the intake camshaft should be displayed.



CAUTION:



TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(DC voltage)

Approximately 0V

70

(RH)

R/L

Engine is running.

Idle speed

Intake valve timing control position sensors

Approximately 0V

SEF551T

71

(LH)

L/W

Engine is running.


SEF552T


Diagnostic Trouble

Code No.

P1140

1303

(Left bank)

P1145

1304

(Right bank)


The proper pulse signal from the intake valve timing control position sensors is not sent to ECM while the engine is running at the specified engine speed.

Check Items

(Possible Cause)

I


(The left bank intake valve timing control position sensor circuit is open.)

I


I

Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up portion of the camshaft

EC-382



(P1140: Left bank), (P1145: Right bank) (Cont’d)

SEF276Y


PROCEDURE

NOTE:




2) Start engine and keep the engine speed at 2,000 rpm and wait at least 15 seconds.



------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------





------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------






GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

HA

EL

IDX

ST

RS

BT

EC-383

LEFT BANK




EC-384

TEC757

RIGHT BANK




GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

TEC758

EC-385





INSPECTION START

SEF607TC

SEF598TC

SEF435U

H




3. Disconnect intake valve timing control position sensor harness connector.

4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal q

LH, q

RH and terminal q

.



OK

H



2. Check harness continuity between sensor terminal q and ground.



H

OK

CHECK CAMSHAFT.

Check accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up portion of the camshaft. Refer to

EM section (“Timing Chain”).

H

OK

Replace intake valve timing control position sensor.


E tors.


E

I

Harness connectors

F62 , F61


NG

E

Remove debris and clean the signal pick-up cutout of camshaft.

H



H

INSPECTION END

SEF603T

EC-386





SEF604T

Intake valve timing control position sensor

1.

Disconnect intake valve timing control position sensor harness connector.

2.

Loosen fixing bolt of the sensor.

3.


4.


Resistance:

600 - 740

Ω

[at 20°C (68°F)] and q

.

If NG, replace intake valve timing control position sensor.

GI

MA

EM

LC

SEF605T

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-387


Closed Loop Control (P1148: Left bank),

(P1168: Right bank)

★ The closed loop control has the one trip detection logic.


Diagnostic

Trouble

Code No.

P1148

0307

(Left bank)

P1168

0308

(Right bank)


Check Items

(Possible Cause)

I

The closed loop control function for left bank does not operate even when vehicle is driving in the specified condition.

I

The heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) circuit is open or shorted.

I


I


SEC053C


PROCEDURE

CAUTION:


NOTE:




I Never raise engine speed above 3,200 rpm during the

“DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCE-

DURE”. If the engine speed limit is exceeded, retry the procedure from step 2).

I

Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V.



3) Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm and check the following.

I

“HO2S1” voltage should go above 0.70V at least once.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

I

“HO2S1” voltage should go below 0.21V at least once.

If the check result is NG, perform “DIAGNOSIS


If the check result is OK, perform the following step.

4) Let engine idle at least 3 minutes.

EC-388


Closed Loop Control (P1148: Left bank),


5) Maintain the following condition at least 50 consecutive seconds.

B/FUEL SCHDL: 2.5 ms or more

CMPS-RPM (POS): 2,000 - 3,000 rpm



During this test P0130 may be displayed on the

CONSULT-II screen.



GI

MA

EM

SEF353W

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Use this procedure to check the overall function of the closed loop control. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.



(LH) (sensor) and ground.

(RH),

3) Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm constant under no-load.

I

The voltage should go above 0.70V at least once.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

I The voltage should go below 0.21V at least once.


LC

FE

AT

PD


Refer to TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC P0133 (B1), P0153

(B2), EC-187.

FA

RA

BR

HA

EL

IDX

ST

RS

BT

EC-389


Traction Control System (TCS) Signal Circuit

The ECM uses this circuit line for checking the TCS operation.

Voltage signals are sent and received between the ECM and the throttle actuator control module.

★ Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for the TCS signal circuit.

The MIL will not light for TCS signal circuit malfunction.


Diagnostic Trouble

Code No.

P1210

0106


I

An excessively low or high voltage from the throttle actuator control (TAC) module is sent to

ECM.

Check Items

(Possible Cause)

I


(The circuit is open or shorted.)

I

Throttle actuator control (TAC) module


PROCEDURE

NOTE:



1) Turn ignition switch “ON” and TCS switch “ON”, then start engine.


3) Run engine for at least 3 seconds.



------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1) Turn ignition switch “ON” and TCS switch “ON”, then start engine.

2) Run engine for at least 3 seconds at idle speed.





EC-390



(Cont’d)

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

GI

MA

EM

LC

TEC653

EC-391



(Cont’d)


INSPECTION START

SEF148TB

SEF437U

H



2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and TAC module harness connector.

3. ECM terminal q and TCS terminal q

.



H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT

Check TAC module function.

Make sure that TAC module and circuit function properly. Refer to BR section

(“Self-diagnosis for TAC module”),

(“TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR TCS”).

H

OK



NG

E


NG

E

Replace throttle position switch.

H

INSPECTION END

EC-392




Engine speed

Fuel Pump Control Module (FPCM)

E





E

E

ECM

E FPCM

GI

MA

EM

Start signal

LC

Ignition switch

E

This system controls the fuel pump operation. The amount of fuel flow delivered from the fuel pump is altered between two flow rates by the FPCM operation. The FPCM determines the voltage supplied to the fuel pump (and therefore fuel flow) according to the following conditions.

Conditions

I

Engine cranking

I

Within 16 seconds after starting engine [above

100°C (212°F)]

I

Engine is running under heavy load and high speed conditions

Except the above

Amount of fuel flow

Supplied voltage high

Battery voltage

(11 - 14V)

FE

AT

PD low Approximately 7V

FA


The FPCM adjusts the voltage supplied to the fuel pump to control the amount of fuel flow. When the FPCM increases the voltage supplied to the fuel pump, the fuel flow is increased. When the

FPCM decreases the voltage, the fuel flow is decreased.

RA

BR

ST

SEF387X



MONITOR ITEM

FPCM

FPCM D/R VOLT

CONDITION

I

Within 16 seconds after starting the engine, when engine coolant temperature is more than 100°C (212°F)

I

Within 16 seconds after starting the engine, when engine coolant temperature is more than 100°C (212°F)

SPECIFICATION

HIGH , LOW

Approx. 5.0V

, Approx. 0.4V

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-393


Fuel Pump Control Module (FPCM) (Cont’d)



CAUTION:



TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(DC voltage)

Engine is cranking.

Approximately 0.4V

15 R/L Fuel pump control module Engine is running.

Approximately 10V

Idle speed

When cranking the engine

93 G/R


(FPCM) check

After starting the engine

Approximately 0V

Approximately 5V


Diagnostic Trouble

Code No.

P1220

1305


I

An improper voltage signal from the FPCM, which is supplied to a point between the fuel pump and the dropping resistor, is detected by ECM.

Check Items

(Possible Cause)

I


(FPCM circuit is open or shorted.)

I

Dropping resistor

I

FPCM

SEF278Y


PROCEDURE

CAUTION:

Always drive at a safe speed.

NOTE:



1) Lift up vehicle.



4) Shift A/T selector lever to “D” position.

5) Hold vehicle speed at 70 to 100 km/h (43 to 62 MPH) for 12 seconds.



------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EC-394



FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

GI

MA

EM

LC

TEC067M

EC-395




INSPECTION START

SEF524Y

SEF005R

SEF152T

SEF068T

H



2. Disconnect FPCM harness connector.




OK

NG

E


I

Harness connectors

F63 , M49

I

Harness for open or short between FPCM and fuel pump relay


H

CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT-I.


2. Disconnect dropping resistor harness connector.


FPCM and dropping resistor terminal q and engine ground.



OK

NG

E


I

Harness connector B123


H

CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT-II.

1. Disconnect fuel pump harness connector.

2. Check harness continuity between fuel pump terminal q terminal q

FPCM terminal q

.

and dropping resistor

, resistor terminal q and



FPCM terminal q terminal q and engine ground, and engine ground.



OK

NG

E


H




.



OK

NG

E



F63 , M49

I

Harness connectors

M4 , B3

I

Harness for open or short between ECM and

FPCM


H

(Go to next page.)

EC-396



SEF153T

H


1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal q and terminal q pump terminal q

).

(or fuel


2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal q and engine ground.



NG

E


I

Harness connectors

F63 , M49

I

Harness connectors

M4 , B3

I

Harness for open or short between ECM and

FPCM (or fuel pump)


H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT

(Dropping resistor).


H

CHECK COMPONENT

OK

(FPCM).


H

OK



NG

NG

E

E

Replace dropping resistor.

Replace FPCM.

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

H

INSPECTION END

SEF426Q

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

SEF438U

EC-397




SEF770X

FPCM


2. Perform “FPCM” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CON-

SULT-II.


I When selecting “HI”, “FPCM DR VOLT” indicates approximately 0V.

I

When selecting “LOW”, “FPCM DR VOLT” indicates approximately 4.4V.

4. If NG, replace FPCM.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


2. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds.


4. Check voltage between terminals q and q

.

Within 30 seconds of starting engine:


More than 30 seconds after starting engine:

Approximately 4.4V

5. If NG, replace FPCM.

SEF771X

SEF525Y

Dropping resistor

Check resistance between terminals q and q

.

Resistance: Approximately 0.8

Ω at 25°C (77°F)

SEF156T

EC-398


Ignition Signal


Ignition coil & power transistor

The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the power transistor. The power transistor turns on and off the ignition coil primary circuit. This on-off operation induces the proper high voltage in the coil secondary circuit.

GI

MA

SEF304T




IGN TIMING

I


I



I No-load

Idle

2,000 rpm

15° BTDC

SPECIFICATION

More than 25° BTDC

EM

LC

FE



CAUTION:



AT

PD

TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(DC voltage)

FA

Approximately 0.38V

RA

BR


Idle speed

43

44

46

47

50

51

53

54

Y/R

G/R

L/R

GY

PU/W

GY/R

W/R

R/L









ST

Approximately 0.55V

SEF538T RS

BT



HA

SEF539T

EL

IDX

EC-399


Ignition Signal (Cont’d)


Diagnostic Trouble

Code No.

P1320

0201


I

The ignition signal in the primary circuit is not sent during engine cranking or running.

Check Items

(Possible Cause)

I


(The ignition primary circuit is open or shorted.)

I

Power transistor unit built into ignition coil

I


I

Camshaft position sensor circuit

SEF400X


PROCEDURE

NOTE:

I



I

If DTC P1320 is displayed with DTC P0335, P0340 or

P1336, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0335, P0340 or

P1336 first. Refer to EC-270, EC-275 or EC-407.



3) Start engine and wait at least 4 seconds. (If engine does not run, turn ignition switch to “START” for at least 5 seconds.)



------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EC-400



TEC035M

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

GI

MA

EM

LC

EC-401



EC-402

TEC036M



TEC037M

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

GI

MA

EM

LC

EC-403




INSPECTION START

Start engine.

Is engine running?

H

No

SEF393WA

H

CHECK POWER SUPPLY-1.


2. Disconnect ECM relay.


, and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.


OK

Yes

E

Go to “SEARCH FOR

MALFUNCTIONING CIR-

CUIT” on next page.

NG

E


I

Harness connectors

F1 , E14

I

Harness connectors

F2 , E13

I

10A fuse

I

7.5A fuse

I

Harness for open or short between battery and ECM relay


SEF893V

H

CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-1.


2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 124 and terminal q

.



OK

NG

E


SEF892V

SEC202B

H

CHECK ECM RELAY.


.


12V ( q and

q q

, q and

) applied: q

.



No continuity

OK

H

1. Reconnect ECM relay and ECM harness connector.

2. Go to “CHECK POWER SUP-

PLY-2” on next page.

NG

E

Replace ECM relay.

EC-404



SEF793X

SEARCH FOR MALFUNCTIONING CIR-

CUIT.




CONSULT-II.

3. Search for circuit which does not produce a momentary engine speed drop.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2. Check output signal voltage between ECM terminals q

, q

, q

, q

, q

, q and

, q

, ground with oscilloscope.

3. Search for circuit that signal voltage does not match to

“DATA” in “ECM INSPECTION

TABLE”.

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

SEF894V

H

CHECK POWER SUPPLY-2.


2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector(s).


4. Check voltage between each ignition coil harness connector terminal q and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.


OK

NG

E


I

Harness for open or short between ignition coil and ECM relay


SEF157T

SEF069T

H




3. Check harness continuity between ignition coil harness connector terminal q and engine ground.



H

OK

NG

E


I

Harness connectors

F61

,

F62

I

Check for open or short between ignition coil and engine ground


(Go to next page.)

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

SEF305T

EC-405



SEF377U

SEF887Q

H

CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-2.


2. Check harness continuity between each ignition coil harness connector terminal and each ECM harness connector terminal.



OK

H

CHECK COMPONENT

(Ignition coil with power transistor).

Refer to “COMPONENT INSPECTION”.

OK

H


INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”.

NG

E


NG

E

Replace ignition coil assembly.

H

INSPECTION END

SEF439U

SEF307T


Ignition coil with power transistor

1.

Disconnect ignition coil with power transistor harness connector.

2.

Check ignition coil with power transistor for resistance between terminals q and q

.

and q

Terminals Resistance

Not 0

Ω

0

Ω

Result

OK

NG

If NG, replace ignition coil with power transistor assembly.

EC-406



(COG)

SEF956N


The crankshaft position sensor (OBD) is located on the transmission housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the drive plate. It detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution.

The sensor consists of a permanent magnet, core and coil.

When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change.

The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change.

Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes.

The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution.

This sensor is not directly used to control the engine system. It is used only for the on board diagnosis of misfire.

GI

MA

EM

LC



CAUTION:



FE

AT

PD

TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(AC voltage)

FA

Approximately 1.7V

(AC voltage)

RA


Idle speed

BR

57 B/R


Approximately 0V

ST

SEF391X

RS

BT



HA

SEF546T

EL

IDX


Diagnostic Trouble

Code No.

P1336

0905


I

Chipping of the signal plate (on drive plate) gear teeth (cogs) is detected by the ECM.

Check Items

(Possible Cause)

I


I

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)

I

Signal plate (drive plate)

I

Dead (Weak) battery

EC-407



(COG) (Cont’d)

SEF392X


PROCEDURE

NOTE:




Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle.


2) Start engine and run it for at least 3 minutes at idle speed.



------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EC-408




FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

GI

MA

EM

LC

TEC646

EC-409





INSPECTION START

H



SEF058T

SEF440U

SEF377U

SEF799Q

H



2. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor

(OBD) harness connector and ECM harness connector.

3. Check continuity between sensor terminal q and ECM terminal q with CON-

SULT-II or tester.



OK

H


1. Reconnect ECM harness connector.




OK

NG

E


I

Harness connectors

F14 , F131

I

Harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor (OBD) and ECM


NG

E


I

Harness connectors

F14 , F131

I

Harness connectors

F63 , M69

I

Harness connectors

M4 , B3

I

Joint connector-16

I

Harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor (OBD) harness connector and

ECM

I

Harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor (OBD) and throttle actuator control (TAC) module

I

Harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor and TCM


H

CHECK COMPONENT

[Crankshaft position sensor (OBD)].


H

OK



NG

E

Replace crankshaft position sensor (OBD).

H

(Go to next page.)

EC-410




SEF960N

H

Visually check drive plate gear teeth

(COG) for chipping.

H

OK

INSPECTION END

NG

E

Replace drive plate.

GI

MA

EM


Crankshaft position sensor (OBD)

1.

Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (OBD) harness connector.

2.

Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.

3.

Remove the sensor.

4.


LC

FE

AT

5.


Resistance:

Approximately 166.5 - 203.5

Ω

[at 20°C (68°F)]

PD

FA

SEF134W

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-411


EGRC-solenoid Valve



When the ECM sends an ON (ground) signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized. A plunger will then move to flow the vacuum signal (from the intake manifold collector to the EGR valve.)

The vacuum signal passes through the solenoid valve. The signal then reaches the EGR valve. When the ECM sends an OFF signal, the plunger is returned by the spring and cut the vacuum signal.

SEF383RD




EGRC SOL/V

I


I


I


I No-load

Idle


OFF (CUT)

ON (FLOW)



CAUTION:



TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(DC voltage)


0 - 0.7V


Lift up drive wheels and rev engine up from idle to 3,000 rpm in “1st” position.


Idle speed

BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)


Diagnostic Trouble

Code No.

P1400

1005


I

The improper voltage signal is sent to ECM through


Check Items

(Possible Cause)

I


(The EGRC-solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)

I

EGRC-solenoid valve

EC-412


SEF268Y

EGRC-solenoid Valve (Cont’d)


PROCEDURE


I




2) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II and wait at least 5 seconds.



------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-413



EC-414

TEC068M




INSPECTION START

SEF431U

H


1. Disconnect EGRC-solenoid valve harness connector.



and


OK


E

I

Harness connectors

F63 , M49

I

Harness connectors

F80 , F126

I

10A fuse


SEF798W

H




.



H

CHECK COMPONENT

OK



OK

H



NG

E


I

Harness connectors

F126 , F80


NG Replace EGRC-solenoid

E valve.

H

INSPECTION END

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-415






Condition

EGRC SOLENOID VALVE

ON (FLOW)

OFF (CUT)


Yes

No


No

Yes

SEF799X

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MEC488B


Conditions




No supply

Yes No

No Yes


EC-416


SEF599K

EGR Temperature Sensor


The EGR temperature sensor detects temperature changes in the

EGR passage way. When the EGR valve opens, hot exhaust gases flow, and the temperature in the passage way changes. The EGR temperature sensor is a thermistor that modifies a voltage signal sent from the ECM. This modified signal then returns to the ECM as an input signal. As the temperature increases, EGR temperature sensor resistance decreases.

This sensor is not directly used to control the engine system. It is used only for the on board diagnosis.

GI

MA

EM

EGR temperature

°C (°F)

0 (32)

50 (122)

100 (212)

Voltage*

(V)

4.61

2.53

0.87

Resistance

(M

Ω

)

0.68 - 1.11

0.092 - 0.12

0.017 - 0.024

*: These data are reference values and measured between ECM terminal q

(EGR temperature sensor) and ground.

When EGR system is operating:

Voltage: 0 - 1.5V

CAUTION:



LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

SEF320U


Diagnostic Trouble

Code No.

P1401

0305


A) An excessively low voltage from the EGR temperature sensor is sent to ECM, even when engine coolant temperature is low.

.................................................................................

B) An excessively high voltage from the EGR temperature sensor is sent to ECM, even when engine coolant temperature is high.

Check Items

(Possible Cause)

I


(The EGR temperature sensor circuit is shorted.)

I


I

Malfunction of EGR function, EGRC-BPT valve or

EGRC-solenoid valve

................................................................................................

I


(The EGR temperature sensor circuit is open.)

I


I

Malfunction of EGR function, EGRC-BPT valve or

EGRC-solenoid valve

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-417


EGR Temperature Sensor (Cont’d)


PROCEDURE

Perform “Procedure for malfunction A” first. If DTC cannot be confirmed, perform “Procedure for malfunction B”.

NOTE:



SEF279Y




3) Verify that engine coolant temperature is less than 40°C

(104°F).

If the engine coolant temperature is above the range, cool the engine down.




------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


SEF360Q

SEF392X


CAUTION:



Always perform the test at temperature above −10°C (14°F).


2) Run engine at idle for at least 2 minutes.

3) Confirm that EGR valve is not lifting.

If the check result is NG, go to “TROUBLE DIAG-

NOSES FOR DTC P0400, P0402 and P1402”. (See

pages EC-281, 290 and 423.)


5) Read “EGR TEMP SEN” at about 1,500 rpm while holding the EGR valve in full open position by hand.

Voltage should decrease to less than 1.0V.



If the check result is OK, go to following step.



8) Check the output voltage of “THRTL POS SEN” at closed throttle position and note it.



CMPS-RPM (POS): 1,200 - 2,200 rpm

VHCL SPEED SE: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more







EC-418


SEF360Q


------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EGR temperature sensor. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.


2) Run engine at idle for at least 2 minutes.

3) Confirm that EGR valve is not lifting. If NG, go to

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR DTC P1402, EC-423.

4) Check voltage between ECM terminal q and ground at about 1,500 rpm with EGR valve lifted up to the full position by hand.

Voltage should decrease to less than 1.0V.

5) If step 4 is OK, perform TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR

DTC P0400 and P1400, EC-286, 415.


GI

MA

EM

LC

SEF015V

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-419



EC-420

TEC069M




INSPECTION START

SEF159T

SEF547P

H


1. Disconnect EGR temperature sensor harness connector.




H

OK






OK


E tors.

NG

E


I

Harness connectors

F63 , M49

I

Harness connectors

M4

,

B3

I

Joint connector-16

I

Harness for open or short between ECM and EGR temperature sensor

I

Harness for open or short between EGR temperature sensor and throttle actuator control (TAC) module

I Harness for open or short between TCM and EGR temperature sensor


SEF548P

H

CHECK COMPONENT

(EGR temperature sensor).


H

OK



NG

E

Replace EGR temperature sensor.

H

INSPECTION END

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL




IDX

SEF643Q

EC-421



EGR temperature

°C (°F)

0 (32)

50 (122)

100 (212)

Voltage*

(V)

4.61

2.53

0.87


Resistance

(M

Ω

)

0.68 - 1.11

0.092 - 0.12

0.017 - 0.024

SEF320U

EC-422


EGR Function (Open)


Crankshaft position sensor



Ignition switch




Engine speed



Start signal

Vehicle speed

Throttle position

Throttle position

This system cuts and controls vacuum applied to the

EGR valve to suit engine operating conditions. This cut-and-control operation is accomplished through the ECM and the EGRC-solenoid valve. When the

ECM detects any of the following conditions, current flows through the solenoid valve. This causes the port vacuum to be discharged into the atmosphere.

The EGR valve remain closed.

E

E

E

E

E

E

ECM

E

EGRC-solenoid valve

E

I Low engine coolant temperature

I

Engine starting

I

Engine stopped

I

Engine idling

I Excessively high engine coolant temperature

I Mass air flow sensor malfunction

I

Low vehicle speed

I

TCS is operating

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

SEF317U RS

BT

HA


Exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) valve

The EGR valve controls the amount of exhaust gas routed to the intake manifold. Vacuum is applied to the EGR valve in response to throttle valve opening. The vacuum controls the movement of a taper valve connected to the vacuum diaphragm in the EGR valve.

EL

IDX

RA

BR

ST

SEF783K

EC-423


EGR Function (Open) (Cont’d)



When the ECM sends an ON (ground) signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized. The signal reaches to the EGR valve.

When the ECM sends an OFF signal, a plunger will then move to cut the vacuum signal from the intake manifold collector to the EGR valve.

SEF383RD



MONITOR ITEM

EGR TEMP SEN

CONDITION

EGRC SOL/V

I


I




I

No-load

Idle


SPECIFICATION

Less than 4.5V

OFF (CUT)

ON (FLOW)



CAUTION:



TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(DC voltage)


Less than 4.5V


Idle speed


0 - 1.0V



0 - 0.7V


Lift up drive wheels and rev engine up from idle to 3,000 rpm in “D” position.


Idle speed

BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)

SEF073P


If EGR temperature sensor detects EGR flow under the condition that does not call for EGR, a high-flow malfunction is diagnosed.

NOTE:

Diagnosis for this DTC will end when engine coolant temperature is approx. 50 to 60°C (122 to 140°F). Ignition switch must be turned “ON” (engine start) with engine coolant temperature below 40°C (104°F) when starting DTC confirmation procedure.

EC-424



Diagnostic Trouble

Code No.

P1402

0514


I

EGR flow is detected under conditions that do not call for EGR.

Check Items

(Possible Cause)

I

EGRC-solenoid valve

I

EGR valve leaking or stuck open

I


I

EGRC-BPT valve

GI

MA

SEF808X

SEF753X

PEF245V

EM


PROCEDURE

NOTE:




I Always perform the test at temperature above −10°C

(14°F).

I

Engine coolant temperature and EGR temperature must be verified in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II before starting DTC WORK SUPPORT test. If it is out of range below, the test cannot be conducted.

COOLAN TEMP/S: −10 to 40°C (14 to 104°F)

EGR TEMP SEN: Less than 4.8V

If the values are out of the ranges indicated above, park the vehicle in a cool place and allow the engine temperature to stabilize. Do not attempt to reduce the coolant or

EGR temperature with a fan or means other than ambient air. Doing so may produce an inaccurate diagnostic result.


Then turn ignition switch “ON”.

2) Select “EGR SYSTEM P1402” of “EGR SYSTEM” in

“DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.

3) Follow instruction of CONSULT-II.

4) Start engine and let it idle until “TESTING” on CON-

SULT-II screen is turned to “COMPLETED”. (It will take

70 seconds or more.)

If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, turn ignition “OFF” and cool the engine coolant temperature to the range of −10 to 40°C (14 to 104°F). Retry from step

1).




LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

PEF246V

EC-425



SEF236Y

SEF443U

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1) Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “MODE 1” with

GST.

2) Check that engine coolant temperature is within the range of −10 to 40°C (14 to 104°F).

3) Check that voltage between ECM terminal q

(EGR temperature) and ground is less than 4.8V.


5) Stop engine.

6) Perform the step 1) to 4) again.




------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


2) Check the following voltages.

ECM terminal q

(Engine coolant temperature) and ground:

2.7 - 4.4V

ECM terminal q

(EGR temperature) and ground:

Less than 4.8V


4) Turn ignition “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds.

5) Perform “Diagnostic Test Mode II” (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.



When using GST, “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMA-

TION PROCEDURE” should be performed twice as much as when using CONSULT-II or ECM (Diagnostic Test Mode II) because GST cannot display MODE7 (1st trip DTC) concerning this diagnosis. Therefore, using CONSULT-II or ECM (Diagnostic Test Mode II) is recommended.

EC-426



TEC057M

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

GI

MA

EM

LC

EC-427




INSPECTION START

H

CHECK VACUUM HOSE.

Check vacuum hose for clogging, cracks or improper connection or misconnecting.

Refer to “Vacuum Hose Drawing”, EC-19.

NG

E

Repair it.

OK

SEF109L

SEF764X

H

CHECK COMPONENT



2. Turn EGRC-solenoid valve “ON” and “OFF” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II and check operating sound.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------




4. Connect a suitable jumper wire between ECM terminal q and engine ground.

5. Check operating sound of the solenoid valve when disconnecting and reconnecting the jumper wire.

NG

E

Repair or replace EGRCsolenoid valve or repair circuit.

SEF358W

H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT



EC-430.

H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT

(EGR valve).

Refer to “COMPONENT INSPECTION” on

430.

NG

NG

E

E


Replace EGR valve.

H

OK

(Go to next page.)

EC-428



H

CHECK COMPONENT

(EGRC-BPT valve).


EC-431.

H

OK

Check resistance of EGR temperature


H



H

INSPECTION END

NG

E


NG

E

Replace EGR temperature sensor.

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-429




EGR valve

I Apply vacuum to EGR valve vacuum port with a hand vacuum pump.

EGR valve spring should lift.

I

Check for sticking.

If NG, repair or replace EGR valve.

MEF137D

SEF799X




Condition

EGRC SOLENOID VALVE

ON (FLOW)

OFF (CUT)


Yes

No


No

Yes

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MEC488B


Conditions




No supply

Yes No

No Yes


EC-430





EGR temperature

°C (°F)

0 (32)

50 (122)

100 (212)

Voltage*

(V)

4.61

2.53

0.87


Resistance

(M

Ω

)

0.68 - 1.11

0.092 - 0.12

0.017 - 0.024

SEF643Q

GI

MA

EM

LC

SEF083P

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

SEF320U

BR

EGRC-BPT valve

1.


2.

Vacuum from the other port and check for leakage while applying a pressure above 0.981 kPa (100 mmH

2

O, 3.94 inH

2

O) from under EGRC-BPT valve.

3.

If a leakage is noted, replace the valve.

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-431



(Small Leak) (Positive Pressure)

Note: If DTC P1448 is displayed with P1440, perform TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC P1448 first. (See

EC-464.)


This diagnosis detects leaks in the EVAP purge line using of vapor pressure in the fuel tank.

The EVAP canister vent control valve is closed to shut the EVAP purge line. The vacuum cut valve bypass valve will then be opened to clear the line between the fuel tank and the EVAP canister purge control valve.

The EVAP control system pressure sensor can now monitor the pressure inside the fuel tank.

If pressure increases, the ECM will check for leaks in the line between the vacuum cut valve and EVAP canister purge control valve.

SEF850U


Diagnostic

Trouble Code

No.


Check Items

(Possible Cause)

P1440

0213

I


I


I


I


I


I


I


I


I


I


I


I


I


I Loose or disconnected rubber tube

I


I


I


I


I


I


I


I


I


I

Water separator

I


CAUTION:

I Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may come on.

I

If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.

I

Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement.

EC-432



(Small Leak) (Positive Pressure) (Cont’d)

SEF609U

PEF422W

SEF462U

PEF295U


PROCEDURE

CAUTION:

I

Never use compressed air or high pressure pump.

Otherwise, EVAP system may be damaged.

I

Do not start the engine.

I Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm 2 in EVAP system.

, 0.6 psi) of pressure

NOTE:



I Always remove service port adapter from service port after applying air up to 0.69 to 1.38 kPa (5.17 to 10.34

mmHg, 0.20 to 0.41 inHg).

I

During the test, clamp the EVAP hose tightly as shown at left.

I When clamping the hose, do not clamp other than middle of the hose to prevent loose or damage of the hose.

I

If DTC P1448 is displayed with P1440, perform TROUBLE

DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC P1448 first. (See EC-464.)

1) Turn ignition switch “OFF”.

2) Clamp the EVAP hose as shown left.




SULT-II.





------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

I Be sure to read the explanation of “Driving pattern” on


I


1) Start engine.


3) Stop vehicle.


I


I If SRT of EVAP system is set, the result will be OK.


6) Start engine.

It is not necessary to cool engine down before driving.

7) Drive vehicle again according to the “Driving pattern”,

EC-56.

8) Stop vehicle.


I



I If P0440 is displayed on the screen, go to “DIAGNOS-


I



I If P0440 and P1440 are not displayed on the screen, go to the following step.

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-433





I


I If SRT of EVAP system is not set, go to step 6).

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

I



I


1) Start engine.


3) Stop vehicle.


5) Turn ignition switch “ON” and perform “Diagnostic Test

Mode (Self-diagnostic results)” with ECM.



EC-434





INSPECTION START

SEF434Q

H



2. Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap. If the air releasing sound is heard, go to .

If the air releasing sound is not heard, check the following.

Was the cap tightened properly?

If Yes, check fuel filler cap vacuum relief valve.


SYSTEM”, EC-27.

If No, open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and filler neck thread using air blower. Retighten until ratcheting sound is heard.

NG

E

If genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap is not used, replace with genuine

NISSAN fuel filler cap.

SEF462U

SEF463U

SEF200U

OK

H


I


I

Improper installation of service port may cause a leak.

I

Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042

kg/cm 2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in EVAP system.

To locate the EVAP leak, do the following.




CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.

3. Touch “START” and apply positive pressure to the EVAP line.

4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the leak. Refer to the instruction manual for more details about the leak detector.

Refer to “Evaporative Emission

Line Drawing”, EC-29.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



4. Apply 12 volts DC to vacuum cut valve bypass valve. The valve will open. (Continue to apply 12V until the end of test.)

5. Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure gauge with 1.3 to 2.7


0.79 inHg), then remove pump and service port adapter.



Drawing”, EC-29.

NG

E

Repair or replace.

H

OK q

(Go to next page.)

SEF598U

EC-435

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX




SEF599U

CHECK COMPONENT


H


EC-439.

OK

NG

E


SEF593U

H

CHECK COMPONENT



EC-493.

NG

E


OK

H

CHECK COMPONENT AND CIRCUIT

(EVAP canister vent control valve, O-ring and water separator).


EC-441 and “P0446 EVAP canister vent con-

trol valve for California”, EC-315.

NG

E

Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring or harness/ connectors.

OK

SEF594U

H

CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATU-




If the weight is:


→

NG


→

OK

OK

NG

E






H

(Go to next page.)

SEF596U

EC-436




SEF594U

SEF765X

H

CHECK COMPONENT (EVAP canister purge control solenoid valve).



2. Start engine.




S/V”.



-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


2. Stop engine.


EVAP canister purge control valve.




NG

E


I




I



Drawing”, EC-29.

OK

H

CHECK COMPONENT



EC-442.

SEF597U

NG

E


OK

H

CHECK COMPONENT



EC-442.

NG

E


SEF406W

OK

H

CHECK COMPONENT



EC-443.

NG

E


H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT.

Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection.


Drawing”, EC-29.

H

OK

NG

E


(Go to next page.)

SEF394WA

EC-437

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX




H

CHECK COMPONENT



EC-325.

H

OK


NG

E


H



H

INSPECTION END

EC-438




SEF353Q

SEC049C

SEF763P





terminal q terminal


,

, q q

Resistance:


Ω

[At 25°C (77°F)]







------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



terminal q terminal


,

, q q

Resistance:


Ω

[At 25°C (77°F)]






GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

SEF593U

EC-439




SEF765X







Idle

2,000 rpm

Condition Vacuum

Not exist

Exist

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


SEF400W

Condition


No supply


Yes

No


No

Yes


SEF313Q



1.



2.

age.

Blow air in port q

3.

out of port q

.




(−100 to −150 mmHg, −3.94 to −5.91 inHg)]


.

SEF809W

EC-440







CONSULT-II.

GI

SEC050C

ON

OFF

Condition

VENT CONTROL/V


No

Yes

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MA

EM

LC

AEC783A

Condition



No supply

No

Yes

FE


If the portion q is rusted, replace EVAP canister vent control valve.


AT

PD

FA

SEF829T

RA

BR

Water separator ST

1.


2.


3.


4.

Check that q


q

5.


with

NOTE:


RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-441




SEF359W


1.


2.


3.

Turn ignition switch “ON” and check output voltage between terminal q and ground.


4.




CAUTION:



5.


SEF767X

SEF768X





I

Condition: At idle under no-load

I

CONSULT-II display

BARO

MAP

MAP/BARO SW/V ABSOL PRES/SE (Voltage)

More than 2.6V


I


Required time to switch MAP/BARO SW/V

BARO to MAP

MAP to BARO

Less than 1 second


------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Condition




No supply

Yes

No

No

Yes


MEC488B

EC-442






GI


20 (68)

50 (122)

Resistance k

Ω

2.3 - 2.7

0.79 - 0.90

MA


EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-443




Engine speed


Volume Control Valve

E



E



E

Ignition switch


Start signal

Throttle position

E

ECM

E

E





Fuel temperature in fuel tank


E

E

Vehicle speed


E

This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass passage in the EVAP canister purge volume control valve changes to control the flow rate. A built-in step motor moves the valve in steps corresponding to the ECM output pulses. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes.

SEF249P


The EVAP canister purge volume control valve uses a step motor to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. This motor has four winding phases. It operates according to the output pulse signal of the ECM. Two windings are turned ON and OFF in sequence. Each time an ON pulse is issued, the valve opens or closes, changing the flow rate. When no change in the flow rate is needed, the ECM does not issue the pulse signal. A certain voltage signal is issued so that the valve remains at that particular opening.

EC-444



Volume Control Valve (Cont’d)



MONITOR ITEM SPECIFICATION

PURG VOL C/V

I


I

Air conditioner switch “OFF”

CONDITION

Idle

Vehicle running

(Shift lever “1”)

0 step

—

GI

MA



CAUTION:



EM

LC

TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(DC Voltage)

FE

Engine is running.

124

130

131

123

28

29

35

36

W/B

R/G

W/L

BR/Y

G

G/OR

L/B


Power supply for ECM

Current return





“OFF”



0 - 1V

BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)


BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)

Engine is running.

Idle speed

Engine is running.

Idle speed

Engine is running.

Idle speed

BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)

0 - 0.4V or

BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)

0 - 0.4V or

BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT


Diagnostic Trouble

Code No.

P1444

0214


I

The canister purge flow is detected during the specified driving conditions, even when EVAP canister purge volume control valve is completely closed.

Check Items

(Possible Cause)

I


I

EVAP canister purge volume control valve (The valve is stuck open.)

I


I

Hoses

(Hoses are connected incorrectly or clogged.)

I


HA

EL

IDX

EC-445




SEF809X

SEF811X

SEF810X

SEF812X


PROCEDURE

CAUTION:


NOTE:

I




Always perform test at temperature above 0°C (32°F).




4) Select “PURG CN/V & S/V P1493” of “EVAPORATIVE


SULT-II.




“COMPLETED”. (It will take for at least 30 seconds.)



CMPS-RPM (POS): 900 - 6,300 rpm

B/FUEL SCHDL: 2 - 4.8 msec


9) Select “PURG VOL C/V P1444” of “EVAPORATIVE


SULT-II.


If “COMPLETED” is displayed, go to step 12).


“COMPLETED”. (It will take for at least 20 seconds.)



CMPS-RPM (POS): 900 - 6,300 rpm






EC-446




SEF519R

SEF615U

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



3) Check coolant temperature.

Coolant temperature: 40 - 100°C (104 - 212°F)

Be sure that water temperature does not exceed 100°C

(212°F). If it becomes higher than 100°C (212°F), cool down the engine and perform the procedure again from the beginning.


5) Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 15 seconds.

6) Restart engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.

7) Maintain the following conditions for at least 80 seconds.

Gear position : Suitable gear position


CMPS-RPM (POS) : 900 - 6,300 rpm





NOTE:

I

Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during driving in steps 7.

I

If the driving conditions are not satisfied in steps 7, restart the procedure.

I


------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


2) Check voltage between ECM terminal q

Voltage: 0.8 - 1.5V

and ground

Perform the following procedure before the voltage drops below 0.8V. If the voltage drops below 0.8V, cool down the engine and perform the entire procedure all over again.







CMPS-RPM : 900 - 6,300 rpm

Check voltage between ECM terminal q and ground: 0.8 - 1.5V

7) Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 5 seconds, and then turn “ON”.




NOTE:

I Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during driving in steps 6.

I If the driving conditions are not satisfied in steps 6, restart the procedure.

I It is better that the fuel level is low.

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-447





INSPECTION START

SEF417U

SEF427U

SEF596U

H

CHECK COMPONENT



OK

H

CHECK COMPONENT


1. Check disconnection of hose connected to the sensor.




3. Check EVAP control system pressure sensor.


EC-450.

H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT



EC-450.

NG

E


NG

E

Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor and repair or replace harness and connector.

NG

E

Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.

H

OK


GING.

Check obstructed water separator, improper connection of hose and rubber tube to EVAP canister vent control valve and clean the rubber tube using air blower.



OK

H





If the weight is:


→

NG


→

OK

H

OK



NG

E


NG

E






H

INSPECTION END

EC-448





SEF353Q

SEC049C

SEF763P




terminal q terminal


,

, q q

Resistance:


Ω

[At 25°C (77°F)]







------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



terminal q terminal


,

, q q

Resistance:


Ω

[At 25°C (77°F)]






GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

SEF593U

EC-449




SEF357W



1.


2.


3.


4.


5.



Pressure (Relative to atmospheric pressure)


−9.3 kPa (−70 mmHg, −2.76 inHg)

Voltage (V)

3.0 - 3.6

0.4 - 0.6

SEF799W

CAUTION:

I


I Do not apply below −20 kPa (−150 mmHg, −5.91 inHg) or over 20 kPa (150 mmHg, 5.91 inHg) of pressure.

6.


I Never apply force to the air hole protector of the sensor, if equipped.

I Discard any EVAP control system pressure sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7


SEC050C




CONSULT-II.

ON

OFF

Condition

VENT CONTROL/V


No

Yes

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AEC783A

Condition



No supply

No

Yes


EC-450




If the portion q valve.



GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-451


SEF419U


Control Valve (Close)











MONITOR ITEM

VENT CONT/V

I

Ignition switch: ON

CONDITION

OFF

SPECIFICATION



CAUTION:



TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(DC Voltage)

20 P/B



BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)


Diagnostic

Trouble Code

No.

P1446

0215


I

EVAP canister vent control valve remains closed under specified driving conditions.

Check Items

(Possible Cause)

I


I

EVAP control system pressure sensor and the circuit

I

Blocked rubber tube to EVAP canister vent control valve

I

Water separator

I


EC-452



Control Valve (Close) (Cont’d)

SEF280Y


PROCEDURE

CAUTION:


NOTE:






4) Drive vehicle at a speed of approximately 80 km/h (50

MPH) for a maximum of 15 minutes.



NOTE:

If a malfunction exists, NG result may be displayed quicker.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

EC-453





INSPECTION START

SEF419U

SEF596U

SEF427U

H


GING.

Check obstructed water separator and rubber tube to EVAP canister vent control valve and clean the rubber tube using air blower.


NENT INSPECTION” on next page.

OK

H

CHECK COMPONENT


O-ring).


OK

H



1. Remove EVAP canister with the vent control valve attached.

2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister.

If it will, weigh the EVAP canister with the vent control valve attached.

If the weight is:


→

NG


→

OK

OK

H

CHECK COMPONENT


1. Check for disconnection of hose connected to the sensor.

2. Check sensors harness connector for water.





EC-456.

H

OK



NG

E


NG

E


O-ring.

NG

E






NG

E


H

INSPECTION END

EC-454








CONSULT-II.

SEC050C

GI

MA

ON

OFF

Condition

VENT CONTROL/V


No

Yes

EM

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

LC

AEC783A

Condition



No supply

No

Yes

If NG, clean valve using air blower or replace as necessary.



FE

AT

PD

FA

SEF829T

RA

BR

Water separator

1.


2.


3.


4.

Check that q


q

5.


with

NOTE:


ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-455





1.


2.


3.


4.


5.



SEF357W



−9.3 kPa (−70 mmHg, −2.76 inHg)

Voltage (V)

3.0 - 3.6

0.4 - 0.6

SEF799W

CAUTION:

I


I

Do not apply below −20 kPa (−150 mmHg, −5.91 inHg) or over 20 kPa (150 mmHg, 5.91 inHg) of pressure.

6.



I



EC-456



Purge Flow Monitoring

NOTE: If DTC P1447 is displayed with P0510, perform TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC P0510 first.

(See EC-346.)

GI

MA

EM

LC

SEF850U


In this evaporative emission (EVAP) control system, purge flow occurs during non-closed throttle conditions.

Purge volume is related to air intake volume. Under normal purge conditions (non-closed throttle), the EVAP canister purge volume control valve and EVAP canister purge control valve are open. Purge flow exposes the

EVAP control system pressure sensor to intake manifold vacuum.

FE

AT


Under normal conditions (non-closed throttle), sensor output voltage indicates if pressure drop and purge flow are adequate. If not, a fault is determined.

PD

FA

Diagnostic

Trouble Code

No.

P1447

0111


Check Items

(Possible Cause)

I


I

EVAP control system has a leak between intake manifold and EVAP control system pressure sensor.

I

EVAP canister purge volume control valve stuck closed

I

EVAP canister purge control valve stuck closed

I EVAP control system pressure sensor

I

Loose, disconnected or improper connection of rubber tube

I

Blocked rubber tube

I


I


I

Cracked EVAP canister

I


I


I

Improper connection of one-way valve

I

Blocked purge port

I


RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-457



Purge Flow Monitoring (Cont’d)

SEF809X

SEF811X

SEF810X

SEF812X

SEC054C


PROCEDURE

CAUTION:


NOTE:

I




I

Always perform test at temperature above 0°C (32°F).






SULT-II.



“COMPLETED”. (It will take at least 30 seconds.)

CMPS-RPM (POS): 900 - 6,300 rpm










SULT-II.


If “COMPLETED” is displayed, go to 11).



CMPS-RPM (POS): 900 - 6,300 rpm







NOSTIC PROCEDURE” of “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

FOR DTC P1444”, EC-448.

12) Select “PURG FLOW P1447” of “EVAPORATIVE SYS-

TEM” in “DTC CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-

II.


14) When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the

EC-458



Purge Flow Monitoring (Cont’d) conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to


CMPS-RPM (POS): 900 - 6,300 rpm







SEC055C

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

SEF238Y

SEF360W

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Use this procedure to check the overall monitoring function of the

EVAP control system purge flow. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.


2) Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 5 seconds.


4) Set voltmeter probes to ECM terminals q

(EVAP control system pressure sensor signal) and

128

(ECM ground).

5) Check EVAP control system pressure sensor value at idle speed.

6) Establish and maintain the following conditions for at least 1 minute.

Air conditioner switch: ON

Steering wheel: Fully turned

Headlamp switch: ON

Rear window defogger switch: ON

Engine speed: Approx. 3,000 rpm

Gear position:

Any position other than “P”, “N” or “R”

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

Verify that EVAP control system pressure sensor value stays 0.1V less than the value at idle speed for at least

1 second.


EL

IDX

EC-459





INSPECTION START

SEF368U

H

CHECK EVAP CANISTER.

Check EVAP canister for cracks.

NG

E


OK

SEF622U

SEF765X

SEF621U

H

CHECK PURGE FLOW.


EVAP canister purge control valve and install vacuum gauge.


3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.

4. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm.

5. Select “ON” and “OFF” on CON-

SULT-II screen to turn on

“PURG CONT/V S/V”.

ON: Vacuum should exist.

OFF: Vacuum should not exist.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


2. Stop engine.




5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to

2,000 rpm.

While operating solenoid valve, vacuum should exist.

6. Release the accelerator pedal and let idle.


NG

E

OK

CHECK EVAP PURGE

LINE.

Check EVAP purge line for improper connection, disconnection and blocked purge port.

1. Turn ignition switch

“OFF”.

2. Disconnect purge hoses connected to EVAP can-

( ister purge control valve q

) and EVAP canister purge volume control valve ( q

).

3. Blow air into each hose and make sure air flows freely.

4. Check EVAP purge port q

.

5. Check improper connection of one-way valve.

If NG, reconnect one-way valve properly or repair or clean hoses and/or purge port.

H

OK

CHECK ONE-WAY VALVE.

1. Check for improper connection.

2. Check component.

Refer to EC-393.

H

OK

CHECK COMPONENTS

(EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve).



SEF593U

H

CHECK COMPONENT



EC-462.

H

OK

(Go to next page.)

EC-460

NG

E





SEF600U

SEF594U

SEF427U

SEF419U

H

CHECK COMPONENT



EC-463.

OK

H

CHECK COMPONENT



EC-463.

OK

NG

NG

E

E

Replace EVAP canister purge control solenoid valve.


H

CHECK COMPONENT AND CIRCUIT






3. Check EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to “COMPONENT


OK

NG

E


H

CHECK COMPONENT


O-ring).


EC-455.

H

OK

CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE.

Inspect EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube). Check for evidence of leaks.

H

OK


NG

NG

E

E


O-ring.

Replace it.

H



H

INSPECTION END

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-461





SEF353Q

SEC049C

SEF763P


1) Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control valve harness connector.

2) Check resistance between the following terminals.

terminal q terminal


,

, q q

Resistance:


Ω

[At 25°C (77°F)]

3) Reconnect EVAP canister purge volume control valve harness connector.

4) Remove EVAP canister purge volume control valve from intake manifold collector and disconnect hoses from the valve.



6) Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II. Check that EVAP canister purge volume control valve shaft moves smoothly forward and backward according to the valve opening.


------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1) Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control valve harness connector.

2) Check resistance between the following terminals.

terminal q terminal


,

, q q

Resistance:


Ω

[At 25°C (77°F)]

3) Reconnect EVAP canister purge volume control valve harness connector.

4) Remove EVAP canister purge volume control valve from intake manifold collector and disconnect hoses from the valve.


5) Turn ignition switch “ON” and “OFF”. Check that EVAP canister purge volume control valve shaft moves smoothly forward and backward according to the ignition switch position.


SEF593U

EC-462




SEF809W



1.



2.

age.

Blow air in port q

3.

out of port q

.




(−100 to −150 mmHg, −3.94 to −5.91 inHg)]


.

GI

MA

EM

SEF765X







LC

FE

AT

Idle

2,000 rpm

Condition Vacuum

Not exist

Exist

PD

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


FA

RA

SEF400W

Condition


No supply


Yes

No


No

Yes

BR

ST

If NG or operation takes more 1 second, replace solenoid valve.

RS

BT

HA

SEF313Q

One-way valve

Check one-way valve air passage continuity.

Condition

Blow air into side B to A

Blow air into side A to B

Air passage continuity

Yes

No

AEC140A

If NG, replace one-way valve.

Make sure to install one-way valve with the colored side facing the vacuum.

EC-463

EL

IDX


SEF378Q


Control Valve (Open)


NOTE:

If DTC P1448 is displayed with P0440, P1440, perform

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC P1448 first.








SEF419U



MONITOR ITEM

VENT CONT/V

I

Ignition switch: ON

CONDITION

OFF

SPECIFICATION



CAUTION:



TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(DC Voltage)

20 P/B



BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)


Diagnostic

Trouble Code

No.

P1448

0309


I

EVAP canister vent control valve remains opened under specified driving conditions.

Check Items

(Possible Cause)

I


I


I

Blocked rubber tube to EVAP canister vent control valve

I

Water separator

I


I

Vacuum cut valve

EC-464



Control Valve (Open) (Cont’d)

SEF814X

PEF929V

SEF813X


PROCEDURE

NOTE:

I

If DTC P1448 is displayed with P0440, P1440, perform

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC P1448 first.

I




I

Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is less than 3/4 full. And vehicle is placed on a flat level surface.

I Always perform test at temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to

86°F).

I

It is better that fuel level is low.




SULT-II.



If “NG” is displayed, go to following step.

NOTE:

I

If the CONSULT-II screen shown at left (“CAN NOT

BE DIAGNOSED”) is displayed, stop the engine and stabilize the vehicle temperature at 25°C (77°F) or cooler. After “FUEL T/TMP SE” becomes less than

30°C (86°F), retest.

(Use a fan to reduce the stabilization time.)

I

If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range on the CONSULT-II screen, go to “BASIC

INSPECTION”, EC-91.

4) Disconnect hose from water separator.

5) Select “VENT CONTROL/V” of “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.

6) Touch “ON” and “OFF” alternately.

7) Make sure the following.

PEF669U

ON

OFF

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

Condition

VENT CONTROL/V


No

Yes


EC-467.

If the result is OK, go to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE” for “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC P0440”,

EC-298.

BT

HA

EL

IDX

SEC050C

EC-465




------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EVAP canister vent control valve circuit. During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed.

1) Disconnect hose from water separator.

2) Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector.

3) Verify the following.

AEC783A

Condition Air passage continuity


No supply

No

Yes


EC-467.

If the result is OK, go to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR

DTC P0440”, EC-298.

EC-466





INSPECTION START

SEF419U

SEF623U

SEF596U

SEF427U

H

CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR DISCON-

NECTION.

Check disconnection of rubber tube to

EVAP canister vent control valve and clean the rubber hose and/or vent control valve then install properly.

OK

H

CHECK COMPONENT


O-ring).


OK

H

CHECK COMPONENT

(Vacuum cut valve).


EC-474.

OK

H



1. Remove EVAP canister with the vent control valve attached.

2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister.


If the weight is:


→

NG


→

OK

OK

H

CHECK COMPONENT







H

OK



NG

E

Repair or clean.

NG

E


O-ring.

NG

E

Replace vacuum cut valve.

NG

E






NG

E


H

INSPECTION END

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-467








CONSULT-II.

SEC050C ON

OFF

Condition

VENT CONTROL/V


No

Yes

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AEC783A

Condition



No supply

No

Yes




SEF357W

SEF799W


1.


2.


3.

Turn ignition switch “ON”’.

4.


5.





−9.3 kPa (−70 mmHg, −2.76 inHg)

Voltage (V)

3.0 - 3.6

0.4 - 0.6

CAUTION:


I


6.


I

Never apply force to the air hole protector of the sensor, if equipped.

I



EC-468




SEF829T

Water separator

1.


2.


3.


4.

Check that q


q

5.


with

NOTE:


GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-469


SEF623U

Vacuum Cut Valve Bypass Valve (Circuit)


The vacuum cut valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve are installed in parallel on the EVAP purge line between the fuel tank and the EVAP canister.

The vacuum cut valve prevents the intake manifold vacuum from being applied to the fuel tank.

The vacuum cut valve bypass valve is a solenoid type valve and generally remains closed. It opens only for on board diagnosis.

The vacuum cut valve bypass valve responds to signals from the

ECM. When the ECM sends an ON (ground) signal, the valve is opened. The vacuum cut valve is then bypassed to apply intake manifold vacuum to the fuel tank.

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM DIAGRAM

SEF850U



MONITOR ITEM

VC/V BYPASS/V

I

Ignition switch: ON

CONDITION

OFF

SPECIFICATION



CAUTION:



TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(DC Voltage)

45 LG/B



BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)


Diagnostic Trouble

Code No.

P1490

0801


I

An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM through vacuum cut valve bypass valve.

Check Items

(Possible Cause)

I


(The vacuum cut valve bypass valve circuit is open or shorted.)

I


EC-470



(Cont’d)

SEF392X


PROCEDURE

NOTE:


DURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.






------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-471



(Cont’d)

EC-472

TEC070M



(Cont’d)


SEF623U

SEC056C

INSPECTION START

H

CHECK CIRCUIT.

1. Perform “VC/V BYPASS/V” in “ACTIVE

TEST” mode.

2. Make sure that clicking sound is heard from the vacuum cut bypass valve.

GI

E

Go to CHECK POWER SUPPLY .

MA

OK

E

Go to “CHECK COMPO-

NENT” after procedure .

EM

LC

NG

H



2. Disconnect vacuum cut valve bypass valve harness connector.




OK

NG

E


I

Harness connectors

C14 , B64 , B65 , B178

I

Harness connectors

B102 , F64 , F63 , M49

I

10A fuse

I

Harness for open or short between vacuum cut valve bypass valve and fuse


FE

AT

PD

FA

SEF877T

H





.



OK

NG

E


I

Harness connectors

F64 , B102 , B178 , B65

I


B64 , C14

I

Harness for open or short between vacuum cut valve bypass valve and

ECM


RA

BR

ST

RS

SEF625U

H

CHECK COMPONENT

(Vacuum cut valve bypass valve).


H

OK



NG

E

Replace vacuum cut valve bypass valve.

BT

HA

EL

H

INSPECTION END

IDX

EC-473



(Cont’d)


Vacuum cut valve bypass valve


Perform “VC/V BYPASS/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.

SEC057C ON

OFF

Condition

VC/V BYPASS/V


Yes

No

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Condition


No supply


Yes

No

SEF351Q

If NG or operation takes more than 1 second, replace vacuum cut valve bypass valve.

EC-474


SEF623U

Vacuum Cut Valve Bypass Valve


The vacuum cut valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve are installed in parallel on the EVAP purge line between the fuel tank and the EVAP canister.

The vacuum cut valve prevents the intake manifold vacuum from being applied to the fuel tank.

The vacuum cut valve bypass valve is a solenoid type valve and generally remains closed. It opens only for on board diagnosis.

The vacuum cut valve bypass valve responds to signals from the

ECM. When the ECM sends an ON (ground) signal, the valve is opened. The vacuum cut valve is then bypassed to apply intake manifold vacuum to the fuel tank.

GI

MA

EM

LC


FE

AT

PD

SEF850U

FA



RA

MONITOR ITEM

VC/V BYPASS/V

I

Ignition switch: ON

CONDITION

OFF

SPECIFICATION

BR



CAUTION:



ST

RS

TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(DC Voltage)

BT

45 LG/B



BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)

HA

EL

IDX

EC-475


Vacuum Cut Valve Bypass Valve (Cont’d)


Diagnostic Trouble

Code No.

P1491

0311


I Vacuum cut valve bypass valve does not operate properly.

Check Items

(Possible Cause)

I Vacuum cut valve bypass valve

I

Vacuum cut valve

I

Bypass hoses for clogging

I


I


I

Hose between fuel tank and vacuum cut valve clogged

I

Hose between vacuum cut valve and EVAP canister clogged

I

EVAP canister

I

EVAP purge port of fuel tank for clogging

SEF809X

SEF810X

SEC058C


PROCEDURE

CAUTION:


NOTE:




I Always perform test at temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to

86°F).







SULT-II.




CMPS-RPM (POS): 900 - 6,300 rpm






DIAG RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to

“TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC P1493”, EC-488.

EC-476


SEC059C

SEF239Y




SULT-II.


If “COMPLETED” is displayed on CONSULT-II screen, go to step 12).



CMPS-RPM (POS): 900 - 6,300 rpm






DIAG RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to

“TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC P1444”, EC-444.

13) Select “VC CUT/V BP/V P1491” of “EVAPORATIVE


SULT-II.




CMPS-RPM (POS): 900 - 6,300 rpm








GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


1) Remove vacuum cut valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve as an assembly.

2) Apply vacuum to port q and check that there is no suction from port q

.

3) Apply vacuum to port q from port q

.

4) Blow air in port q to flow out of port and check that there is a resistance q

.

and check that there is suction

5) Supply battery voltage to the terminal.

6) Blow air in port q and check that air flows freely out of port q

.

7) Blow air in port q port q

.

and check that air flows freely out of


ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

SEF530Q

EC-477




INSPECTION START

SEC057C

H

CHECK COMPONENT.

1. Remove vacuum cut valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve as an assembly.

2. Apply vacuum to port q

3. Apply vacuum to port q and check that there is no suction from port q

.

there is suction from port and check that q

.

4. Blow air in port q and check that there is a resistance to flow out of port q

.

5. Select “VC/V BYPASS/V” in


SULT-II and touch “ON”.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

5. Supply battery voltage to the terminal.

6. Blow air in port q and check that air flows freely out of port q

.

7. Blow air in port q and check that air flows freely out of port q

.

OK

E


I

EVAP purge line between

EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging or disconnection.

I EVAP canister Refer to

EC-26.

I

EVAP purge port of fuel tank for clogging


Go to

H

OK below.

H

NG

Check bypass hoses for clogging.

NG

E

Repair or replace hoses.

OK

H

CHECK COMPONENT

(Vacuum cut valve, vacuum cut valve bypass valve).


NG

E

Replace malfunctioning parts.

SEF530Q

SEF623U

OK

H

CHECK COMPONENT





If OK, go to the following step.



H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT



EC-480.

NG

NG

E

E

Repair or replace harness, connectors and/or replace

EVAP control system pressure sensor.

Repair or replace.

H

OK



H

INSPECTION END

SEF427U

EC-478




Vacuum cut valve bypass valve


Perform “VC/V BYPASS/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.

SEC057C

GI

ON

OFF

Condition

VC/V BYPASS/V


Yes

No

MA

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EM

LC

SEF351Q

Condition


No supply


Yes

No

FE

If NG or operation takes more than 1 second, replace vacuum cut valve bypass valve.

AT

SEF379Q

SEF357W

Vacuum cut valve

Check vacuum cut valve as follows:

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Plug port port q

.

out of port

Open port q q q and

Blow air in port

.

q and

6.

Blow air in port q

7.

Blow air in port q q with fingers.

Apply vacuum to port from port q

.

Apply vacuum to port q q and check that there is no suction and check that there is suction from and check that there is a resistance to flow q

.

check that air flows freely out of port check that air flows freely out of port q q

.

.

PD

FA

RA

BR


1.


2.


3.


4.


5.





−9.3 kPa (−70 mmHg, −2.76 inHg)

Voltage (V)

3.0 - 3.6

0.4 - 0.6

ST

RS

BT

HA

CAUTION:

I


I


6.



I Discard any EVAP control system pressure sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7


EL

IDX

SEF799W

EC-479






CONSULT-II.

SEC050C

ON

OFF

Condition

VENT CONTROL/V


No

Yes

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AEC783A

Condition



No supply

No

Yes





EC-480






Ignition switch



Control Valve/Solenoid Valve (Circuit)

Engine speed


Closed throttle position

Vehicle speed

Start signal

E

E

E

E

E ECM

GI

E


Vacuum signal

H


MA

EM

LC

This system controls the vacuum signal applied to the EVAP canister purge control valve.

When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, current does not flow through the EVAP canister purge control solenoid valve.

The solenoid valve cuts the vacuum signal so that the EVAP canister purge control valve remains closed.

I

Start switch “ON”

I


I

Low or high engine coolant temperature

I

During deceleration

I

Engine stopped

I For 60 seconds after starting engine

(After warming up to normal operating temperature)

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR



The EVAP canister purge control solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the ECM sends an OFF signal, the vacuum signal (from the intake manifold to the EVAP canister purge control valve) is cut.

When the ECM sends an ON (ground) signal, the vacuum signal passes through the EVAP canister purge control solenoid valve.

The signal then reaches the EVAP canister purge control valve.

ST

RS

BT

HA

SEF383RE


When the vacuum signal is cut by EVAP canister purge control solenoid valve, EVAP canister purge control valve shuts off the

EVAP purge line.

EL

IDX

SEF343QB

EC-481



Control Valve/Solenoid Valve (Circuit) (Cont’d)


SEF850U



MONITOR ITEM

PURG CONT S/V

I


CONDITION

Idle

2,000 rpm


Diagnostic

Trouble Code

No.

P1492

0807


I

The improper voltage signal is sent to ECM through


OFF

ON

SPECIFICATION



CAUTION:



TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(DC Voltage)

22 Y


Engine is running.

Idle speed

Engine is running.


BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)

Approximately 0V

Check Items

(Possible Cause)

I


(The EVAP canister purge control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)

I


EC-482




NOTE:


DURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.

SEF392X

GI


PROCEDURE






------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-483




EC-484

TEC071M





INSPECTION START

GI

SEF012V

H


1. Disconnect EVAP canister purge control solenoid valve harness connector.



and


OK


E

I

Harness connector

M49 , F63

I

10A fuse

I

Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge control solenoid valve and fuse


SEF880T

SEF605U

H





.



H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT



H

OK



NG

E


NG

E

Replace EVAP canister purge control solenoid valve.

H

INSPECTION END

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-485





SEF765X







Idle

2,000 rpm

Condition Vacuum

Not exist

Exist

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


SEF400W

Condition


No supply


Yes

No


No

Yes


SEF313Q

EC-486






Ignition switch



Control Valve/Solenoid Valve

Engine speed



Vehicle speed

Start signal

E

E

E

E

E ECM

GI

E


Vacuum signal

H


MA

EM

LC

This system controls the vacuum signal applied to the EVAP canister purge control valve.

When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, current does not flow through the EVAP canister purge control solenoid valve.

The solenoid valve cuts the vacuum signal so that the EVAP canister purge control valve remains closed.

I

Start switch “ON”

I


I

Low or high engine coolant temperature

I

During deceleration

I Engine stopped

I For 60 seconds after starting engine

(After warming up to normal operating temperature)

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR



The EVAP canister purge control solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the ECM sends an OFF signal, the vacuum signal (from the intake manifold to the EVAP canister purge control valve) is cut.

When the ECM sends an ON (ground) signal, the vacuum signal passes through the EVAP canister purge control solenoid valve.

The signal then reaches the EVAP canister purge control valve.

ST

RS

BT

HA

SEF383RE


When the vacuum signal is cut by EVAP canister purge control solenoid valve, EVAP canister purge control valve shuts off the

EVAP purge line.

EL

IDX

SEF343QB

EC-487



Control Valve/Solenoid Valve (Cont’d)


SEF850U



MONITOR ITEM

PURG CONT S/V

I


CONDITION

Idle

2,000 rpm

OFF

ON

SPECIFICATION



CAUTION:



TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(DC Voltage)

22 Y


Engine is running.

Idle speed

Engine is running.


BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)

Approximately 0V


Diagnostic

Trouble Code

No.

P1493

0312


I

EVAP canister purge control valve does not operate properly (stuck open).

Check Items

(Possible Cause)

I


I


I

Vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection

I


I


I

Water separator

I

EVAP canister saturated with water

EC-488




SEF809X

SEF811X


PROCEDURE

CAUTION:


NOTE:

I

If DTC P1492 is displayed with P1493, first perform

“TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC P1492”. Refer to

EC-482.








SULT-II.






CMPS-RPM (POS): 900 - 6,300 rpm







GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

SEF519R

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



3) Check coolant temperature.


Be sure that water temperature does not exceed 100°C.

If it becomes higher than 100°C, cool down the engine and perform the procedure again from the beginning.



EL

IDX

EC-489







Engine speed : 900 - 6,300 rpm






NOTE:

I


I


I


SEF639U

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


2) Check voltage between ECM terminal q

Voltage: 3.12 - 0.8V

and ground

Perform the following procedure before the voltage drops below 0.8V. If the voltage drops below 0.8V, cool down the engine and perform the entire procedure all over again.






Engine speed : 1,000 - 2,100 rpm


Check voltage between ECM terminal q ground: 3.12 - 0.8V

and

7) Stop the vehicle, turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least

5 seconds, and then turn “ON”.




NOTE:

I


I


I


EC-490





INSPECTION START

SEF594U

SEF622U

H

CHECK VACUUM SIGNAL.



2. Start engine.



4. Select “ON” and “OFF” on CON-

SULT-II screen to turn on

“PURG CONT S/V”.

5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum while revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.



-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


2. Stop engine.


EVAP canister purge control valve.

4. Install vacuum gauge and start engine.




NG

E

CHECK COMPONENTS



INSPECTION” on next page.

H

OK

Check vacuum hoses for improper connection, clogging or disconnection.

Refer to Vacuum Hose

Drawing”, EC-19.

SEF765X

H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT


Refer to “COMPONENTS INSPECTION”,

EC-493.

NG

E

Replace EVAP canister vent control valve and/or water separator.

SEF596U

H

OK



1. Remove EVAP canister with vent control valve attached.

2. Check if water drains from the EVAP canister.


If the weight is:


→

NG


→

OK

H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT



EC-493.

H

OK q

(Go to next page.)

NG

NG

E

E







GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-491




SEF427U

H

CHECK COMPONENT



2. Check sensor harness connector for water soak.



3. Check EVAP control system pressure sensor, refer to “COMPONENT


H

OK

CHECK EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE.

Check EVAP purge line hoses for leak or clogging.


Drawing”, EC-29.

H

OK

INSPECTION END

NG

E


NG

E

Repair EVAP purge line hoses.

SEF765X








Idle

2,000 rpm

Condition Vacuum

Not exist

Exist

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


SEF400W

Condition


No supply


Yes

No


No

Yes


SEF313Q

EC-492




SEF809W



1.



2.

age.

Blow air in port q

3.

out of port q

.




(−100 to −150 mmHg, −3.94 to −5.91 inHg)]


.

GI

MA

EM




CONSULT-II.

LC

SEC050C

AEC783A

ON

OFF

Condition

VENT CONTROL/V


No

Yes

FE

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AT

PD

Condition


FA


No supply

No

Yes

RA





BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

Water separator

EL

1.

Check visually for insect’s nest in the water separator air inlet.

2.


3.


4.

Check that q


q

5.


with

NOTE:


IDX

SEF829T

EC-493


Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch


When the gear position is in “P” or “N”, park/neutral position (PNP) switch is “ON”. ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the “ON” signal) exists.

The PNP switch assembly also includes a transmission range switch to detect the selector lever position.

SEF146TA



MONITOR ITEM

P/N POSI SW

I

Ignition switch: ON

CONDITION

Shift lever: “P” or “N”

Except above

SPECIFICATION

ON

OFF



CAUTION:



TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(DC voltage)


Approximately 0V

101 G/OR PNP switch

Gear position is “N” or “P”.


Except the above gear position

Approximately 5V


Diagnostic Trouble

Code No.

P1706

1003


I The signal of the park/neutral position switch is not changed in the process of engine starting and driving.

Check Items

(Possible Cause)


(The PNP switch circuit is open or shorted.)

I


(The park/neutral position relay circuit is open or shorted.)

I

PNP switch

I

Park/neutral position relay

EC-494


SEF281Y

Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch (Cont’d)


PROCEDURE

CAUTION:


NOTE:




2) Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with

CONSULT-II. Then check the “P/N POSI SW” signal under the following conditions.

GI

MA

EM

LC

Position (Selector lever)

“N” and “P” positions

Except the above position

Known-good signal

ON

OFF

SEF212Y

SEF429U






CMPS-RPM (REF): 1,500 - 2,200 rpm






PROCEDURE”, EC-497

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.


2) Check voltage between ECM terminal

101 and body ground under the following conditions.

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

Condition (Gear position)

“P” and “N” position

Except the above position

Voltage (V) (Known good data)

Approx. 0

Approx. 5


BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-495



EC-496

TEC072M




INSPECTION START

SEF146TA

SEF147T

H


1. Disconnect PNP switch harness connector.




OK

NG

E


I

10A fuse

I

Harness for open or short between PNP switch and fuse


H

CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I.


2. Disconnect park/neutral position relay harness connector.

3. Check harness continuity between relay terminal q

, q

.

and PNP switch terminals



OK


E

I

Harness connectors

E66 , M12

I

Harness connectors

M4 , B3

I

Harness connectors

(diodes) B10 , B11

I

Harness for open or short between PNP switch and relay


SEF796W

SEF797W

H


1. Check harness continuity between relay terminals q

, q and engine ground.



OK

NG

E


H

CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II.


2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 101 and relay terminal q

.



OK

H

NG

E


I

Harness connectors

E13

,

F2

I

Harness for open or short between ECM and relay


(Go to next page.)

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

SEF814Q

EC-497



SEF459U

SEF586T

H

CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION

RELAY.


.


12V ( q and

q q

.

) applied:



No continuity

H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT

(PNP switch).

Refer to AT section.

H

OK



H

INSPECTION END

NG

E

Replace park/neutral position relay.

NG Replace PNP switch.

E

EC-498

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR ABS/TCS C/U SIGNAL

ABS/TCS Control Unit

The malfunction information related to ABS/TCS control unit is transferred through the line (LAN) from ABS/TCS control unit to

ECM.

Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for ABS/TCS control unit but also for ECM after the ABS/

TCS related repair.

GI

MA

SEF641T

EM

Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for the ABS/TCS control unit. The MIL will not light up for

ABS/TCS control unit.


LC

Diagnostic Trouble

Code No.

—*

0107

Malfunction is detected when

I

ECM receives incorrect voltage from ABS/TCS control unit continuously.

Check Items

(Possible Cause)

I


(The circuit between ECM and ABS/TCS control unit is open or shorted.)

I

ABS/TCS control unit

FE

AT

*: SAE J2012 number is not applicable

PD


PROCEDURE







------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------






DTC erasing procedure for ABS/TCS related repair

Erase DTC code by following procedure:

1) Turn ignition switch “OFF” and then turn it “ON”.

2) Connect CONSULT-II and select “ABS”.

3) Insert UE990 card and install it.

4) Select “ABS” and touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.


6) Touch “BACK” then erase malfunction code which has been stored in the TCM or ECM.

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX


Refer to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”, EC-502.

EC-499

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR ECM — ABS/TCS COMM NG

ABS/TCS Communication Line

This circuit line is used to control the smooth engine operation of

ABS/TCS during the TCS operation. Pulse signals are exchanged between ECM and ABS/TCS control unit.

Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only in ABS/TCS control unit but also ECM after the ABS/TCS related repair. Refer to BR section (Self-diagnosis for ABS/

TCS control unit, “HOW TO ERASE SELF DIAGNOSTIC

RESULTS”).

Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for the ABS/TCS communication line. The MIL will not light up for the ABS/TCS communication line.


Diagnostic

Trouble

Code No.

—*

0404


Check Items

(Possible Cause)

I

ECM receives incorrect voltage from ABS/TCS control unit continuously.

I


(The communication line circuit between ECM and

ABS/TCS control unit is open or shorted.)

I

ABS/TCS control unit

I

Dead (Weak) battery

*: SAE J2012 number is not applicable.


PROCEDURE







------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------






EC-500


ABS/TCS Communication Line (Cont’d)

TEC073M

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

GI

MA

EM

LC

EC-501


ABS/TCS Communication Line (Cont’d)


INSPECTION START

SEF047TD

H



2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and ABS/TCS control unit harness connector.


.



OK

NG

E


I

Harness connectors

M50 , B101

I

Harness connectors

F63 , M49

I

Joint connector-6

I

Check harness for open or short between ECM and ABS/TCS control unit.


H



SEF641T

H

INSPECTION END

SEF444U

EC-502

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR OVERHEAT

Overheat


Input/output signal line

Vehicle speed



E


E ECM E Cooling fan relays

GI

MA


Air conditioner “ON” signal

E

EM

The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature and air conditioner ON signal.

LC

Operation

FE

AT

PD

SEF751W

I

The cooling fan operates at HIGH if diagnostic test mode II (self-diagnostic results) for engine coolant temperature sensor is “NG” or when the ECM fail-safe is activating.

I When A/C line pressure reaches the specified value, the triple-pressure switch turns on to operate cooling fans at low speed.

FA

RA

BR



ST

MONITOR ITEM

COOLING FAN

I



CONDITION


(201°F) or less

Engine coolant temperature is between

95°C (203°F) and 104°C (219°F) at vehicle speeds less than 80 km/h


(221°F) or more

OFF

HIGH

HIGH

SPECIFICATION

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-503


Overheat (Cont’d)



CAUTION:



TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(DC voltage)

Engine is running.

BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)

34

27

LG

LG/R

Cooling fan relay-1 (High)

Cooling fan relay-2 (High)

Cooling fan is not operating.

Engine is running.

Cooling fan is operating.

0 - 1V



MONITOR ITEM

AIR COND SIG

COOLING FAN

CONDITION


I


Air conditioner switch: “ON”

(Compressor operates.)

OFF

ON


(201°F) or less

OFF

I


I


Engine coolant temperature is between 95°C (203°F) and 104°C

(219°F) at vehicle speed less than

20 km/h (12 MPH)

Engine coolant temperature is

105°C (221°F) or more

HIGH

SPECIFICATION


This diagnosis continuously monitors the engine coolant temperature.

If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, the engine coolant temperature will rise.

When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is indicated.

Diagnostic trouble code No.

OVERHEAT

0208


I

Engine coolant reaches an abnormally high temperature.

Check Items

(Possible Cause)

I

Harness or connectors.

(The cooling fan circuit is open or shorted.)

I

Cooling fan

I

Radiator hose

I

Radiator

I

Radiator cap

I

Water pump

I

Thermostat

For more information, refer to “MAIN 12

CAUSES OF OVERHEATING”, (EC-513).

CAUTION:

When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant following the procedure in the MA section (“Changing Engine Coolant”, “ENGINE MAINTENANCE”). Also, replace the engine oil.

a. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute like pouring coolant by kettle. Be sure to use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA section

(“Anti-freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio”, “RECOMMENDED FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS”).

b. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.

EC-504


AEC640

SEF792X



Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan.

During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.

WARNING:

Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator.

Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up pressure to escape.

Then turn the cap all the way off.

1) Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.

Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.

If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below the proper range, skip the following steps and go to “DIAG-


2) Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to “DIAG-



4) Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with

CONSULT-II.


------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3) Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.

4) Connect 150

Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.

5) Start engine and make sure that cooling fan operates.

Be careful not to overheat engine.


GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

SEF784T

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-505



EC-506

TEC074M




INSPECTION START

SEF160T

SEF792X

H

CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR OPERA-

TION-I.

1. Disconnect cooling fan relay-1 and -3.


3. Perform “COOLING FAN” in


SULT-II.

Cooling fans should operate.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


3. Connect 150

Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.

NG Check cooling fan motor-I

E speed control circuit.

(Go to

PROCEDURE A .)

4. Start engine and wait at least 15 seconds.

5. Make sure that cooling fan motors operate.


H

OK

(Go to next page.)

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

SEF784T

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-507



SEF792X

H

CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR OPERA-

TION-II.


2. Reconnect cooling fan relay-1 and -3.

3. Disconnect cooling fan relay-2.


5. Perform “COOLING FAN” in


SULT-II.

Cooling fans should operate.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4. Restart engine and wait at least

15 seconds.

5. Make sure that cooling fan motors operate.


NG

E

Check cooling fan motor-II control circuit.

(Go to PROCEDURE B .)

SEF784T

H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT

(Triple-pressure switch).

Refer to HA section (“Electrical Components Inspection”, “TROUBLE DIAG-

NOSES”).

H

OK

NG

E

Replace triple-pressure switch.

(Go to EC-512.)

PROCEDURE A

INSPECTION START

SEF160T

H






, q

, and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.


OK

NG

E


I

10A fuse

I

40A fusible links

I

Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-2 and fuse

I

Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-2 and battery


H

(Go to next page.)

SEF753W

EC-508



SEF070T

SEF754W

H



2. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector.

3. Check harness continuity between relay terminals q fan motor terminal

, q q

.

and cooling


If OK, check harness for short.

4. Check harness continuity between fan motor terminal q and engine ground.



H

OK



2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal q and relay-2 terminal


q

.


OK

NG

E


NG

E


I

Harness connectors

F2 , E13

I

Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-2 and ECM


SEF755W

SEF805W

H

CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY

BETWEEN COOLING FAN RELAY-2 AND

GROUND.



3. Disconnect triple-pressure switch harness connector.

4. Check harness continuity between relay-2 terminal 2

, switch terminal ground.

q and switch terminal q and engine



H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT

(Triple-pressure switch).

Refer to “Magnet Clutch Circuit” in HA section.

H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT

(Cooling fan relay-2).


EC-514.

H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT

(Cooling fan motors).


EC-514.

H

OK



NG

E

Check harness for open or short between triple-pressure switch and relay-2 or ground.


NG

E

Replace triple-pressure switch.

NG

E

Replace cooling fan relay.

NG

E

Replace cooling fan motors.

H

INSPECTION END

SEF757W

EC-509

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX



PROCEDURE B

INSPECTION START

SEF160T

H



2. Disconnect cooling fan relay-1 and 3.


4. Check voltage between cooling fan relay-1 and -3 terminals q



OK

SEF407W

SEF758W

SEF070T

H



2. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 and -2 harness connectors.

3. Check harness continuity between relay-1 and -3 terminal q and cooling fan motor-1 and -2 terminal q

.


If OK, check harness for short.

4. Check harness continuity between relay-1, -3 terminal q motor-1 and -2 terminal and fan q

.



5. Check harness continuity between relay -1, -3 terminal q and engine ground.



OK

H



2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal q and fan relay-1, -3 terminal

.



H

OK

NG

E


NG

E


I

Harness connectors

F2 , E13

I

Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1, -3 and ECM


(Go to next page.)

NG

E


I

40A fusible links

I

10A fuse

I

Harness continuity between cooling fan relay-1 and -3 and fuse

I

Harness continuity between cooling fan relay-1 and -3 and battery


SEF759W

EC-510



SEF761W

H

CHECK COMPONENT

(Cooling fan relay-1 and -3).


EC-514.

H

OK

CHECK COMPONENTS

(Cooling fan motors).


EC-514.

H

OK

Disconnect and reconnect harness connectors in the circuit. Then retest.

NG

E

Replace cooling fan relays.

NG

E

Replace cooling fan motors.

H


Check ECM pin terminals for damage or the connection of ECM harness connector.

Reconnect ECM harness connector and retest.

SEF760W

H

INSPECTION END

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

SEF806W

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-511



SLC754A

SLC755A

SLC343

H

CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK.

Apply pressure to the cooling system with a tester, and check if the pressure drops.

Testing pressure:

157 kPa (1.6 kg/cm 2 , 23 psi)

Pressure should not drop.

CAUTION:

Higher than the specified pressure may cause radiator damage.

H

OK

CHECK RADIATOR CAP.

Apply pressure to cap with a tester.

Radiator cap relief pressure:

Standard

98 - 118 kPa (1.0 - 1.2 kg/cm 2 , 14 -

17 psi)

Limit

59 - 118 kPa (0.6 - 1.2 kg/cm 2 , 9 - 17 psi)

H

OK

CHECK THERMOSTAT.

1. Check valve seating condition at normal room temperatures.

It should seat tightly.

2. Check valve opening temperature and maximum valve lift.

Valve opening temperature:

82°C (180°F) [standard]

Maximum valve lift:

More than 8.6 mm/95°C

(0.339 in/203°F)

3. Check if valve is closed at 5°C (9°F) below valve opening temperature.

For details, refer to LC section (“Thermostat”).

NG

E

Check the following for leak.

I

Hose

I

Radiator

I

Water pump

Refer to LC section (“Water

Pump”).

NG

E

Replace radiator cap.

NG

E

Replace thermostat.

H

OK

Check engine coolant temperature sensor.


EC-149.

H

OK

If the cause can not be isolated, go to

“MAIN 12 CAUSES OF

OVERHEATING”, EC-513.

NG

E


H

INSPECTION END

Perform FINAL CHECK by the following procedure after repair is completed.

1.

Warn up engine. Run the vehicle for at least 20 minutes. Pay attention to engine coolant temperature gauge on the instrument panel. If the reading shows an abnormally high temperature, another part may be malfunctioning.

2.

Stop vehicle and let engine idle. Check the intake and exhaust systems for leaks by listening for noise or visually inspecting the components.

3.

Allow engine to cool and visually check for oil and coolant leaks. Then, perform “OVERALL FUNCTION CHECK”.

EC-512



MAIN 12 CAUSES OF OVERHEATING

Engine

OFF

Step

1

Inspection item

I Blocked radiator

I

Blocked condenser

I

Blocked radiator grille

I

Blocked bumper

I

Coolant mixture

I Visual

Equipment Standard

No blocking

Reference page

—

2

3

I

Coolant level

I

I

Coolant tester

Visual

50 - 50% coolant mixture See “RECOMMENDED

FLUIDS AND LUBRI-

CANTS” in MA section

Coolant up to MAX level in reservoir tank and radiator filler neck

See “Changing Engine

Coolant”, “ENGINE MAIN-

TENANCE” in MA section

ON*

ON*

ON*

2

2

1

4

5

6

7

I

I

I

I

Radiator cap

Coolant leaks

Thermostat

Cooling fan

I

I

I

I

Pressure tester

Visual

Touch the upper and lower radiator hoses

CONSULT-II

98 - 118 kPa

(1.0 - 1.2 kg/cm 2 , 14 - 17 psi)

59 - 118 kPa

(0.6 - 1.2 kg/cm 2 , 9 - 17 psi) (Limit)

No leaks

See “System Check”

“ENGINE COOLING SYS-

TEM” in LC section

See “System Check”

“ENGINE COOLING SYS-

TEM” in LC section

Both hoses should be hot See “Thermostat” and

“Radiator”, “ENGINE

COOLING SYSTEM” in

LC section

Operating

Negative

See “TROUBLE DIAGNO-

SIS FOR OVERHEAT”

(EC-503)

— OFF

ON*

OFF*

OFF

3

4

8

9

10

11

12

I

I

I

Combustion gas leak

I

Coolant temperature gauge

I Coolant overflow to reservoir tank

I Coolant return from reservoir tank to radiator

Cylinder head

Cylinder block and pistons

I

Color checker chemical tester

4 Gas analyzer

I

Visual

I

I

I

Visual

Visual

I

Straight gauge feeler gauge

Visual

*1: Turn the ignition switch ON.

*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.

*3: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.

*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.

For more information, refer to “OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS” in LC section.

Gauge less than 3/4 when driving

—

No overflow during driving and idling

See “Changing Engine

Coolant”, “ENGINE MAIN-

TENANCE” in MA section

Should be initial level in reservoir tank

0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maximum distortion (warping)

No scuffing on cylinder walls or piston

See “ENGINE MAINTE-

NANCE” in MA section

See “Inspection”, “CYLIN-

DER HEAD” in EM section

See “Inspection”, “CYLIN-

DER BLOCK” in EM section

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-513




Cooling fan relays-1 and -2, -3


, q and q

.

Conditions


No current supply

Continuity

Yes

No

SEC202B

Cooling fan motor

1.

Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connectors.

2.

Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and check operation as shown in the figure.

Conditions

12V direct current supply between terminal q

, q and q

, q

(Ground)

SEF321T

If NG, replace cooling fan motor.

Cooling fan motor

Cooling fan operates at high speed

EC-514

LEFT BANK

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR NON-DETECTABLE ITEMS

Injector

TEC075M

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

GI

MA

EM

LC

EC-515

RIGHT BANK


Injector (Cont’d)

EC-516

TEC085M




The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM supplies a ground to the injector circuit, the coil in the injector is energized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and allows fuel to flow through the injector into the intake manifold. The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration.

Pulse duration is the length of time the injector remains open. The

ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs.

GI

MA

SEC222B

EM



CAUTION:



LC

TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(DC voltage)

FE

1 R/B Injector No. 1

BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)

AT

2 R/W Injector No. 8

PD


Idle speed

3 R/Y Injector No. 7

FA

14 R/L

4 W/R Injector No. 6

5 PU/R Injector No. 5

6 GY/L Injector No. 4

7 L/G

Injector No. 3

Injector No. 2

Engine is running.


BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)

RA

BR

ST

RS

SEF526Y

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-517




INSPECTION START

SEF793X

H

CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION.

1. Start engine.



SULT-II.


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



OK

E

NG

INSPECTION END

MEC703B

H


1. Stop engine.

2. Disconnect right bank injector sub-harness connectors F22 and sub-harness connector F26 (on the right bank).


4. Check voltage between terminal q

(right bank), q

(left bank) and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.


H

OK

SEF137T

(Go to next page.)

NG

E


I

Harness connectors

F63

,

M49

I

15A fuse

I

Check harness for open or short between harness connector F22 , F26 and ignition switch.


SEF138T

SEF322T

EC-518



SEF808W

SEF446U

SEF794T

H




3. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ECM terminals.

Right bank: and q

, q

, q

, q

Left bank: and q and q and q and q

,

,

,



OK

H

CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT AND

OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT (FOR LEFT

BANK).

1. Remove intake manifold collector.

(Refer to “TIMING CHAIN” in EM section.)

2. Disconnect injector sub-harness connector F101 .

3. Check harness continuity between terminal q and injector terminal q

.



4. Check harness continuity between injector terminal q and terminals q

, q

, q

.


,


H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT

(Injector).


H

OK



NG

E

Check the following (Right bank).

I


F26 , F106


NG

E


NG

E

Replace injector.

H

INSPECTION END

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

SEF795T

EC-519




Injector

1.

Disconnect injector harness connector.

2.

Check resistance between terminals as shown in the figure.

Resistance: 10 - 14

Ω at 25°C (77°F)

If NG, replace injector.

SEF836Q

EC-520


Start Signal

TEC076M

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

GI

MA

EM

LC

EC-521


Start Signal (Cont’d)


INSPECTION START

SEF282Y

H



2. Check “START SIGNAL” in

“DATA MONITOR” mode with

CONSULT-II.

IGN “ON”

IGN “START”

OFF

ON

OK

E

INSPECTION END

SEF449U

SEF450U

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Turn ignition switch to “START”.

2. Check voltage between ECM terminal q and ground.

Voltage:

Ignition switch “START”

Battery voltage

Except above


H

NG

Check if 7.5A fuse is OK.

NG

E

Replace 7.5A fuse.

OK

H



2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and

7.5A fuse.

3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal q and fuse block.



NG

E


I

Harness connectors

F63 , M49

I

Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse block


H

OK



H

INSPECTION END

EC-522




Engine speed

Fuel Pump Control

Ignition switch

Start signal

E

ECM

E

E Fuel pump relay

GI

MA

Fuel pump ON-OFF control

The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON to improve engine start-up. If the ECM receives a 1° signal from the camshaft position sensor, it knows that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump to activate. If the 1° signal is not received when the ignition switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation and prevents the battery from discharging, thereby improving safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It controls the

ON/OFF fuel pump relay, which in turn controls the fuel pump.

Condition

Ignition switch is turned to ON.

Engine is running and cranking

When engine is stopped


Fuel pump operation

Operates for 5 seconds

Operates

Stops for 1.5 seconds

Stops

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA



MONITOR ITEM

FUEL PUMP RLY

CONDITION

I

Ignition switch is turned to ON (Operates for 1 second)

I Engine running and cranking


ON

OFF

SPECIFICATION

BR

ST

RS



CAUTION:



BT

HA

TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(DC voltage)

EL


IDX

11 PU Fuel pump relay


“ON”

Engine is running.

0 - 1V


5 seconds after turning ignition switch “ON”

BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)

EC-523


Fuel Pump Control (Cont’d)

EC-524

TEC077M




INSPECTION START

SEF327T

H



2. Pinch fuel feed hose with fingers.

Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed hose for 5 seconds after ignition switch is turned “ON”.

NG

OK

E

INSPECTION END

SEF617T

H



2. Disconnect fuel pump relay.





OK

NG

E


I

Harness connectors

F63 , M49

I 15A fuse

I

Harness continuity between fuel pump relay and ignition switch


SEF328T

H



2. Disconnect fuel pump harness connector and dropping resistor harness connector.

3. Check harness continuity between relay terminal minal q q and terminal q and terminal q

, FPCM ter-

, terminal q and body ground.



OK

NG

E


I

Harness connectors

B3 , M4

I

Harness connectors

M49 , F63

I

Harness connectors

B111 , B26

I Joint connector-17

I

Harness for open or short between fuel pump relay and fuel pump

I

Harness for open or short between fuel pump and dropping resistor

I

Harness for open or short between dropping resistor and body ground


H

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

SEF067T

EL

IDX

SEF330T

EC-525



SEF329T

H




.



H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT

(Fuel pump relay).


H

OK

CHECK COMPONENT

(Fuel pump).


H

OK



H

INSPECTION END

NG

E

Repair harness or connector.

NG

E

Replace fuel pump relay.

NG

E

Replace fuel pump.

SEF628U

SEF090M


Fuel pump relay


.

Conditions


No current supply

If NG, replace relay.

Continuity

Yes

No

Fuel pump

1.

Disconnect fuel pump harness connector.

2.

Check resistance between terminals q and q


Ω at 25°C (77°F)

If NG, replace fuel pump.

.

SEF161T

EC-526


Power Steering Oil Pressure Switch

TEC078M

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

GI

MA

EM

LC

EC-527


Power Steering Oil Pressure Switch (Cont’d)


The power steering oil pressure switch is attached to the power steering high-pressure tube and detects a power steering load.

When a power steering load is detected, it signals the ECM. The

ECM adjusts the IACV-FICD solenoid valve to increase the idle speed and adjust for the increased load.

SEF071T



MONITOR ITEM

PW/ST SIGNAL

I


CONDITION

Steering wheel in neutral position

(forward direction)

The steering wheel is turned

OFF

ON

SPECIFICATION



CAUTION:



TER-

MINAL

NO.

WIRE

COLOR

ITEM CONDITION

DATA

(DC voltage)

Engine is running.

0 - 1.5V

100 G


Steering wheel is being turned.

Engine is running.

Steering wheel is not being turned.

BATTERY VOLTAGE

(11 - 14V)

EC-528




INSPECTION START

SEF757X

H


1. Start engine.

2. Check “PW/ST SIGNAL” in

“DATA MONITOR” mode with

CONSULT-II.

Steering is neutral position: OFF

Steering is turned: ON

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Start engine.

2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 100 and ground under the following conditions.

Voltage:

When steering wheel is turned quickly.


Except above

Battery voltage

OK

E

NG

SEF451U

H

CHECK POWER SUPPLY-I.

1. Stop engine.

2. Disconnect IACV-FICD solenoid valve harness connector.


4. Check voltage between terminal q and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.


INSPECTION END

NG

E


I

Harness connectors

F63 , M49

I

10A fuse

I

Harness for open or short between IACV-

FICD solenoid valve and fuse

SEF166T

OK

H

CHECK POWER SUPPLY-II.


2. Disconnect power steering oil pressure switch harness connector.

3. Check voltage terminal q terminal 100 and ground.


(or ECM

NG

E


H

OK

(Go to next page.)

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

SEF663P

HA

EL

IDX

SEF452U

EC-529



SEF163T

H



2. Disconnect power steering oil pressure switch harness connector.




OK

NG

E


I

Harness connectors

E101 , E21

I

Harness for open or short between power steering pressure switch and ground


SEF453U

H



2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 100 and terminal q

.



H

OK

CHECK COMPONENTS

(Power steering oil pressure switch and

IACV-FICD solenoid valve).


H

OK




E tors.

NG

E

Replace power steering oil pressure switch or IACV-

FICD solenoid valve.

H

INSPECTION END

EC-530




Power steering oil pressure switch

1.

Disconnect power steering oil pressure switch harness con-

2.

nector then start engine.


.

GI

SEF165T

Conditions

Steering wheel is being turned

Steering wheel is not being turned

Continuity

Yes

No

If NG, replace power steering oil pressure switch.

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

IACV-FICD solenoid valve

Disconnect IACV-FICD solenoid valve harness connector.

I

Check for clicking sound when applying 12V direct current to terminals.

PD

FA

SEF658Q

I

Check plunger for seizing or sticking.

I

Check for broken spring.

RA

BR

ST

SEF097K

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-531


Electrical Load Signal

EC-532

TEC794


Electrical Load Signal (Cont’d)


INSPECTION START

GI

SEF454U

H

CHECK THE OVERALL FUNCTION.





, q and ground in the following conditions.

Conditions

ECM terminal

No.

Voltage (V)

Rear window defogger switch “ON”*1

Headlamp “ON” at 2nd position with low beam*2

Except the above*1

Battery voltage

0

SEF455U

NG(*1) NG(*2)

H

(Go to next page.)

H

CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER

FUNCTION.

1. Start engine.

2. Turn “ON” the rear defogger switch.

3. Check the rear windshield. Is the rear windshield heated up?

OK

OK

E

INSPECTION END

NG

E

Refer to EL section (RR window defogger).

H

CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR

RR/DEF.

Check harness continuity between ECM terminal q and terminal q

.



OK

NG

E


I

Harness connectors

F63 , M49

I

Joint connector-10

M60

I

Harness connectors

M4 , B3


H



MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

H

INSPECTION END

EC-533


Electrical Load Signal (Cont’d)

H

CHECK HEADLAMP FUNCTION.

1. Start engine.

2. Turn the headlamp switch “ON” (2nd position with low beam).

3. Check that headlamps are illuminated.

OK

NG

E

Refer to EL section

(HEADLAMP).

SEF807W

H

CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR

HEADLAMP.

Check harness continuity between ECM terminal q

RELAY), or and terminal q


q

(HID RELAY).

(HEADLAMP


OK

H



NG

E


I

Harness connectors

F1 , E14


H

INSPECTION END

EC-534


MIL & Data Link Connectors

TEC080M

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

GI

MA

EM

LC

EC-535

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

General Specifications

PRESSURE REGULATOR

Fuel pressure

At idle kPa (kg/cm 2

A few seconds after ignition switch is turned OFF to ON

, psi)

Approximately

235 (2.4, 34)

Approximately

294 (3.0, 43)

Inspection and Adjustment

Target idle speed*1 rpm

No-load*3

650±50

(in “P” or “N” position)

Base idle speed*2 rpm

No-load*3

600±50

(in “P” or “N” position)

Air conditioner: ON

(in “N” position)

More than 700 rpm

Ignition timing 15°±2° BTDC

*1: TPS harness connector connected.

*2: Using CONSULT-II “WORK SUPPORT” or TPS harness connector disconnected.

*3: Under the following conditions:

I

Air conditioner switch: OFF

I Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater, fan & rear defogger)

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER

(FRONT)

Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]

Ω

2.3 - 4.3

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER

(REAR)


Ω

2.3 - 4.3

FUEL PUMP


Ω

0.2 - 5.0

IACV-AAC VALVE (Step motor type)


Ω

Approximately 30

MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

Supply voltage

Output voltage

V

V

Battery voltage (11 - 14)

1.0 - 1.7 at idle*

Approximately 2.1 at 2,500

Mass air flow

(Using CONSULT-II or GST) g

⋅ m/sec

3.0 - 6.0 at idle*

12.9 - 25.3 at 2,500 rpm*

*: Engine is warmed up sufficiently and idling under no-load.

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE

SENSOR

20 (68)

Temperature °C (°F) Resistance (k

Ω

)

2.1 - 2.9

50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00

90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260

INJECTOR


Ω

10 - 14

THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

Accelerator pedal conditions

Completely released (a)

Voltage*

0.15 - 0.85

Partially released

Completely depressed (b)

Between (a) and (b)

3.5 - 4.7

*: Measured with vacuum applied to the throttle opener using a vacuum pump.

CALCULATED LOAD VALUE

At idle

At 2,500 rpm

Calculated load value %

(Using CONSULT-II or GST)

13.0 - 32

13.0 - 25.5

EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

EGR temperature

°C (°F)

0 (32)

50 (122)

100 (212)

Voltage

(V)

4.61

2.53

0.87

Resistance

(M

Ω

)

0.68 - 1.11

0.09 - 0.12

0.017 - 0.024

INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR


20 (68)

80 (176)

Resistance

2.1 - 2.9 k

Ω

0.68 - 1.00 k

Ω

EC-536

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

DROPPING RESISTOR

Inspection and Adjustment (Cont’d)

CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (OBD)


Ω

Approximately 0.8

Resistance

Ω

166.5 - 203.5 [at 25°C (77°F)]

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME

CONTROL VALVE


Ω

35 - 43

INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL

POSITION SENSOR


Ω

600 - 740

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

AT

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

IDX

EC-537

NOTES

engine control system section ec

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

SECTION

Related manuals

Table of contents

engine control system section ec

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

SECTION

Related manuals

Nissan

Pathfinder

Nissan

Maxima

Nissan

Maxima

Mitsubishi

Lancer

Nissan

Pathfinder

Nissan

350Z

Nissan

Maxima

Table of contents